Audio

445: The 10 Year Plan To Achieve Financial Freedom With Jodie Cook

Jodie Cook

Today, I’m thrilled to have Jodie Cook on the show. Jodie is an entrepreneur and author from Birmingham, UK. She was featured in Forbes Europe’s 30 under 30 list of social entrepreneurs in 2017, and she is also an international powerlifter for Great Britain.

In this episode, she’s going to teach us how we can all retire within ten years.

My apologies for my audio on this one. I had the wrong mic selected when recording (rookie mistake).

What You’ll Learn

  • How did Jodie become an entrepreneur and founded a social media agency
  • How powerlifting and entrepreneurship fit together
  • Jodie’s plan for everyone to retire in 10 years

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:01
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quater Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have a very special guest on the show, Jody Cook. Now, had never met Jody prior to this interview, but as you’ll soon see in the podcast, we hit it off instantly. Jody is an international power lifter for Great Britain that happens to be an entrepreneur as well, and she’s going to teach us how to formulate a plan to retire in just 10 years. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit

00:30
are on sale over at SellersSummit.com. It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and it’s a very intimate event. Everyone eats together, everyone parties together every night.

00:56
and I personally love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room and help each other with our businesses. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. Go to SellersSummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

01:24
Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS, or text message marketing, is already a top five brand new source for my e-commerce store, and I couldn’t have done that without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now why did I choose Postscript? It’s basically specialized in e-commerce stores, and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data,

01:52
and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C I P T dot I O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience.

02:21
No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:38
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Jodie Cook on the show. Now Jodie and I have never met, but my friend Joe Valley highly recommended her for the podcast and I always listen to Joe. Jodie is an entrepreneur and author from Birmingham, UK. She was featured in Forbes Europe’s 30 under 30 list of social entrepreneurs in 2017. And she is also an international power lifter for Great Britain. Now she’s written many books, which include the 10 year career and Stop Acting Like You’ll Live Forever.

03:06
And she started a social media agency back in 2011, which she sold in 2021. Anyway, in this episode, Jodie is going to teach us how we can all retire within 10 years. And with that, welcome to show Jodie, how you doing today? I’m great. That was the best podcast intro in the whole world. Thank you so much. Well, you know, what’s funny is the first question that came to mind when I was kind of reading up on your bio is how does powerlifting and entrepreneurship go together?

03:33
Yeah, good question. I get asked that a lot because it seems kind of confusing and also because I’m quite small and I don’t really look like what you think a power lift is going to look like so often people get very confused. In the photos I saw though, I mean you’re pretty muscular so… Yeah, I’m jacked.

03:56
But I’m also quite cute as well, so you just can’t really tell. But I quite like that. I guess on that theme, I quite like that if someone underestimates you, you’ve got all this stuff under your belt that you’re actually like, no, I can do this and I can do that. And it gives you this quiet sense of confidence where you don’t really have anything to prove, but you know that you could probably knock someone out. And that’s cool. Yeah. So did the powerlifting start first or did the agency start first? The agency started first.

04:25
I was a runner. I used to do half marathons, 10Ks and 5Ks. And then I picked up a book called How to Run. And in that book, it was by Paula Radcliffe, who used to hold the world record for the marathon, the women’s marathon. And she said that you should start lifting weights because that will improve your running. So that’s what I did. And then very similar to how entrepreneurs see almost anything in their lives. I couldn’t just have lifting weights as a hobby.

04:52
it had to have goals and progress and metrics. So what began with just learning how to squat and just going to the gym and just doing it came, oh, I want to improve. And then, oh, I wonder what people are doing competitions. And then I entered my first competition and then I loved it so much. I loved being on stage. I love lifting in front of an audience. And I loved that whole, everyone’s supporting you and it’s a really cool environment. And then I just got the bug from there. So I’ve been competing about six years. I do two competitions a year, all being well. And the first,

05:21
Half of the year it’s a national and the second half of the year it’s an international. Amazing, amazing. And I know you sold your agency in 2021. Can you just kind of tell me what you did for that agency and actually ultimately why you decided to sell it? Yeah, definitely. So I started it in 2011 when I was 22. I was fresh out of university, fresh out of a graduate scheme. And I didn’t really know what I wanted to do. I just knew that I vaguely wanted to start a business and I knew that I wanted to…

05:50
travel while having that business. So it was a social media agency. It was super easy to start because there were no startup costs required. It was just me and my laptop going and meeting people. And looking back then, I was so naive. I was so green. I didn’t know what I was doing at all, but I just went along to networking events and I stood up and I said, hello, I’m Jodie. I’m a social media manager. Come and talk to me. And then people did. And so I started picking up clients based on just

06:17
the pure enthusiasm that I had for their companies. And then I found that once I had one client, it was easy to get two and then three and then four. And then I had a real agency and it wasn’t just me. So it got to about three years in and I realized that I’d set up the agency in order to travel and I hadn’t taken a holiday in three years. And I was completely trapped in my hometown and it was completely the opposite of what I wanted to do. So that’s when I set about

06:47
turning this agency into a lifestyle business. And so that’s when I started traveling for about four months in every year, started competing properly in powerlifting, started writing all the books and tried to do this whole, can you run and grow a business while you’re also really enjoying your life? Because I just refuse to believe that you have to choose one or the other. And I’m never going to accept that that’s the case. I’m always going to be trying to do both. Yeah. And then social media, are you talking about like Instagram and Facebook or?

07:18
Yeah, so back in 2011, it was the kind of social media landscape was so different to how it is now because rather than representing a client in a specific industry on a specific platform, we were just representing them on social media. So for many of our clients that we had, we were setting up their Twitter account and we were convincing them why they should use it, which is crazy. Like that would never happen now. Right. Yeah.

07:42
And then just curious before we get into the guts, how do you feel about the social media landscape today? Yeah, it’s big. It’s big. It’s a confusing place. just so much opportunity. And I think if I was starting from scratch, I would definitely really, really niche down. I would look after dentists on Instagram or dentists of a certain size in a certain location. I would niche down so hard because I feel like that’s what you have to do now. It’s not just OK to be a generalist. You have to…

08:12
Like a social media manager used to be one job that did everything and now it’s like, you good at creating good Twitter threads? Are you good at making LinkedIn posts? Are you good at creating reels? It’s just so many different roles. So yeah, it would be a very different agency had we started today. And then what platform are you the most bullish on?

08:33
Which platform am I the most bullish on? I think I like running experiments and that’s the phase I’m in at the moment. Kind of in that glorious post-exit life, figuring out what I’m going to do next, promoting a book and running experiments on different platforms and seeing if I like it and not carrying on if I don’t and carrying on if I do. Cool. All right, so let’s get into the meat of it because you make this bold

09:03
claim that you can retire in 10 years. How does that work?

09:10
So for me, it was running my business through a series of different stages that at the time I didn’t realise I was doing in a certain order until I looked back and I asked other people who had not needed to work within 10 years and I found that their journeys all followed a very similar pattern and it’s in the book, it’s the 10 year career framework. So it’s four stages, it’s execute, systemise, scrutinise, exit.

09:38
And I know it sounds super, super oversimplified when it’s just those four different words, but what many business owners do is they get into the execute phase, they start their business, they do all the pushing, all the delivering, all the being everywhere, all the kind of being really busy, and then they stay there forever. And I know that when I was starting out, especially, I met so many people who were having just the same year again and again and again and not letting go of stuff and not getting to the second and third and fourth phases.

10:08
So getting from execute to systemize pretty much involves writing down every single thing that happens in your business and then creating a SOP, a process, and giving it to someone else to do, or outsourcing it, or not doing it, or making sure that you are not the one that’s the bottleneck to it. And it’s really, really tough. How do you, okay, so let’s start over. So what were the four steps again? Execute, systemize. Execute, systemize, okay.

10:35
And so I agree with you. Actually, I’m in a mastermind group with many entrepreneurs. And on the surface, when you see their numbers and everything, they’re doing fantastic. But in the close circles of my mastermind, there is a good number of them that are miserable, or not actually making that much profit, or just kind of working themselves to death and doing well at the same time. I guess the question for you is, how do you know whether you’re stuck in that?

11:05
loop. Like you mentioned, you were not able to take any vacations. how did you how did it even occur to you that that was a problem? I think the main thing I realized I was doing was I was answering the same questions more than once. Okay. And I was being used as Google. And I was being relied on and everything had to go by me. And on one hand, if you’re if you want this feeling of being needed, and if your ego is kind of running the show,

11:34
you can mistake that as being a really, really good thing. But I realized that that was just going to keep us playing so small forever unless I just did something about it. OK. And so I imagine you were doing a lot of client work and you probably will get a lot of the same questions from different clients, right? So how did you fix that problem with your business? So the client side of things was kind of

12:01
simple compared to the sales side of things. So the client side of things pretty much involved making sure I was upskilling the account manager to look after all client stuff. And if at any point it was like, oh, we need Jodie to be in this meeting or we need to speak to Jodie first, I wouldn’t just go in the meeting. was very, very difficult to get me into one because I’d keep asking questions and saying, well, hang on, you’re the account manager, what’s going on? Why do they need me? And then we’d get to the problem and it would be a training problem or it be a confidence problem or it just be a…

12:29
an easy problem and they didn’t want to do the meeting on their own or something like that. that was a process of getting me out of the client side of things. I feel like the hardest thing was getting me out of the sales side of things. Because I think if a business owner is doing sales calls, depending on what kind of business it is, but for an agency especially, I found that clients that I signed up would kind of cling on to me and then they’d expect me to be doing all the work at the same time.

12:57
So my solution was to take myself out of sales entirely and make it that I didn’t have any direct contact with them at all. But that was tough, that was super tough because getting someone else to take on your leads and to go and chat to them involves so much trust. You’re not there, you can’t be there, so you have to be able to train them properly beforehand and then figure out what’s going wrong when maybe they don’t even know. What was the name of your agency actually?

13:25
It was called JC Social Media. it was even named after me. Right. Yeah. Exactly. And I named it at a networking event while they were going around the room and everyone had to stand up and say 60 seconds about their business. And it was getting to be my turn. And I realized I didn’t have a business name. And I thought that’s really stupid because everyone else has got a business name. I’m going to look like I’m super green and new. And so I realized that in the room,

13:54
the business names were following a pattern. So we had ML accountancy, had JS technical services, we had JP entertainment and I oh, there’s a pattern here. And I just thought, JC social media. it took two minutes to think of that. And then I stood up and said it and that was the inception of the company name. That’s hilarious. The thing is with agencies and I’ve never run one before, but I’ve used agencies before is that like the person I’m talking to in the sales, especially if it’s the owner, like usually I’m

14:22
depending on their expertise. And there is this assumption that they’re going to be overseeing everything, maybe not necessarily doing the work, but they’re overseeing everything. When in fact, like I think, and you can correct me if I’m wrong, the agency model only works if you find workers that you pay less than yourself. Is that accurate? Okay. Yeah, definitely. And I guess simple analogy is just farming and hunting. Right. And the salespeople are the hunters, but they’re not the farmers at all. And they’re maybe very small agencies are, but not until…

14:51
not once they get to any size. Yeah, so in that aspect, by taking yourself out of it, did that hurt sales then? Yeah, in the short term, it definitely would have done because it had to. I think probably every decision hurts something in the start and then you grow past it. But especially with going from execute to systemize, if you outsource something first or you get someone in your team to do it, at first, they probably do it differently.

15:20
and it’s really easy to mistake different for wrong. And then as soon as you mistake it for wrong, you just get like involved, do start doing the thing again, and then they never have the trust and they never have the autonomy to do it themselves. And then you’re screwed. But the ego is just like, yay, I’m needed. I need to be here. Everyone needs me. I’m the best at doing everything. And it’s just not true. Okay, so we’ve had this problem in the past. And so I’m curious how you overcame that.

15:51
Because I guess my wife and I have big egos, I guess. But you know, especially if you see someone doing things not quite like the way you would do it, it’s really hard to just let them go, even if you know it’s wrong. Yeah. way they’re doing it. I guess I tried to be a coach rather than a manager as much as possible. So it was trying to get them to come to the solution by asking them what they think it was, even though…

16:15
I knew the solution and they weren’t coming up with it, but keep asking them, so what do you think? And what would happen if we did that? And what would happen next? And then keep going with that until they get there. And then you know that they’re owning the solution rather than you’ve just given it to them. And then at that point as well, we were creating this whole manual, big SOPs thing. So as far as possible, I’d get other people to create their SOPs. Walk me through that because creating SOPs is boring.

16:44
So boring, yeah, no one loves doing it. I found it just a really necessary evil. when I decided that I wanted to go travel and I booked a trip to Australia for five weeks, it was three months in the future, because I was like, I need to just give myself some deadline where I absolutely have to systemize my agency, otherwise I’m never going to do this. And then I just took a spreadsheet and then…

17:09
column A wrote a list of every single process that happened in my business. Every single, it was like so granular and there was like 60 different lines. And then I just wrote a who does it now and that was mainly me. And then I wrote who’s gonna do it next and that was the person or the software or the role that I was gonna hire. And then I put a date when I wanted to do it by and that just became my plan. And it’s like, it’s probably a very oversimplified version of what.

17:34
what went on, but it started from that spreadsheet. I just, every day I went to the spreadsheet, okay, who do I need to train now? Who do I need to trust now? Who do I need to outsource and then work through it and then got on the plane. And that was it. I mean, for sales, I would imagine it was the hardest thing, right? Probably. Sales was the hardest thing. That was the thing I did first because I thought it would make the most difference. And I spoke to so many different people. I tried to think about

18:05
each call as if I was the client and I tried to have a conversation with them purely in the shoes of a client of ours and thought what would they think, what would they think of this person and that was the main decision that I based it on. Okay and then what was your role after all that, after systematizing everything, what were you doing in the business? Yeah that’s well that’s interesting because I was very, I was very keen on traveling, I was very keen on doing stuff that was life but then within the business

18:34
I still like working, I really like working on fun projects, that’s why, you don’t suddenly stop doing it once your business is systemised. But I like to think of it as I would get in and do projects rather than do something that was ongoing. So in my head I never wanted to do something that required my upkeep of it all the time or anything with like a daily task or a weekly task. It was all about, this is a project that I’ve just dreamt up or it seems like the right thing to do within the company. So I’d go in, do that, get other people to help me out and then leave them to…

19:03
manage it and then get on to the next one because it was all about those yeah it was project based rather than ongoing based. We’re alike because the first like 75 % is like the most fun but the maintenance part isn’t Yes, yes, yeah I think exactly like that I’m just the idea of having to log in and do the same thing every single day I just I can’t think of anything worse but creating it bringing it into the world that’s amazing that’s the best part of of just running a business in general and what I found for me is that

19:31
When I sold my business, I didn’t have to do an earn out, which is like it doesn’t really happen within agencies. But it was because of that. It was because I didn’t have any ongoing stuff that relied on me. So there was just nothing for me to do there going forward. I would imagine that played a huge role when you decided to sell, right? Because obviously you can’t really sell if you’re the face of the business. Was that something that you planned for ahead of time or did that systematizing all that stuff happen way before you were planning on selling? Yeah, the systemizing happened a long time before. It happened before I went traveling. And then there was about five years of

20:01
traveling for four months in every year. And then COVID hit, we shrunk 25%, we grew back to normal and then grew another 20 % in four months. And it was after those four months that I was like, now’s the time to sell. But I hadn’t even considered the outside of things because I didn’t know too much about how to sell a company. But

20:23
The first few offers we got all had earnouts. One had a 18-month earnout, one had a three-year earnout, and I was like, what? This is crazy. It doesn’t make any sense. So then I spoke to the buyer and explained why it didn’t make any sense. Or actually, no, I didn’t explain it. I asked them why they wanted me to do that and what they wanted me to do. And when they told me what they wanted me to do, I was like, well, someone else does that. So with sales, for example, I said, so why do you need me for 18 months? And they said,

20:52
Well, we want you to get sales and go prospecting and do this kind of stuff. And I was like, oh, so do you want me to take this over from my sales team? I don’t get it. I’ve got people looking after this. And then they’re like, oh, yeah, it doesn’t make sense. OK, well, do you want to manage the team? And I was like, oh, so do you want me to take over from my manager to manage the team? Or how do you see this working? I think what we both realized together is that if I did that earn out, it would screw everyone over because they’d just have to

21:22
exit me in another 18 months, whereas they could buy the company, I could exit and then they could take over and they could have everything exactly the way they wanted it anyway. So it made a lot of sense from both sides. My first book, The Family First Entrepreneur is now available for pre-order at your favorite online retailer. Now this is a book about entrepreneurship, but not the kind that they tell you about in business school or that you often hear about online. Now if you can relate to my wife and I story,

21:50
You probably don’t see to become world famous or ridiculously rich. Now you might not say no to these things, but we probably have similar priorities. You want a good life and the freedom to enjoy it. But here’s the problem with 99 % of the business and entrepreneurship advice out there. They all preach that you need to work 80 hours a week and hustle your butt off just to get ahead. And in fact, a popular saying is that entrepreneurs are willing to work 80 hours a week to avoid working 40 hours a week for someone else. Well, I’m calling BS on this. If you follow this advice, then you’ll end up sacrificing your time

22:19
and your freedom for the promise of riches, work yourself to the bone and lose what precious time you had to spend with your loved ones. Now on this podcast, which I’ve run since 2014, I’ve interviewed over 450 successful entrepreneurs who are absolutely killing it with their multi-million dollar businesses. But what you don’t hear about publicly is that they don’t see their family much or that they’re totally burned out or stressed out. You don’t hear about the huge sacrifices that they had to make in order to get there. So in this book,

22:46
I’ll share with you an alternative to the hustle culture nonsense we so often hear about in relation to achieving financial success. You can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. So if you’re tired of hearing from a bunch of single men or women or 20-something kids who drive fancy cars and brag about how hard they work or how much they make, I will give you a different perspective from a father

23:14
who makes both business and family work. So join me in my book launch and get access to a bunch of freebies. Go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you bonuses, invitations to book parties that I’ll be throwing all over the country and special offers. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

23:35
Actually, one question that just came to mind now is like, how do you keep your workers motivated? Because you mentioned before, right, there’s a lot of repetitive work. What were some of the things that you put in place to keep, you know, your agency workers motivated? So, whenever I was hiring someone, I always thought I don’t want to hire someone who I have to babysit in any way. I want to hire people who I would have as a business partner or people who I just know that they’re self-sufficient and they like resourcefulness and they like independence.

24:05
So lots of the questions in interview process all revolved around that. Like whenever you started something on your own, tell me about a project that you ran, tell me about something that you did and you owned and you were really, really proud of it. And I would look for people saying, I did this, I did that. And not people who said, oh, we did that or I had to do that, that was the worst. In an interview, if someone says, oh, I had to do that, it’s like, no, no way. Because you just know that they’re gonna need constant kind of babysitting and handholding. So I was looking for people who…

24:35
were really proud of owning their work and people who weren’t going to look to me to just spoon feed them the whole time. Just curious, were you hiring people within the UK or did you have workers all over the world? Mainly in the UK and then we went fully remote when COVID happened and then that opened up our geography and then we had people from all over after that. Interesting, because I would imagine the pay scale in the UK is higher, right?

25:04
in other places. Yeah, potentially. Yeah, just curious how like all the numbers worked out. because if you’re trying to hire a highly motivated person, like someone that you described, they tend to be more expensive, I guess, unless you unless you hire like, you know, new college grads. Yeah. Or someone younger. Yeah. Sometimes they were new college grads. It depends. It depended. So I think I would say much rather hire someone based on attitude and then train them and all this stuff than the other way around.

25:34
Yeah. And I imagine the SOPs that you put in place kind of train them so you didn’t actually have to personally train them. Yes. Yeah. We were big on… Joanna was my head of client services and she was really funny with the SOP thing because she kind of got to the same stage as me where she wanted people to solve the problems they could on their own and come to her with the ones that they couldn’t because otherwise she’s just…

26:00
she’s wasting everyone’s time and she’s not progressing either or the business isn’t progressing. So if someone came to her with some kind of question that she knew full well was in a manual, it would be, huh, isn’t this, I’m sure this is in a manual, I’m sure it is, did I not put it in there? And then they would go check and then over time what we’d train is this culture of you would just check first, you wouldn’t ask someone a question that you could ask Google or you could ask the manual, you would only ask people the stuff that you couldn’t get from there.

26:28
What was the manual in? Was it like a web page or what? It was an Excel spreadsheet. It was an Excel spreadsheet. Okay. Things were exported into PDFs. Yeah, was like junky. It was basic, but it was there and it was used. I think there were so many different fancy things you could use. mean, Notion would be a good option right now. Yeah. But I don’t think it even matters what it’s made in. I think what matters is that it’s used. Correct. And made, actually. The creation part is the hardest, I think. Yeah.

26:57
But you’re right, just letting them, pointing them to the manual or whatnot is the best way to train someone and just not ask you every little thing. Yeah. All right, so that was okay. So we have execute, we have systematize, what is number three? Scrutinize. Scrutinize, okay, what does that involve? Scrutinize is when you feel like you have this well-oiled machine. You probably have a lot of time on your hands. You don’t yet know whether that’s a good thing or a bad thing, but overall it’s probably a good thing if your business is also growing.

27:27
And this is where you just have a bunch of options. So you could go and exit, you could move to the fourth stage, which is exit. You could get back into execute and you could go again on a different level. So the guy who bought my agency, like agencies were his jam, he just loved them, he wanted to do it, but he wanted a new challenge. So he bought a bunch of agencies and went back into execute, but just on the level above with a bigger, with a bigger thing. Or that’s when you can sit back, play golf, travel the world.

27:57
do nothing, kind of just enjoy life, which is one option as well. Or you might realize that you want a new challenge, but you want it in a different field, in which case you might head down the side project route. I feel really funny about side projects because sometimes I think that starting one while you’re in the execute phase of your business is like the wrong thing to do because your energy is just going all over the place. But if you’ve reached this scrutinized phase and you don’t really feel that passionate about your business, then yeah, by all means start all the side projects then, but don’t…

28:26
have all these different, I don’t know, two grand a month side projects and be kind of kidding yourself that it’s a multiple income stream strategy because it’s probably not because everything’s quite small. I found with myself that if I coast a little too long, things tend to go off the rails. So I can never just completely let go. Were you traveling and powerlifting? I mean, how much time were you going to the business during this phase? So one thing that I put in place was just office hours.

28:55
when I was available to the team and then when I wasn’t in those office hours, I would be working on projects or lifting or traveling or doing something else. it was about, it was like four hours, two days a week or four hours, two, like three days a week in the mornings. Okay. So not, yeah. Not much at all. No, but enough to, enough to kind of stay involved, keep the, keep putting little fires out if I needed to. But I try, so.

29:24
using the fire analogy, I tried to get it so that I would only be needed for bigger fires. Because you’ve always got fires in agencies because it’s like, need stuff, teams need stuff. There’s just, you put them out everywhere. And I think the most frazzled agency owners are those that like, they’re not ready for the fires. They think, oh, once I do this, there’ll be no more. And it’s like, no, there’s always more. There’s always more fires. But I want it to be that the level that I am deployed at is just higher.

29:53
because I want to deal with like, when we’re getting broken into or when something is really, really, when something really bad is happening, not when it’s just something small. guess presumably if you’re not on the sales team anymore, people will not ask to talk to you, they would probably ask to talk to the person that sold to them. Is that accurate? Okay. Yeah. Yeah, exactly. So that was probably a key piece in your freedom. Someone you can trust, people you can trust. Because it’s interesting that you use the word freedom as well because

30:23
Whenever I hear the word freedom, I always think freedom from what to do what? Because I feel like that’s how you define it. And for me, the freedom from what was being tapped on the shoulder, being needed, having to book my diary with different meetings, and just doing work that I’ve kind of had outgrown. And then to do what was to do fun projects and look after the team of partners and powerlifting and travel and everything else.

30:52
So those most trusted people that were running your agency, were they people who you kind of had for a long time that you developed from the ground up or were they people that you brought in who were experienced? A mix. One was my second ever team member. joined, was kind of with us for the last four years until the end. And then, yeah, it was a mix. It was a mix. Okay. So you don’t have any recommendations one way or the other? No, I just think…

31:21
Oh no, I don’t. I think recruitment is the hardest thing to get right ever. And we rely so much on our gut feel. But the main thing that helped me was just having a consistent process for everyone. And also making people really, really jump through hoops. So we didn’t make it easy for someone to get a role with us. on the recruiting side, mean,

31:44
When I was a director, I found that that actually occupied a lot of my time. So were you not involved in the recruiting process as much or? So we built this little inbound recruitment kind of system. So we set up a bunch of different pages, blogs all around how to become a social media manager. And we educated people if they wanted to be a social media manager. And then we collected email addresses. So when we wanted to hire someone, we emailed our list and we got people through that. So it helped it take less time. It still takes time because you still have to…

32:14
filter and do all that kind of stuff. we had people within the team who looked after that. But building an inbound recruitment system was like must have saved us hours and hours. Interesting. So the leads were coming to you. Yeah, because we wanted. Okay. Yeah, we wanted the people who were like, I want to work with you rather than I want to work at any company because then we found people who were very motivated, driven and just were excited for our brand.

32:39
Walk me through that process. Were you ranking in search? Was this on social media or YouTube? How were you putting up the content? Yeah, ranking and search. So I think for a bunch of different companies, they could start creating content around how to make it as an insert job title here and put loads of stuff into it because you know it, you know what makes a good, whatever the job title is, and then be really helpful with it.

33:06
monitor all the search terms, geek out on all the numbers. We had a whole team of geeks, so we really enjoyed that. And then have a way of them hearing about jobs. We had such a, I don’t remember the exact size of our list, but we had such a big list that we almost thought about becoming a recruitment, kind of like having a recruitment service for other people who wanted to hire social media managers. But really we used it for our own benefit. And it was, yeah, it was great. So it was mainly through search then? Yeah, Google search. Oh, okay. So that means you were writing articles, you had writers on staff then, is that?

33:36
Yes, yeah, we had writers on staff and then there was other stuff. So talks at universities, having conversations with universities, they’d send people our way. So we just kind of collected people up. And then when we needed someone, we were saying, when we were saying there was a vacancy available, we knew that we’d have so many applications for it. And we could tell people that it would be a very oversubscribed role without it being not true, which is easy to say. yeah, I felt like we were in a good position with that.

34:06
I’m just curious, the economics of running an agency, how much do you have to bill out compared to how much you pay for your worker? Like, mean, very so wildly. Agencies can be anything from like 0 % to 0%. Okay. I mean, there are probably some, there are probably very, very many running that are only just making their.

34:34
everyone’s salaries and that’s it. There will be loads like that, but that’s possibly their goal. The owner just wants to make a certain salary each year and they’re kind of happy doing that up to about, I mean, 50, 60, at the high end, depending on how much technology you have involved. There were some really cool stories of agencies who’ve created products because they’ve created something that their clients wanted to use. They use their clients as like a testing ground to create the products and then they shut their agency and went to product.

35:03
that’s actually happened to a bunch of my friends. They developed some software in-house that they use to manage all the clients and they’re like, hey, why don’t we just productize this? And they ended up selling, they ended up keeping their favorite clients and then they fired all the rest and then started selling the software. Yeah. Because for me, know that I don’t think an agency would be what I’d start now, but I think as a example of how you can learn how to play businesses, I think, yeah, it’s pretty solid.

35:30
And then, okay, so scrutinize, we kind of got off track a little bit. So scrutinize really, like my definition of scrutinize is to like analyze the expenses and like increase my margins. For you, it seemed like more of like reflecting on what you want to do, whether you want to go all in again, versus take on other projects. Yeah, it could have margins and it could have monthly income and it could have the cash side in it, because that might be a big part of your decision as to what you want to do.

35:56
But in your case, you wanted to sell, did COVID have anything to do with that? Yes. So because when COVID hit, because we lost a quarter of our client base in one week, and that was kind of scary. And it made me realize that you can write an SOP for absolutely everything, probably except a global pandemic. It’s kind of hard to preempt that. And it’s kind of hard to say like, oh, if all our clients leave, here’s what you do. Like, I just, didn’t have one for that.

36:24
So I was very, very back involved at that point. And it was rallying the team, it was saying, okay, what do we do? It was coming up with a plan. It was pretty much working out how we just meet, continue to meet people, even though we’re not physically in front of everyone, because we’ve been very based on physical networking up until that point. And then when we managed to grow and then grow again, my scrutinized thinking was like…

36:50
Am I the person to take this company through to the next level given that I feel like the people in it are capable of this new level? And I realized that I didn’t actually want to do that at all. But I felt like going back to my lifestyle business would be would be not giving them the potential. I felt like I was their ceiling now. And I wanted to remove myself as their ceiling. And I also maybe selfishly didn’t want to get tapped on the shoulder in that way again. Yeah. What’s funny is though you sold without a

37:18
a plan for what you want to do in the future? Or did you just want to become an author, right? Oh, yeah, I thought I wanted to become an author. I thought that was my thing. And then I realized that when I sold and I started writing more stuff, because I’d already that’s when I finished writing 10 year career, which is the book that’s out now, I thought I’d want to just write and write and carry on. But then I realized that without the material without the being in the trenches, the running of business, you kind of run out and

37:46
I know that I really love running a business. It just wasn’t that business. I’m definitely in the, it’s definitely my plan to start a new one and not be a writer all the time. But I like writing as a kind of outlet for all the mess in my head from running a business. Yeah. So I, I’m just curious now. So the agency model you didn’t like for, for me personally, I don’t like the agency model because it’s, it’s all people based, right? And you have to do a lot of talking and I’m an engineer at heart.

38:15
that I prefer just to kind of like stare at screen or whatnot. What were your cons, I guess, for the agency model for you personally? You’re more extroverted, I feel. Yeah, yeah. So cons for the agency model. Yeah, the fact that it’s all people, the fact that your clients are building relationships with the people so therefore they hold a lot of power. feel like, yeah, that’s probably a con. But also it’s kind of a pro if you keep people for a long time. If you can…

38:44
If you can do great work and keep your relationship with a client, then you will keep them longer and then you will grow. What are the cons? I think sometimes clients don’t know what you want, what they want, therefore, clients don’t know what they want, so therefore, you’re trying to work it out and you’re trying to tell them what you think they want, but then if someone else can in a more compelling way tell them what they want and sell them that instead, you’re in the competing business all the time and you don’t really want to be doing that. Right.

39:13
When I had my first ever job, my boss there, it was a print and promotion company. So we would sell branded mugs and plates and corporate clothing to various different companies. And he was always just convinced that there was an easier way to make money. He was like, this cannot be how I’m destined to make money. And he was always looking for it. And sometimes I felt like a bit like that with

39:40
my agency because you’ve got everyone around looking for this sexy way to make money and this way of like digitizing, productizing and I was there in the slow lane doing all right. So sometimes it’s like those unsexy boring kind of businesses that are flying under the radar that no one’s really thinking about that are doing pretty well and the owner’s pretty happy. I have many friends who’ve run successful agencies that sold but I think one thing that would kill me

40:08
is the fact that you’re doing all this work for a client and you can do a great job, but then they get to reap the benefits of your work, right? In the long term. Yeah. If you have an ego, don’t run an agency because you don’t get credit for all the stuff, but then you do it. But you know, you know that you contributed, you know that you made their business what it was. And maybe that can be enough, but if it’s not enough, it’s, yeah, you need to be a brand that has an agency. Yeah.

40:36
Okay, so tell me this, Jodie, what’s next? Who knows? I mean, I love running experiments. I like just testing stuff out to see what I you experimenting with right now? So at the moment, there’s a giant spreadsheet called ideas. Everything’s a spreadsheet, but it’s all the different business ideas that me and my husband come up with that we talk about, we kind of make little business plans about, we put them all in separate lines.

41:02
We don’t buy any domain names. That’s a massive rule. just don’t because it’s so easy to get really excited by the domain name. You can create the brand on Looker. You can create the page on Shopify. You could set the brand up within like half an hour, but we don’t want to do that. We want to go ahead with the one that we cannot stop thinking about. So at the moment there’s 28 different ideas on there, but yeah, you’ll be the first to know when we go forward with one. Have you always been a husband, wife team or in business?

41:31
So we’ve been together since we were 18, but we didn’t start working together until we were 24 or so. And then we just joined forces and that coincided with when we wanted to go traveling. So yeah, we work together now. Nice. I’m a husband and wife team. It hasn’t always been smooth, I’ll tell you. You know, when you have two cooks in the kitchen, but now the way we’ve managed to, we separate out the duties. So like my wife’s in control of this domain. I have no say over it and I’m in control of my domain. Is that how you guys?

42:00
Yeah, well, mean, both our last names is Cook, so we actually are two cooks in the kitchen. Yeah, I mean, we’re very good at different things. So it’s helped quite a lot. Analyzing both of our personalities, both of our strengths, both of our weaknesses and being okay to not try and do stuff that you’re just not good at, give it to them instead and then vice versa. I feel like the self-awareness has just helped us loads when we work together. I’m going to ask you some selfish questions now.

42:30
I noticed you had a book on how to raise entrepreneurial kids. Teach me. Oh, okay, cool. So yeah, that book came about because I sent out a journal request asking for people to tell me how they were raised to be entrepreneurial or how they were raised to how they were raising entrepreneurial kids. And I thought I would get two responses. I got 500. Wow. Okay. So then I was like, oh, this needs to be a book. And I don’t have kids. I kind of was raised.

42:59
with entrepreneurial parents. So I was kind of a kid in the story, but I hooked up with Daniel Priestley, who has three kids under the age of six, and we wrote the book together. So it’s split into like 46 different ways, but kind of the best few. One of them is practice what you preach, be the entrepreneur real excited, doing what they say they’re gonna do, having high integrity, being an amazing person, just as a role model. That’s like by far the most powerful.

43:23
all the others pale into insignificance compared to you just being amazing and being someone that they want to be like. One of the others I love is called doubling down. So some parent in the book that we interviewed described it as if his kid is interested in dinosaurs, they are going to double down on dinosaurs. They’re going to go to dinosaur museums. They’re going to have pencil cases. They’re going to have, you know, bedspreads. It’s going to be like dinosaur everything and they’re going to geek out. They’re going to learn everything because that is how that kid will learn mastery.

43:53
And once they learn mastery and once they learn how to be obsessed with something, they can apply that to any different field and it won’t matter. They just know how to have deep interest.

44:03
So how do you foster that? So, okay, so my kids, my daughter has started, she’s on her second business now. The problem is, is like, there’s all this stuff that I want her to do to market it, but I don’t wanna push her to do it. But I wanna kind of have her discover it on her own. But then there’s school and then there’s sports, there’s so many things going on, it’s tough. Yeah, well, how my parents used to do it was if we ever signed up for something or if we ever committed.

44:30
doing something. We were in, we were committed, there was no getting out. You can’t mispractice, you’ve said you’re to do it. If you want to quit, you can quit at any time, but you have to either in or out. So we didn’t really have any grey areas with what we were committed to. And I feel like that maybe helped us from flitting around all over the place. And you sound like a very self motivated person that just goes all in, like the whole powerlifting thing. You know, it’s one thing to lift weights so you can run a little better. It’s another thing to start entering competitions on behalf of your country.

45:00
Right? Yeah. Yeah. It got a bit too far. And then one of the other ones that I’ve just thought about from the book is about labels, because labels are so powerful. And one of the examples is that if you call a kid clumsy or if you call them shy or if you call them any of these words that just get banded around, they’ll wear it like a badge and they’ll act like it even more so. So a child that you call clumsy will be more clumsy. They will fall over more because they identify with it.

45:28
And it’s the same with shy. So when you think about the labels that you administer, like when I was little, it was always like, you’re strong, you’re confident, you’re all these different things. And I thought, yeah, I am. And then I acted like that. So it’s about being mindful of which labels that you give to other people, which I think is true of grownups as well as kids. I mean, grownups are just kids is what I discovered. Because I teach this class and I have one-on-ones occasionally. And yeah.

45:54
Like it’s almost like talking to my kids sometimes when I’m helping them on their path and that sort of thing. So you’re absolutely right. I mean, I behave like a kid all the time too. Yeah, me too. Yeah, so I’m like, okay, that’s good. I like that labels comment because I noticed that she’s already had some internal labels that she’s given to herself that aren’t true that we’ve been trying to kind of dispel. Like shyness is one of those ones as well. thanks for the tips.

46:23
I’ll use them. Jodie, it was a pleasure talking to you. Where can people find your book, which is coming out in the US? Oh, my book is at 10yearcareer.com or it’s available on Amazon and everywhere that sells books. And why 10 years? I forgot to ask. So I think 10 years is such a good timeframe because it stops you trying to get short term wins, which I don’t feel ever really work in business.

46:51
But it’s a long enough time frame. It’s a short enough time frame that you don’t waste time and you’re not gonna just have the same year again and again. You’re gonna be going towards progress and trying to evolve in some way. And then my journey was 10 years and then lots of the entrepreneurs I’ve spoken to who managed to do this in 10 years. That’s the time frame. It works. Oh yeah, okay. Wait, you started in 2011. Oh yeah, you’re right. It has just been around 10 years.

47:18
Okay. Yeah, there’s also a companion course as well that comes with the book. And we’ve got a bunch of different case studies as well from entrepreneurs who’ve exited and they followed that four-step structure and that’s exactly how they did it. And yeah, 10 years, magic. You don’t consider yourself retired though, do you? No, but more because the label sounds really old and it doesn’t really fit. But I don’t really know that. I think that’s one of the things that I found when exiting. I didn’t really know what…

47:46
my label was because was I powerlifter, was I writer, was I retired? I don’t know. I’m still figuring out. People always ask me that question and I say, I’m never going to retire. Yeah, I’m like, I’m going to be doing this stuff forever. Or something. Yeah, I think that’s the massive paradox of all of it. It’s like you want to not have to do it, but you’re to do it anyway because you absolutely love it. And my personal view is like if you retire, like I think of retire as like

48:13
playing golf and like sitting on the beach, I think your brain is going to atrophy. It’s like a muscle, right, that you constantly have to use. So. Yeah. Yeah, I agree. And also when you sell, don’t just stop being, you don’t stop being you, you don’t stop having all the energy. It’s just that you haven’t got a business to apply it to anymore. So yeah, there’s a, there’s probably a better outlet for that than golf. Or a better word for that than retirement. should say. Yeah. Let’s make it. If anyone’s got any ideas of the, of the better word for retirement.

48:42
then yeah, by all means. So Jenny, I love your energy and yeah, I’ll link up the book and the show notes in case you guys are curious, but I highly recommend it. Thank you so much. Thank you for having me. Thanks, Steve.

48:58
Hope you enjoyed that episode. I love Jody’s drive and personality and you should definitely check out her book, The 10-Year Career, which is available right now. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 443. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is Nick’s big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

49:26
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to hang out with you in person this year in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. So grab a ticket to Seller Summit and let’s meet up. Go to SellersSummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T dot com. Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to MyWifeQuarterJob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

444: The One Mindset Hack That Guarantees Success With Michael Hyatt

444: The One Mindset Hack That Almost Guarantees Success With Michael Hyatt

Today, I have a very special guest on the show, Michael Hyatt. Michael has scaled multiple companies over the years, including a $250M publishing company with 700+ employees. 

He is also the author of several New York Times, Wall Street Journal, and USA Today bestselling books, including Platform, Living Forward, Your Best Year Ever, Free to Focus, and his newest book, Mind Your Mindset.

In this episode, we discuss subtle mindset shifts that guarantee success.

What You’ll Learn

  • The key to breaking through your mental barriers
  • The 3 step process for minding your mindset
  • How to reframe the narrative in your head

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have a very special guest on the show, Michael Hyatt. And as many of you know, Michael is a New York Times bestselling author and he actually used to run a multi-million dollar publishing company as well. So I was lucky to chat with him, especially on the eve of launching my brand new book, The Family First Entrepreneur. But don’t worry, we’re not talking about publishing books today. Instead, we’re gonna talk about something way more important and that’s how to get out of the way of your own mind.

00:29
This is a great episode, trust me. But before we begin, I want to you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at SellersSummit.com. In fact, the price is going up this Wednesday. It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you probably know me well enough to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and it’s a very intimate event.

01:00
Everyone eats together and everyone parties together every single night. Personally, I love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room and help each other with our businesses. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. Go to sellersummit.com for more information. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

01:28
Now if you run an ecommerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS, or text message marketing, is already a top 5-room resource for my ecommerce store, and I couldn’t have done that without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in ecommerce stores, and ecommerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data,

01:56
and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your audience. So head on over to postcook.io slash Steve and try for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner Tony. And unlike this one, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience.

02:24
No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:39
Welcome to the My Wife, Quirter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Michael Hyatt on the show. Michael is the founder of Full Focus, formerly Michael Hyatt & Co. And what I personally love about his company is that he works with his daughter, which is actually one of my dreams. He has scaled multiple companies over the years, including a $250 million publishing company with over 700 employees. His companies have been featured in the Inc 5000 list of one of the fastest growing companies in America.

03:07
for many years in a row and he was actually named one of Inc’s best workplaces. He’s also the author of several books that have made the New York Times, Wall Street Journal bestseller list and the USA Today bestselling books, including Platform, Living Forward, Your Best Year Ever, Free to Focus and his latest book, Mind Your Mindset. Now I could go on and on about Michael, but that would probably take the entire duration of the podcast. There’s a lot we can learn, but today what we’re gonna do is we’re gonna focus on mindset.

03:36
and the key to breaking through your mental barriers. And with that, welcome to show, Michael. How you doing? Thanks, Steve. Appreciate you having me on. Yeah, I mean, it’s my honor. And I have to ask this upfront before I forget to ask, how are you so lucky to be working with your daughter in your business? Like, how did you get her to be actually interested in what you do for a living? That’s a great question. I’m not sure anybody’s ever asked me that specific question, but we’ve worked together for a long time. So.

04:04
The first time we ever worked together on an actual project. Well, I take this back. When she was eight years old and I was in the book publishing industry, she went with me to the book trade show. And so she went to all my author meetings, all my vendor meetings, a little bit of everything. And she was so poised and did such a great job. So then I’d started taking her to things. And I have five daughters. So Megan is the oldest and my youngest daughter, Marissa also works for the company. But,

04:33
I just basically included them in my work. So when she was 17, at that time I was a literary agent and I had an author, one of my clients who was out on a book tour. This was back in the days when we literally traveled to different cities. And in this case, it was a big tour bus and we would go, we went to 15 different cities and she was with me and at 17, she was responsible for all merchandise sales. So it was a big job and she did great, but you know,

05:02
We’ve just all gotten along great. all my daughters, in fact, all my daughters live within 30 minutes of me. Three of them, including Megan, but the three of them that have kids, and I have 10 grandkids, they all live within five minutes of me. So we’re pretty close-knit family. Yeah, I mean, that’s the dream right there. I’m very tight with my family, and that’s one of the reasons why I went into business in the first place, so I could spend more time with them.

05:30
I think it’s amazing that you guys work together. I’m not sure if my daughter has any interest in what I do, but I’m hoping to kind of steer her that way, because I would love to have what you have. Well, I think you got to kind of set it up. You know, you’ve got to include her in things so she can get familiar with it. Talk to her a lot about why it matters and what’s important about it. And it’s funny how so much of that is caught, not taught.

05:55
Definitely. I’ve actually tried to include her in a lot of things. We filmed a lot of videos together. It’s been a good time. That’s good. Good, good. I want to start with a quick story. I’ve been teaching an online class about e-commerce for over a decade now. And for the longest time, I thought that the most important aspect of the class was to teach the strategy because that’s kind of how I was brought up. Like, tell me what to do and I’ll suck it up and I’ll do it. But over the years, I’ve chatted one-on-one with many students in my class.

06:26
And I’ve come to realize that what’s holding them back is what is in their heads. And I’m curious, you’ve worked with many high powered CEOs and executives, and I want to make the listeners first feel like they’re at home. Can you just give me some examples of your own personal experiences where either you or one of your clients have been in their heads?

06:45
Yeah, well, I think the first time this came home to roost for me was I had an executive coach by the name of Eileen. And back during the great recession, this would have been about 2009, August of 2009, she flew in to spend the day with me and she came in once a month for a full day. And it was about 75 % psychotherapy and about 25 % business coaching. But she plopped out in the chair, opened her notepad and she said, so tell me how it lasts.

07:14
month with and this would have been July of 2009 that she was talking about. And I said, well, it didn’t go that great. She said, well, what happened? I said, well, we missed the top line. Our revenue numbers by about 10%. We missed our profit number so bad that we lost money. And she said, well, gosh, that is kind of shocking because when I sat here last month, you were so upbeat, so confident that you were not only going to hit the budget, but that you had a pretty good chance of beating the budget.

07:44
What happened? And I said, well, you know, we’re in the middle of a big recession. know, inflation is high, foot traffic at retail is down, consumer confidence is down. So the economy, like that was the first reason I gave her. And I’d been rehearsing these, what I would look back on now as excuses for my board, because I was going to have to meet with them to report on the same numbers. And so she was kind of serving as a proxy for that. I said, the second reason is the book publishing industry itself,

08:14
is an enormous turmoil because we’re in the midst of this digital conversion and nobody knows where it’s going to end up, but it’s created a lot of chaos in our industry. Third, social media has changed everything we thought we knew about marketing and we haven’t quite figured out how to use it to sell books yet, but nothing that we used to do seems to be working like it used to work. So I said, that’s why those three reasons.

08:41
And she just kind of paused for a second and she said, okay, but what was it about your leadership that caused this result? Which really took me back. I was kind of offended, definitely felt defensive. And I said to her, said, this has nothing to do with my leadership. This has everything to do with the economy, my industry, the state of marketing. She said, okay, I get that those are factors, but what is it about your leadership? Well,

09:11
She quickly saw that I wasn’t getting it. So she said, let me ask the question another way. If you could go back 30 days and you knew then what you know now, would you have done anything differently? And I said, yes. She said, like what? I said, well, I would have met with my sales team every day just to make sure that they were on track and we were pacing to at least hit the budget if not exceeded. She said, okay, great. What else? I said, I would have gone on that sales call to Walmart.

09:39
Because I think that just having my presence there as a CEO would have caused them to buy more books and would have been a better result. She said, great, what else? So I gave her, I don’t know, three to five things. And she kind of smiled and she said, so what you’re telling me is that it was about your leadership. And she was exactly right. Because I saw the problem as out there. Beyond my control, I was just a victim. All this stuff was happening to me.

10:09
What she helped me realize, Steve, is that the problem was in here between my ears. It was the way I was thinking about the problem and that I had way more agency, but I’d given it away. And so in the one sense, when I took ownership of the results, the good news was that now I got my agency back and all of a sudden I had the power. Like I could do something differently. And we went on to do something very different that next month.

10:37
The bad news was it took away my excuses. But I saw the distinction between sort of the problems out there and the problems in here in my thinking. I love that because my dad was just like your coach. Like we lost a volleyball game once and he was like, why did you lose? And I’m like, ah, I’m not tall enough. You know, I deflected it towards like just things I couldn’t change. And he was like, well, you can jump, can’t you? You can work on your jump, can’t you?

11:07
I didn’t see you practicing after school. And my dad did this with every time I did better at a test, that’s what he would say to me to the point where I just stopped making excuses after a while. So I know a lot of people out there listening have limiting beliefs. And the question is, how do you get over it? And is there a process for doing so? Because it’s not really like a switch that you can just.

11:33
Well, there is. And in this book, Mind Your Mindset, which I did write with my oldest daughter, Megan, the CEO of Full Focus, we talk about a three-step process. And so the first step of the process is basically to identify the story that you’re telling yourself. Now, the subtitle of the book is the science that shows success starts with your thinking. So we did a deep dive into the brain science.

12:04
showing how our brains work. And one of the things that we discovered early on is that our brains cannot exist without constantly pursuing meaning. In other words, there are things that happen to us, and then there’s the interpretation that our brain provides of what that means. So what happened? And then the interpretation. Those are two totally different things.

12:32
So for example, I heard a story a couple of weeks ago about two identical twins, grew up in the same family. They had alcoholic parents, both of them. And they asked the successful brother, who was very, very successful from a financial standpoint and almost every aspect of his life, said, well, what do you attribute your success to? And he thought for a second, he said, well, I grew up in a family of alcoholics.

13:01
And I didn’t want to end up like that. So I worked my butt off to avoid that. And he said that it was kind of inevitable, you know, just the background I had, the circumstances I had, it was kind of inevitable that I would succeed. So they asked the second brother who was basically broke, almost homeless, had not made anything of himself. They said, why aren’t you successful? And he said, well, what would you expect? My parents were alcoholics.

13:31
It was inevitable that I would turn out like them. So the facts were the same. They both grew up in a family of alcoholics, but the meaning that they assigned to that fact or those sets of facts were completely different. And so I think making the distinction, and this is in that first step of identify the story, is that our brains are compelled to create stories.

14:00
We have these cells in our brains. It’s almost like if you go into a container store, you know, where they sell all different size boxes to store different kinds of things. Your brain is like that. There are brain cells that store the names of people that store locations that store historical facts and all that. But as those different neurons connect through synapses and begin to fire, and this is Hebb’s law.

14:28
is the neurons that fire together, wire together, and that’s the brain knitting together a story from these facts. The problem is, is that once you get that story, it’s easy to confuse the story with the truth. Because whenever you have the trigger, something that reminds you of that story, your brain automatically sends the signal down that neural pathway, and the challenge is to create a different neural pathway.

14:56
And we certainly don’t need to do this with every story because some stories are actually very helpful. But one of the things we realized in the brain science too is that up to 20 % of our memories are false, as in they didn’t happen. Up to 70 % of our memories are distorted in some significant way. whenever we find ourselves frustrated, stuck, not getting the results we want,

15:23
We need to identify the story. We need to ask ourselves the question, wait a second, what is the story I’m telling myself right now? And in the book, we talk about this, if there’s a villain in the book, it’s somebody we call the narrator. And this is, it’s a personification of our thinking process, but it’s like we have this person who lives inside our head and is offering nonstop color commentary.

15:52
on everything that happens. Now the brain’s goal, the reason the brain does this, is the brain’s number one job is to keep us safe. And so it’s constantly taking the experiences of the past and trying to predict the future and keep us safe. But the narrator is talking nonstop, much like if you watch a football game, you there’s what’s happening on the field, those are the facts. And then there’s the commentators, usually at least two, sometimes three.

16:21
who are talking nonstop about what it all means and where it’s going. And that’s the narrator. But it’s difficult to think about our thinking. And yet, as you pointed out, like that’s the major thing that changes the results. Because our thinking and our stories are what cause us to select the strategies that we select. And those strategies are what delivers the results we get.

16:50
So if we want better results, extraordinary results, biggie sized results, the best way to do that is to change our thinking, to change the story. But first we got to identify it. I have a perfect example of this. When I first started in business, I used to be an electrical engineer. And I remember the first thing I tried to sell, I wasn’t very good at it. And what I told myself is, I’m just an engineer. I program and I write code all day.

17:19
This isn’t my thing and that’s why it failed. Is that an example of what you’re talking about? Identifying the narrative. Yeah, it’s perfect. Like here’s another example. I use this in the book. I went to an industry trade show and there was the CEO of one of the larger companies in our industry who was about to speak, about to deliver a keynote. And so our language reveals our thinking. The words that we use reveal what we’re thinking. So as a business coach, which is our primary business at Full Focus,

17:48
I’m listening very intently and very carefully to the language that my clients use when they’re talking about a problem or talking about their role or what they’re capable of or whatever. So this keynote speaker stands up and he says, hey, I’m not a very gifted speaker. And he kind of laughed. And then he spent the next hour approving it. So he rambled. There was no organization. It was terrible. I looked around the room and probably 80 % of the people had their nose in their phone. They just weren’t paying attention.

18:18
because he had it in his thought that he wasn’t a very good speaker, he wasn’t a gifted speaker. So, you know, honestly, why even try? You know, if you really believe that, kind like your engineer story, if you believe that you’re only X, then you may not even try. My youngest daughter, Marissa, who works for our company too, she will often say when somebody says like that, you know, I’m not a very gifted speaker, she would say, well, if you say so, our words shape

18:47
our thinking, and our thinking shapes our words. There’s this reciprocal relationship between our language and our thinking. So part of this identifying the story, step one in the process is to pay attention to our language and particularly pay attention to the language that the narrator inside of our head hears. We may never give voice to it and yet may just be rattling around our head, but what are the exact sentences that the narrator uses for years?

19:18
I had the narrator saying to me, you know, you’re not very good with money. Watch out. You’re not very good with money. Are you sure you want to do that? Because you’re not very good with money. That all went back to an experience where I had a business that went bankrupt back in early nineties. And I had a friend a couple of years later that said to me on an airplane, he said to me, as he kind of listened to some of my story, he said, wow, it sounds to me like you’re not very good with money.

19:48
And it didn’t occur to me to question that as, as though it were an opinion. I respected him as a mentor and I just ingested that as though it were the truth. And guess what? For the next 10 years, I set out to prove the truth of that statement. You know, I made bad financial decisions. I wasn’t very good with money and it wasn’t until I began to change that story. And frankly was meeting Dave Ramsey and

20:18
having a session with him, they began to change my story about money, which changed my actions, which led to different results. But it all begins with identifying that story.

20:30
My first book, The Family First Entrepreneur, is now available for pre-order at your favorite online retailer. Now this is a book about entrepreneurship, but not the kind that they tell you about in business school or that you often hear about online. Now if you can relate to my wife and I story, you probably don’t seek to become world famous or ridiculously rich. Now you might not say no to these things, but we probably have similar priorities. You want a good life and the freedom to enjoy it. But here’s the problem with 99 % of the business and entrepreneurship advice out there.

20:59
They all preach that you need to work 80 hours a week and hustle your butt off just to get ahead. And in fact, a popular saying is that entrepreneurs are willing to work 80 hours a week to avoid working 40 hours a week for someone else. Well, I’m calling BS on this. If you follow this advice, then you’ll end up sacrificing your time and your freedom for the promise of riches, work yourself to the bone and lose what precious time you had to spend with your loved ones. Now on this podcast, which I’ve run since 2014, I’ve interviewed over 450 successful entrepreneurs

21:26
who are absolutely killing it with their multi-million dollar businesses. But what you don’t hear about publicly is that they don’t see their family much or that they’re totally burned out or stressed out. You don’t hear about the huge sacrifices that they had to make in order to get there. So in this book, I’ll share with you an alternative to the hustle culture nonsense we so often hear about in relation to achieving financial success. You can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it.

21:55
and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. So if you’re tired of hearing from a bunch of single men or women or 20 something kids who drive fancy cars and brag about how hard they work or how much they make, I will give you a different perspective from a father who makes both business and family work. So join me in my book launch and get access to a bunch of freebies. Go to mywifecooderjob.com slash book and I’ll send you bonuses, invitations to book parties that I’ll be throwing all over the country and special offers.

22:24
MyWifeQuitterJob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

22:30
Just want to tell all the listeners out there, especially the ones who are in my class, the number one narrative that I get is I’m not tech savvy enough to do this. I get that too. Yeah. And I point them to like 99 % of the students who put up beautiful websites. I mean, it can be done. No one’s tech savvy from the start. would say 99 % of the people are not tech savvy, but you can learn. And that’s what it takes. Same thing with money. Same thing with nearly everything. You know, you can learn it. And that’s a much more empowering thought to have.

22:59
You know, instead of me saying I’m not very good with money or I’m not very tech savvy, I could say I’m learning to become tech savvy or I’m learning to be good with money. And that was the thing that dawned on me is like literally almost anything could be learned. And the only difference between, you know, me and some financial guru is the financial guru spend a lot of time and probably made a lot of mistakes to get where he is. But we’ve got to identify that, that story. It’s easy to think about, you know, the thoughts that other people have.

23:29
about other people. It’s easy to sometimes see what other people are thinking and see how that’s not serving them. But it’s more difficult to see our own thinking. But that’s where we have to begin. Seems like we actually have to just take a make a conscious effort to maybe write these down then. Right? Yes. Okay. Well, literally we have to and this is step two in the process that we outline in the book, Mind Your Mindset, is we have to interrogate the story.

23:57
In other words, we have to ask ourselves the question, is this true? And so we get, we go through several questions in the book about how to interrogate the story and how to just challenge that narrative because so often it’s not true or it’s not accurate. And again, I think we just have to realize that a story is a story. It’s not the truth. That’s hard for a lot of people to get. And a lot of people become defensive when you start to interrogate their story.

24:26
because that story, again, it’s designed to keep them safe. So I had a story about myself that also involves my executive coach, Eileen, but this is another incident. Sounds like a great coach, the way. Yeah, she was amazing. So we were talking about introversion and extroversion. I don’t know how we got into the conversation, but we were talking about the Myers-Briggs assessment, and I was an introvert on Myers-Briggs.

24:55
And so she said, well, what does that mean to you? And I said, well, it means that I really don’t like people. You know, I’m much more, I really much more enjoy being alone and people wear me out and I don’t like to meet new people. I’d much rather stay with the same people. And she said, okay, she said, well, you’re the CEO of a public company where you have to meet a lot of new people. So how does that construct of introversion serving you?

25:25
And first of all, it never occurred to me until that moment that that was a story I was telling myself. Now, could you objectively verify it? Possibly. But what she helped me to see is that I could change the story to get different results. Because she said to me, are there ever situations where extraversion would actually serve you better? And I thought, wow, yes, definitely.

25:54
Like when I’m public speaking, you know, if I could actually meet the audience, I go out into the crowd and shake hands and talk to people before I spoke, I would probably, they would be more sympathetic to what I had to say. And she said, well, why don’t you try it? Cause maybe most of this is just a way of thinking. She said, do you think you could think like an extrovert? And I said, well, I probably could. She said, well, what would that be like? And I said, well, I’d have to be telling myself,

26:23
that I enjoy meeting new people, that I’m curious about their lives, that I wanna learn about new people. She said, perfect, give it a try. And so what I realized is that, and I would still self identify as an introvert, but I can turn that on or off. Sometimes it serves me, sometimes it doesn’t. But again, it’s a story primarily and it’s flexible. And so we gotta interrogate the story.

26:53
and not see that as something fixed that we can’t change because we use this all the time. know, people try to lose weight. They say, well, I can’t lose weight because I’m big boned or, you know, I, I’d like to have a better marriage, but I’m married to a narcissist. You know, that the problem is always out there somewhere instead of in, in here. And there are objective facts that we can’t change, but we have a lot more control than we think, but we got to interrogate the story. That’s step two.

27:22
I recall a story in your book where you had to give a speech and you were tired and not looking forward to it. And you were like, I just have to get this over with or something like that. And then was it your coach who, who? No, that, that was, that was a great story about sort of the connection between language and how that can affect our thinking. But, yeah, I just had literally boarded the plane. sat down. We were still at the gate. My phone rings and it’s one of my best friends. And he said, Hey, what’s up?

27:51
And I said, well, I’m sitting on a plane because I have to go to San Diego to give a speech. And he kind of paused and then he kind of started laughing. said, he said, first of all, dude, you’re going to San Diego, best climate on the planet, awesome fish tacos. And he said, and you’re, you’re, you’re speaking to like a thousand people. And this has been your dream for years. And he said, you don’t have to do anything. Nobody’s holding a gun to your head. He said, you.

28:21
get to do that. And that was the difference. One little tweak between the word have to and get to is a total mind shift. And so ever since then, whenever I have to do anything, you know, I wake up in the morning and maybe there’s some things that are not particularly my favorite, but I just say I get to. And that changes kind of the way that I’m thinking. Because again, there’s this reciprocal relationship.

28:48
between our thinking and our speaking. And if we can learn to listen to our own language, we can kind of catch ourselves and self-correct in our thinking. But if you can’t do that yourself, and it’s hard at the beginning, give the people that are around you, whether it’s your family or the people that you work with, give them permission to just check your language. Tell them what you’re trying to do and just say, like, if you hear me expressing a limiting belief,

29:15
or saying something that’s not serving what I’m trying to create in the world, call me out. And that’s very helpful. It’s the same thing with me. For the longest time, I hated lifting weights. But then now I tell myself, well, you’re going to feel a lot better about yourself. And then I start looking forward to it because I think about how it makes me feel after I’m done with the workout. Yes. And so now I look forward to doing it. It’s weird. Just whatever story you’re telling yourself.

29:45
really makes a huge difference in your attitude. It so does. And that kind of leads us to step three, which is to imagine a better story. And I had an experience, it wasn’t about working out, although I’ve had that same thoughts. I don’t particularly enjoy working out. I did it this morning, but for me, it’s I get to listen to a book or a podcast. And so it’s my opportunity and I love learning. So it’s my opportunity to learn.

30:14
But I had another public speaking story where, um, I used to dread public speaking. And I thought, like most people do that if I get up on the stage, I’m going to die. You know, it’s like the number one or number two fears that, uh, most people say, you know, they’re more afraid of that than death generally. So

30:36
One of the things I noticed was that whenever I had to step up on stage and speak for something, I would dread it. I would not look forward to it. And I would be really nervous. So my hands would start sweating profusely and I hated to shake hands with somebody before I spoke because I felt like it sort of betrayed, you know, my fear. And then I would sweat like under my arms so that this not proud to admit this, but I would wear two t-shirts under a dress shirt.

31:05
hoping that I didn’t sweat through the t-shirts and give myself away. And my voice would get kind of shaky and all this stuff. But for me, imagining a better story was getting the focus off me and focusing on the audience and saying, what are their needs? What do they hope to hear today? How can I be of service? And then when I would get those nervous feelings, which I do to this very day, I would say, oh,

31:35
That’s how my body prepares itself for peak performance. Because all those effects I was experiencing were the result of adrenaline. And adrenaline is one of the most powerful drugs on the planet. It gives you superpowers. You think faster, you think sharper, you’re hyper-focused, you’re very alert, your brain does better on adrenaline. You don’t want it for long periods of time, but…

32:04
You know, if you’re running from a T-Rex or you’re getting up to speak, it’s very helpful. So imagine a bigger, better story is to kind of reframe, you know, what you’re experiencing, what your thinking is to something that’s going to better serve you. And I, and I find that when I repeat that mantra of, this is how my body prepares itself for peak performance. That that really does. It causes me to relax. I’ll still have the butterflies and all that, but I welcome them. I want that adrenaline.

32:32
Cause I know I’m gonna perform better if I’ve got it. Interesting. I mean, I had a similar fright with public speaking and now when I’m up there, I actually really enjoy it because I feel powerful up there. Yeah. But it took me a while to get to that point. I’m not sure if I changed any narratives, but I love just seeing people smile or laugh at something I said and it’s kind of addictive. Well, it is. And one of the things I noticed that I love too is when I’m up on stage,

33:01
Stories will occur to me that I didn’t think of when I was preparing. And I’m always trying to manage that against the clock. Right? I don’t want to tell so much that I go over time, but I’m also hyper-focused on the audience. And I feel like, you know, like you were talking about people smiling and all that. I almost feel like I can read their minds. I’m like really trying to look in their eyes and really try to connect with them personally and emotionally. But I feel like there’s almost a intuitive superpower. And a lot of speakers report this that they have in the moment.

33:29
they know whether stuff’s connecting or not. If you don’t, you know, that’s something to work on. But I think for most people that speak, they see that. Yeah. I know for me, when it comes to changing the narrative, it always helps to just talk to someone who’s already done what you’re trying to do. Because I know for me, at least, I have limiting thoughts where, oh, I could never do that. Right? I could never make my…

33:57
create a seven figure business without like a large staff or whatever but then I met someone who did it and then all of a sudden I was like oh okay well this guy does did it then that means I can

34:08
Yeah, that’s, that’s powerful, Steve in chapter nine of mind, your mindset. talk about the importance of community and who you hang out with matters because thinking is contagious. And this is why corporate culture is such a difficult thing to fix because once the thinking is negative, it becomes contagious. And then everybody’s thinking that way. And it’s hard to turn.

34:38
things around, who you hang with matters. Jim Rohn says, we’ve all heard this, that you’re the average of the five people you spend the most time with. And I don’t know if that’s empirically verifiable or not, but I think the principle is absolutely true. And, you know, one of the things you can do if you want to change your story is hang out, be intentional about your friendships, about your associations, and hang out with people that think different than you.

35:08
Like if you want to make a lot of money, if you want to make more money than you’re making now, hang out. doesn’t mean you have to avoid all broke people. Some of those people you can’t afford to avoid because they’re in your family. But if you want to make more money, for example, hang out with people that are making a lot of money and just see how they think. If you want to be a better public speaker, hang out with professional speakers. How do they think? I promise you, if you take a guy like Elon Musk,

35:38
or Mark Cuban or some other billionaire, it’s not that they’re that much smarter than you, although both of them are wicked smart. It’s not that they have a better Rolodex or network of contacts than you do, although they probably have that too. But the most fundamental thing is that they think differently than you do. The way they think about money, for Elon Musk, I’m sure, and I’ve heard a lot of rich people say this, hey, it’s just another zero.

36:08
more money, just a way of keeping score. But if you could do something that generates 100,000 for your business, why couldn’t you do a million dollars or $10 million or $100 million? I mean, what’s the difference? Most of it is in our thinking, how we think about the issue. I’m actually really glad I’m talking to you, because I currently actually have this limiting belief right now. I told you earlier before we hit record that my book is coming out May 16th. And I have this mental block.

36:37
about hitting the New York Times bestseller list. And right now I’m, like I’ve been trying to rewrite this narrative, like, because I’ve talked to various book launch coaches and they’re like, ah, you know, it’s like single digit percentage or whatnot. And what people have been telling me is like, you’re just not gonna hit it. You’re just not gonna hit it. And I’ve been trying to rewrite that narrative. And I know you’ve hit it multiple times, right? What was the narrative that you told yourself?

37:04
Well, that’s an interesting question because let’s just kind of deconstruct this. First of all, there are the facts. And the facts are that there more books being published than ever before. Another fact, and I’m now speaking as a publishing professional that’s been in the book publishing industry for decades, is that the most difficult list to make is the New York Times because it’s not a simple matter of sales.

37:34
Like there’s this thing called book scan and basically they scan the number of books that are sold at retail. And that’s what USA Today uses. That’s what Publishers Weekly uses. That’s what the Wall Street Journal uses. And so the top selling nonfiction book in any given week is going to be number one. The second top selling is going to be number two and so forth. So that’s kind of internal logic that we understand and makes sense. The New York Times.

38:04
has a more complex algorithm and nobody knows what it is. And you can have a book that sells tens of thousands of copies in a week and doesn’t make the list because the people at the New York Times decide that it’s not worthy for whatever reason. Okay, so those are the facts. Now, the story that you might be tempted to delay on that is that there’s no way I can make it. You know, it’s not even worth trying.

38:35
And the story I’ve chosen to tell myself is that while it’s not guaranteed, there’s a lot that I can do to influence it. So I may not make it, you know, at the end of the day, there’s somebody else pulling the lever about that. That truly is an outside thing. But internally, I can give myself a fighting chance. But if I’m telling myself a story that says there’s no way, I won’t even try.

39:04
But the cool thing about the New York Times list is that even if you don’t make it, just the effort of trying will probably get you on every other list. So here’s a question, we talk about this in the book, but here’s a question that’s a better question to ask yourself whenever you feel like something’s impossible. What would have to be true for me to hit the New York Times list? And so you might think, for example, one of the best things I could do is get endorsements.

39:33
because that’s kind of the thing that the average reader uses as a proxy for knowing whether or not to spend their money on the book. So I spent a lot of time doing that. This particular book, I had Tony Robbins and Don Maxwell and Dave Ramsey and about 50 different people endorse it because I’m trying to get myself a fighting chance to get onto the New York Times list. Then you might say to yourself, okay, I know I’ve got to get visibility and I need to get

40:01
Entree into as many on audiences as I can so I’m gonna get on as I’m gonna book as many podcast interviews as I can and So maybe set yourself a goal you say I’m gonna do a hundred podcast interviews And I’m just gonna go crazy on that because that’s gonna introduce me to people. don’t currently have a relationship with So, know, I’m create a an amazing sales page I’m gonna create pre publication bonuses so that people are really incentivized

40:30
to come buy the book before it launches, and then maybe even have a different set of bonuses during launch week, whatever. But that kind of question, what would have to be true, that sets into motion a completely different way of thinking and a completely different way of acting that better doesn’t guarantee, but it makes it more likely that you’re going to hit the list than if you didn’t do anything. Makes sense? Absolutely. Basically, put your best foot forward.

41:00
whatever happens happens. And this is actually what my dad used to tell me to. So that’s the attitude I’m taking with it right now. I’m going to do everything in my power, whatever happens happens. And I really appreciated your endorsement of my book as well. I really appreciated that. You’re welcome. And I mean, I have your book right here. I recommend that everyone go out and pick it up. I, as I mentioned before, anyone who’s listening here, I’ve just come to realize, and maybe this is because I’m an engineer.

41:29
But I used to just think that the facts and the strategies would get you where you want to be. But really, just after just talking with so many students in my class, it’s all in their heads. Like there’s, you’re smart enough to do whatever you want to do. It’s just a matter of telling yourself the right thing. So you actually take action on it. Totally. I mean, I meet so many people that are so smart, have so much life experience, have so much to say.

41:59
But the only thing that’s keeping them from doing that is the story that’s in their head. And I think speaking of engineering, we’ve got to be engineers of our own thinking. And this is one of the things that really separates humans from every other species is we have the ability, so far as we know, we’re the only species that has the ability to think about our thinking. And that self-awareness is a big gift.

42:29
but we’ve got to cultivate it. And the more we do it, the better we get at it. So I would just recommend to people, if you’re feeling stuck, if you’re feeling frustrated, if you’re not making the progress you want, sit down with a blank piece of paper. And literally, the first thing I would do is start writing the sentences that are in my head as I think about that problem. And then you can objectify it. And sometimes when you just get it out on paper, you go, well, that’s stupid or whatever. And you just like dismiss it.

42:58
And you never think those thoughts again, because once you externalized them, it became obvious that they weren’t serving you. In some cases though, we get them on paper and we go, well, yeah, that looks true. And we have to interrogate it. And again, that’s step two in the book. But then you can also begin to re-engineer those sentences. And like if my thinking is, I’m not very good with money and that’s a sentence that’s in my head.

43:26
What if I transformed that, modified it to, know, every day I’m learning more and more about money.

43:35
And that becomes the thing that you use to reprogram your thinking. I think engineering, computer science, those are good metaphors for what we’re trying to do. Because from a brain science perspective, what we’re trying to do is to take those neural pathways that our brain created to keep us safe, and we’re trying to rewire our brain so that there are new neural pathways. So that whenever we’re confronted with that, those same set of facts,

44:03
that instead of just going down that neural pathway that’s cut in our brain, we decided to take the road less traveled until we can wear a path and that becomes our natural thinking, something that’s more empowering. It’s funny for the people who tell me that they’re not tech savvy. I just tell them that being tech savvy is really about following directions and just learning where to click the mouse. It’s all it is, right? And not giving up after the first

44:33
Try. Exactly. Keep hacking. So Michael, where can people get your book and are there any pre-launch bonus goodies that you got? There are and go to mindyourmindsetbook.com and what you’re going to find there is a couple of different goodies. First of all, if you buy the book from any retailer and we have links to them all on that page mindyourmindsetbook.com

45:02
If you go there, go to a retailer, let’s say Amazon, then come back with your receipt to claim your bonuses. You’re going to get the audio book. So don’t buy the audio book. You’ll get the audio book from us for free. You also get a self coaching tool that’s amazing. So that enables you to go through that three step process and deconstruct your thinking in a little worksheet format so that you can solve the problem.

45:32
And then there’s a third thing that I can’t remember that you get. Oh, it’s a reading guide to the book. So those are the bonuses. Okay, nice. And it’s on sale right now. Is that correct? It is. Yep. And then I’ve always just been curious since your service is over at Full Focus, what do you offer there as well? Yeah, there’s two. We have a lot of things that we offer, but we consider ourselves and describe ourselves as a goal achievement.

46:02
So we help particularly leaders, achievers, small business owners achieve their goals. That’s different than goal setting, goal achievement, goal setting, two different things. But half of our business is a business coaching program called Business Accelerator. And you can find out more about that at businessaccelerator.com. And we have about 400 plus business owners that are in that program that we coach. have about 30 coaches on staff that work with them.

46:32
And then the other half of our business, like that’s the major, that is probably 40 % of our business. Then 40 % of our business is our full focus planner, which is a physical planner designed to help you accomplish your goals. takes all the stuff that I write about in goal setting, and then it helps people apply it and also be more productive. So it’s also got links. know, the other 20 % of our business is my books and we have a lot of courses that are built.

47:02
around those books that take a deeper dive. Nice. Well, Michael, I really appreciate you coming on. Yeah, I really appreciate your time. This is an honor to have you. Thanks, Steve. Thanks for having me on.

47:17
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now it took me years to realize that being successful in business is mostly mental and I hope that the strategies in this episode help you out. more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 444. Once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

47:46
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to hang out with you this year in person in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. So grab a ticket to Seller Summit and let’s meet up. Go to SellerSummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T dot com. Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

443: The Single Most Impactful Thing I Did To Grow My Businesses With Steve Chou

443: The Single Most Impactful Thing I Did To Grow My Businesses With Steve Chou

In this episode, I share with you the one, single most impactful thing that I did that allowed my online store to hit seven figures, my blog to grow to over a million dollars per year, and my YouTube channel to make over $300,000 per year.

The tip in this episode is, in my opinion, the most important thing that you can do to propel your business forward. 

What You’ll Learn

  • How to achieve financial freedom
  • My best strategy on how to grow your business
  • How to find your peeps

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today I’m doing a solo episode to talk about the single most impactful thing that I ever did to grow my businesses. And this is something that you all can do right now as well. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. It is a conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online.

00:29
Now this event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and we all eat together, we all party together every night, and I personally love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance. By the way, tickets are going up in price in just a week as well. Now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience.

00:58
where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room, and help each other with your businesses. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. And as I mentioned before, tickets are going up in price next week. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce, and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger.

01:28
Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. And finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner Tony. And unlike this one, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience.

01:56
No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:12
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. In this episode, I’m gonna share with you the one single most impactful thing that I did, kind of by accident, I have to admit, that allowed my online store over at bumblebulinus.com to hit seven figures, my blog over at mywifequitterjob.com to grow over a million dollars per year, and my YouTube channel to make over $300,000 per year. Now this is, my opinion, the most important thing that you can do to propel your business forward.

02:39
In fact, what I’m going to tell you today in this episode doesn’t just apply to business. It pretty much applies to everything in life, whether you want to make more money or to achieve financial freedom. So to begin this episode, I’m going to tell you three separate stories about my own experiences and then kind of tie it all together for you at the end so that you can do the same. Now, as I mentioned before, discovering this for myself was an accident, but it doesn’t have to be an accident for you. So the first story I’m going to tell

03:09
happened around a decade ago. My e-commerce store was doing multiple six figures in revenue, but I think at the time I was kind of at a plateau. The prior couple of years, I was growing in the double and triple digits, but things started to stagnate and we weren’t growing as fast. Meanwhile, at this time, my wife and I, were arguing a lot more because we were both trying to juggle running a business and taking care of two very young kids. And if I remember correctly at the time,

03:38
we were kind of at an in-between phase of our business where we were reluctant to hire more people because we didn’t feel like we made enough to justify hiring more people. But at the same time, we probably need to hire more people. Anyway, my buddy, Andrew Udarian, invited me to Montana for a mastermind group meeting along with nine other entrepreneurs. And many of these entrepreneurs actually have been on the podcast. Now, in case you guys don’t know what a mastermind is, it’s basically where a group of people

04:07
Entrepreneurs in this case get together and help each other with their businesses and typically you go around the room and Everyone takes turns asking questions they have on how they can prove their business and whoever’s turn it is to ask questions Is in what is called the hot seat? Anyway, when it was my turn to get on the hot seat, I proudly showed everyone my website Told them how much I was making and asked for feedback now at the time. I actually thought I was doing pretty well

04:35
So I actually wasn’t expecting much negative feedback. Maybe a couple tidbits here and there, but I was basically expecting praise and for people to tell me how good of a job I was doing. So I was appalled when everyone in the room took turns ripping my website to total shreds. By the way, the rules of the mastermind in general is that you give the honest truth and you don’t hold back. And trust me on this, no one held back that day. Here were some of the comments I got.

05:03
This website looks like it was designed in the 90s. You need to redesign your website right now. You run an online course that teaches this stuff? I would not take your class if I saw your website. And then another fellow mastermind told me, hey Steve, these are the types of sites I like to buy, fix up, and then resell at a massive profit. Now hearing these comments, I’m not gonna lie. They really hurt my pride. And I tried my best not to be defensive, but man.

05:32
Was it painful to hear every single person in the room basically destroy my business? Anyway, as soon as I got back from the mastermind, I immediately contacted my designer, whipped up a quick mock-up in Photoshop based on the feedback in the group, and started cranking on the redesign. And my process for the implementation was pretty straightforward. Basically went through, plowed through each and every page myself, laid it out roughly how I wanted it to look based on the feedback from the mastermind.

06:01
and had a designer pick up the pieces to make it look better. And I budgeted about six weeks to get the redesign done with me contributing about 40 hours of my own time. And basically every single page on the site was completely redone. And overall, the project ended up taking seven weeks and cost me about $1,800. But immediately I saw the results. My desktop conversion rates increased by 46%. My mobile conversion rates increased by 21%.

06:28
and my tablet conversion rates increased by 25%. And just in case you guys don’t understand the jargon, the conversion rate is basically the percentage chance that a customer makes a purchase when they land on your site. And with these changes, my sales went up nearly 30%. And I remember that year, my online store had the best year of growth that had experienced in a while. And it was all thanks to getting beat up in a mastermind meeting.

06:55
All right, so hold on to that story because I’m gonna tie everything together at the end, I promise. Okay, so this next story was with my friend Lars and you probably recognize him. He’s been on the podcast a couple of times and he was instantly a member of that same Montana mastermind. Now this was a few years later after that mastermind. Lars and I, we’re good friends now, we keep in touch. And since that meeting, I can’t remember the exact year when this happened, but I’m guessing it was 2015.

07:24
And one day out of the blue, he messages me and tells me, hey, yo, Steve, you got to get on Amazon right now. And I remember my first reaction was, hey, know, Bumblebee Lynn is doing just fine. Why would I want to complicate my life with another platform or another marketplace? And Lars was like, you know, right now it’s super easy. Think of Amazon. It’s almost like an ATM machine. You just feed it products and money comes out.

07:52
And at the time, we were already making enough. We replaced my wife’s salary. It was all good. We were still growing pretty well. So I didn’t do anything. I didn’t do anything for months. And to be honest, I had major problems motivating myself to start selling on Amazon. Like I mentioned before, we were already doing pretty well, growing in the double digits. I didn’t really see a strong need to sell on a platform where I didn’t have any control.

08:19
And back then, Amazon wasn’t nearly as cutthroat as it is today. Anyway, so months passed. Lars noticed that I hadn’t done anything yet. So that’s when he decided to go on the offensive. Every single week, he started sending me emails politely reminding me to list my items on Amazon. Then he started telling me how much money he was making off of just a small set of products. And then I kept dragging my feet. And when that didn’t do the trick,

08:47
He started telling me about all these cool strategies that he was using to make his Amazon listings more visible, strategies that very few people were using. And he might’ve mentioned that this would been excellent material for my online store course because at the time I wasn’t covering Amazon. Here’s the thing about these conversations. Lars had nothing to gain from urging me to get on Amazon. He was just looking out for me. Anyway, after weeks of hounding, I finally broke down and decided to list a couple of items on Amazon on a whim.

09:17
and the results were immediate. Within eight days, we sold out of our initial inventory of 60 units as a completely brand new seller and sales continued to rise. In our very first month of selling on Amazon, we made almost $3,000 selling just three products. A month later, we were doing over 5K a month, and today Amazon represents about 15 to 20 % of our business revenue. Now, while these numbers are still a relatively small fraction of what we make with our own online store, it’s definitely on the radar screen. And what’s surprising,

09:47
is that our online store sales are up for the exact same products that we have on Amazon. Clearly there’s a halo effect going on here. Anyway, it just goes to show that sometimes you need a bit of external pressure to get yourself off your butt, which is why it’s extremely important to associate yourself with like-minded people on your entrepreneurship journey. All right, one more story and I promise to tie everything together. This last story involves my friend Grant Baldwin. Grant runs a speakerlab.com where he teaches other people how to do public speaking.

10:16
And what he does for a living isn’t important. What is important is how he helped double my revenue. Now I want to say the year was 2015. Again, my memory is a little fuzzy, but that year I think I made around $400,000 a year selling my online course. And for all of you who don’t know this, I run a class that teaches people how to sell online over at profitableonlinestore.com. Anyway, I was chatting with Grant one day and our conversation started gravitating towards business.

10:43
So we shared with each other how much we were making and how, and basically our business strategies. How are we selling our courses? And at the time, again, I was super proud of how I was selling my online course on autopilot. Sales were coming in every day on autopilot through my email mini course. And many of you guys listening are probably on this mini course. In case you aren’t, go over to mywaifkudojob.com slash free. Anyway, I kind of boasted that my free six day mini course was better than some people’s paid classes.

11:13
And Grant, you know, he patiently listened to my story, congratulated me for my sales numbers that year, and then he dropped an atomic bomb. He was making 5X what I was making, selling a more obscure course that cost nearly 50 % less than mine did. And his email list was much smaller than mine as well. Right. So how did he do it? He was giving live webinars or presentations every single week and making like 30 to 50 K a pop.

11:41
every time he presented something online and I was flabbergasted. Not only did Grant tell me his numbers, but he emailed me his spreadsheets outlining exactly how much revenue each webinar made and how we tweaked his presentations each time to improve his conversion rate. And when he told me this, he basically gave me his entire playbook. And when he gave all this to me, I was intrigued, but I was also terrified at the same time because at the time,

12:12
I was deathly afraid of giving live presentations online. I was afraid that I’d hit the live button, go live with nothing to say. In fact, I still sometimes feel that way today. But once again, like Lars, Grant emailed me to check up on me. And it wasn’t anything major, like it’s not like he called me or anything. He just dropped a quick text, like, hey Steve, did you go live yet? Or, hey Steve, try this, I guarantee you it’ll work. And you know,

12:41
Again, I dragged my feet. And so I think that final text that broke the camel’s back was he sent a text that said, hey, Steve, I just made 35K in 60 minutes. Do you want 35K in 60 minutes? And it finally worked. Now, as an engineer, I wanted to be prepared. So I watched all of Grant’s webinars and other presentations from top influencers online. Basically, I studied in excruciating detail over 15 webinars in the span of a week.

13:08
and picked and chose which elements to incorporate into my own performance. And I also consulted with my friend Tony, who you all pretty much know, who was instrumental in helping me get my performance down pat. Now, everyone has a different style and a different strategy. Some people talk about themselves for 45 minutes, building up their authority and credibility, and only provide 15 minutes of useful content. Other people talk about their success stories for the bulk of their talk and tease their audience in a whine to learn more about how they did it.

13:38
And some people just give one long motivational speech, get the crowd super excited about their program. And to be honest with you, all these strategies work, but you know, I’m not good at any of that stuff. I hate talking about myself. I’m not good at teasing people about offers and I’m not exactly a motivational speaker here. So for my webinar, I decided to just give away as much information as possible in a 60 minute span. And it didn’t hold back at all and taught some of my best strategies in my talk. And it worked.

14:08
In the course of just 90 minutes, I made over $60,000 in my very first webinar. And once I added webinars into my mix, I hit the million dollar mark with my business just one year later. So you’re probably thinking to yourself right now, where can you meet your Andrew Udarian, your Lars Hunley or your Grant Baldwin? Now I met each and every one of these people at a live event. And here’s the thing, chances are your local friends are not doing the same things as you want to do.

14:38
When I started my online store, none of my friends were in e-commerce. All of my close friends here in California are doctors, lawyers, engineers, and they couldn’t relate to anything that I was doing at all. So I I felt kind of lonely. But when you attend a conference, everyone is doing the same thing as you. And when you get that experience, it’s magical. All of a sudden, you don’t feel crazy anymore. All of a sudden, you can talk freely about marketing and sales without worrying about boring anyone.

15:07
And this is exactly the reason why I started my own event, The Seller Summit, back in 2016, and I’ve been running it ever since. Seller Summit’s a conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you’ve been listening to my podcast long enough now to know that I don’t tolerate any fluff. Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, mine is a curriculum-based conference where you leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business.

15:36
I also keep my events small and intimate because, you know, personally, I hate large events. If you’re anything like me, you probably feel massive anxiety walking into a large group of people you don’t know, but it’s not like that in my event. Every year we cut off ticket sales at 200 people and we always sell out way in advance. Now remember that first mastermind where I grew my online store by 30 %? Well, we also run masterminds at seller summit as well. We split up into groups of 10, lock ourselves in a room and cater in food and just let the magic happen.

16:07
Anyway, I don’t want to turn this episode into a sales pitch for Seller Summit, but I do want to say that meeting other like-minded entrepreneurs face to face is guaranteed to change your life. I have friends and attendees like Natalie Mounter, who met her mastermind group at Seller Summit 2017, and she’s been meeting with them ever since, and they’re now all good friends. I met Lars, Andrew, and Grant, and my business partner, Tony, at events, and to be upfront, I would not be where I am today without them.

16:37
There’s this cliche that you’re the sum of your five closest friends and cliches exist for a reason because they’re 100 % true. In any case, my next event is in Fort Lauderdale, Florida on May 23rd to the 25th over at SellersSummit.com. Let’s hang out in person and I can 100 % guarantee you that you’ll learn a lot and you’ll make a bunch of new friends who may become your future Andrew Udarians, your future Lars Hunleys or your future Grant Baldwins.

17:05
Hope you enjoyed that episode and I was serious. Starting any business is a lonely process and having others around you doing the same things as you is liberating. For more information about this episode, go to mywebcoderjob.com slash episode 443. And once again, I want to remind you that my annual e-commerce conference will be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida on May 23rd to May 25th of 2023. I really want to hang out with you in person this year, so let’s meet up. Go to sellersummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com.

17:35
I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for ecommerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash dv. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash dv. Now, I talk about how I these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course.

18:03
Just type in your email and it’ll send the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

442: How To Make $50M In Your First Year Selling Eyelashes With Ann McFerran

442: How To Make $50 Million Dollars In Your First Year Selling Eyelashes With Ann McFerran

Today I am thrilled to have Ann McFerran on the show. Ann is the founder of Glamnetic, a company that makes magnetic eyelashes.

But this is no ordinary eyelash company.  Ann grew her brand to over 50 million dollars in revenue in one year and she started this in her bedroom. In this episode, she reveals how she did it.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Ann came up with the idea for magnetic eyelashes
  • How Ann made 50 million dollars in her first year
  • How Ann advertised her brand and built a following
  • How to find suppliers to manufacture your product

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have my friend Anne McFerrin on the show and Anne is the founder of Glamnetic, which is a company that sells magnetic eyelashes. And she grew this company to over $50 million in just a couple of years. She’s funny, totally down to earth. And you’ll learn exactly how she did it. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. It is the conference that I hold every year.

00:29
that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all probably know me well enough now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and everyone eats together and everyone parties together every night. I personally love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or $1 million per year,

00:59
We also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room, and help each other with our businesses. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd May 25th. To get your ticket, go to SellersSummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce, and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works.

01:28
In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce, and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner Tony. And unlike this one, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce,

01:57
The Profitable Audience Podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topics off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:18
Welcome to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Anne McFerrin on the show. Anne is the founder of Glamnetic, a company that makes magnetic eyelashes. Now, as a dude, I’m not really into eyelashes, but, I actually had never heard of Glamnetic before I talked to my wife. And when I told my wife that Anne was coming on, she literally flipped out. Now, I hope that my wife doesn’t get mad at me, but we’ve actually spent a lot of money on eyelashes over the years.

02:45
including getting these crazy extensions where they literally glue individual hairs to every single lash. And then if my wife were ever to cry or take a shower, her eyes would like sting like crazy. And she’s tried red light therapy, we’ve purchased countless extensions, and magnetic eyelashes apparently are the solution to all problems. Anne grew her magnetic eyelash brand to over $50 million in revenue and yes,

03:11
She started this in her bedroom in just a year and was doing seven figures per month. And today we’re gonna learn exactly how she did it. So welcome to the show, How are you doing? Hi, thanks for having me, Steve. Yeah, so all those stories are true. My wife spends a lot of money on eyelashes. It’s pretty ridiculous. Yeah, I would say eyelashes are one of the most expensive, I mean, they’re the most desirable thing, but also one of the most expensive parts of like the entire face, just because it…

03:40
It’s very tedious to do. know, typically people go in for lash extensions, like you said, with a lash check and they spend like hundreds of dollars and they have to like literally lay there for an hour and a half. It’s really not pleasant. And then your lashes and your natural lashes end up falling off with it. So we really tried to figure out a solution and strip lashes are the other thing that you can do, but it’s like glue is really, really difficult to work with. So that’s why I was like there, there’s like gap here in the market for.

04:08
easy to apply strip lashes, but that are not necessarily glued on. So it’s funny is like with with my eye, my wife, like, after a while, they start falling out, right? And all of sudden, they’re like patchy, there’s like this huge gap. And she’s got to like do a comb over. Yeah. Anyway, I am thank you for putting on your eyelashes. Your eyes look beautiful today. And what’s funny, I was actually going to pick up some glam netics to surprise you with them. But my wife thought that was a little creepy. So I didn’t do it. Anyway.

04:37
How did you come up with the idea? Was it out of your own personal need or did you find like a gap in the market? Yeah, it was a combination of both. So I’ve been wearing lashes my entire life, like basically since I was 17, like 16. And because I was the only Asian person in school, so everyone’s eyes was like super big. And I was like, want my eyes to look like that. And really like the only beauty products that would do that was lashes.

05:07
but they were really difficult to apply was the problem. But I learned, or I taught myself how to do it. And then literally every single day, like I, well, you will not see me without lashes on. It was kind of an insecurity of mine to like just not have lashes on. And then basically fast forwarding, you know, I’m, I have a lot of friends who are interested in wearing lashes and I always have to like help them apply theirs because they wouldn’t know like for an event, for anything. And I was like, this is really problematic. Why do people not understand how to do this?

05:37
Around the same time, there’s this like wave of awareness around magnetic lashes. So the type that would, but they were the original like first prototype, which was the type that sandwiched your lashes in between two layers of magnets. So it was like the top layer had like three magnets and the bottom layer had three magnets, like maybe three magnets max, like not more than that, maybe like two. And I bought them and tried them and they just, I literally could not get them on for the life of me. And I was like, there’s no way this is.

06:05
But I really liked the idea of magnetic instead of glue. I was like, okay, we’re going somewhere away from glue at least. This is the only invention that I see away from glue. I was like, how do we make this better? And so I started, I guess something clicked in my head where I was like, what if I take glam magnetic, like glam lashes and make them magnetic? So turn them into glam magnetic lashes. That’s actually where the name.

06:34
Glamnetic came from. And I just took basically a full strip of lashes that were like super full and fluffy. And then I told, I just started contacting factories and I was like, you guys need to glue like five magnets on it. You would not see magnetic lashes out there with more than three magnets at the time. So five was like a lot, right? people were like, the factories I asked, they were like, really five? Like that’s a lot.

07:01
And I would get all these samples back that looked so wonky, the glue’s not even dry, like falling off. And I got basically hundreds of samples from different factories and maybe two, you know, at the end of that, when that took like a lot of months, two came back and they were actually like high quality. So I started moving forward with that. And I was like, instead of having a layer sandwiching effect, I need to figure out something else. And I had seen a couple of brands do

07:30
Magnetic liner, but they were not done. Well, like it was in a pot form It was in like this sort of pot form and you have to dip a brush and then like try to apply it and then it would be like a really sad but I Understand exactly what you’re talking about It was a really weak hold so I was like this is not working so then I just sort of went back to the drawing table and I was like ideally as a consumer I would love to have a liquid a liquid version of that and so then I just again started

07:58
figuring out like, I mean, I taught myself sourcing, product sourcing, and then I just asked a bunch of factories to try to make this. And that’s sort of how we came upon the final prototype. And it just took a year, took over a year. I was doing it part time while I was also painting, like at night I was communicating overseas. So I was just staying up late, super late at night, like communicating on WhatsApp and you know.

08:27
I have to ask this though. You’re Asian and how did you not end up as like a scientist, an engineer, a lawyer or a doctor? I’m an engineer. I had to give up that part of my career like five years ago, but it was tough. know, funny part was I actually almost became a doctor. I went to UCLA for Psychobiology, which is like a pre-med degree that would like, you know, then you take the MCAT and then you go into. Okay, yep.

08:56
Oh, it was a, yeah, it was basically pre-med. So I graduated and I was like, ah, this is not for me. I’m much more of a creative, you know, I was like left-handed. My mom was sort of like an artist and I love painting. So I thought my calling was being an artist. I took like a couple art classes at UCLA and the classes at UCLA are insane because the professors there, you know, had shown up like the Hammer Museum and all this stuff. And so I was thinking, oh my God, like,

09:25
this is my calling because I just had so much fun in the classes and also really excelled there. And I just had a really natural gift towards visual arts. And then I sold one of my first commissions before I even graduated for $5,000. And I thought, this is it. LA is it for art. And I’m in the right place. And why not try? And so I gave it a good try for four to five years.

09:53
And your parents were cool with that? They were supportive. They were just saying, you know, as long as you can pay the bills and you can pay off your student loans and all this stuff, because I paid college 100%, which I did. I got a part-time job at a laser removal clinic while I also doing that. So I was doing a bunch of stuff. And then, you know, it kind of took off when I realized like

10:20
a format that like people loved. And so I started doing paint like pet commissions, because everyone like wants their dog painted. So I just had like a bunch of them lined up. But then I was like, literally at home all day paintings, and my back started to hurt. And I was like, I’m slaving away, you know, and, then how did you become an artist to a business person, though? It doesn’t like what is the path there? Yeah, so I kind of started with me just realizing that this is kind of a really lonely venture, like, I didn’t really talk to anybody all day, unless I had somebody at

10:50
over at the studio, my studio, aka my bedroom. So I was like, I’m just like literally sitting at home all day. That’s the only way I can be productive was like being in front of a painting or a canvas. And I was like, this is really lonely. And I don’t see myself doing this for like another 40 years. And if I don’t see like a long-term path and also a way that I can accumulate like money at a faster rate, this is not sustainable.

11:18
And then I started meeting a lot of people that were doing e-commerce because they my clients buying my paintings. So I was like, and I started talking to them and I was like, the lifestyle that they had was amazing. They like, you know, can take meetings from home sometimes. Like everything’s kind of virtual and you see like consistent revenue coming in on a daily basis. And I thought about it too, because one of the things I loved about being an artist was being able to

11:45
create something and then making people emotional and affecting their lives in a way. And I wanted to figure out how I can do that on a mass scale. can’t do it just literally like eight hours per painting, one by one. can affect thousands of people if I’m creating a product, putting my creativity into it and then mass producing it infinitely. So to me, it just seemed a no brainer that that was the business that I needed to put my effort, because I could put my effort and time into anything.

12:14
potentially do well. why not do it do it to something that had better ROI and long term scalability and like long term lasting effects affecting more people. was like, just was no. Then I came up with that idea. And I was like, I could not sleep. I like had to do it. Well, let’s talk about the early years. So you mentioned it took you a year to get manufactured. Where did you find your suppliers? Did you like look on Alibaba? Or did you fly to China? How did you do it?

12:41
Yeah, I mean, went, I just Googled honestly, like suppliers for lashes, magnetic lashes in particular. And yeah, Alibaba popped up and I looked on there and I was like, well, there’s like so many suppliers on here. And every one of them did not have what I wanted. So the only way that I could do it was I needed to find a supplier that can do magnetic and also do like strip, like glam lashes. And so I would

13:11
find those suppliers and figure out I’ll be like, okay, you guys mix this method with this method. Because they were you designer, or do you just kind of verbally tell them like, this is what I’m trying to do? Can you guys make a prototype? Yeah, I would draw I would provide them with a drawing. Because I was artists too. So it’s like, I would just draw it. Oh, yeah, that’s right. Yeah, yeah, that helps. Yeah, exactly. But it wasn’t too hard to I mean, it’s just like, literally take the lash, put the put the magnet on it and just make sure and then like it needed to have a magnet, like case that had

13:41
So designing the case was also important. so, yeah, when we came out with it, it just blew people away, I think, because it just wasn’t on the market. What was preventing the existing magnetic lash makers from just putting more magnets on? Or is there a lot more to it? They just didn’t think about it. Okay. They just didn’t. I don’t know why. was thinking that. was like, this is so obvious to me. to them, obvious, I mean, it wasn’t because they’re not selling it.

14:11
I really come from the perspective as a consumer, as a lifelong consumer and an expert in my own right of lashes. then also like being younger, I think. I think a lot of these founders were a little older. And so I was like understanding trends, I think a lot better. And I’m in LA, so it’s just like you kind of understand that a lot more. And then all my friends are using it. So I got a lot of different feedback from them. That was really helpful.

14:40
Presumably you didn’t have much money when you first started this. So what was like your first order? Like what was the minimum order quantity? Yeah, it was like 100 lashes. Oh, that’s it. Okay. Yeah, it was like a very small amount per and we did like five we did five styles. So okay. And yeah, they all started with the letter L. But they were bigger. So I was I was

15:03
I was sort of going towards what I liked, which was more glam full lashes. And then later on, I did realize that people prefer natural. So then I started launching more natural stuff. yeah, initially, I went out the gate with medium to long lash styles. But because the technology, the application methodology was so innovative, I think that’s why it sold out. then, once that sold out was when I re-

15:33
we bought like a bigger order, you know? Yeah, of course. Yeah. Do remember how much you spent like per unit on like that first order? Yeah, it was like around $3, $3, $4. $3 per. Okay, so really small. You didn’t need a lot of money at all. Yeah, the last one, then you have to buy the liner separately. So was like, yeah, but it was it just took some time to scale, you know, and you mean like, you, I wanted to go in because we it’s like fully self funded. So like, I didn’t raise any money.

16:03
wanted to go in just being sure that we were gonna sell. I didn’t wanna be stuck with a lot of inventory, put a lot of money out the door. So trying to really do it slow and steady. was like, there’s no rush. My goal initially was like, I’d be happy with $10,000 a month in revenue. That was literally my- That’s how we always start, right? We were happy with 5,000 a month in the beginning also. was was like 10,000 a month in revenue, I’d be happy. Yeah, that was my starting point. So we surpassed out the first month and I was like, whoa.

16:30
Yeah, what’s nice about your lashes, they don’t take up much space. I can’t even imagine ordering a container of lashes, right? You’re probably ordering in these small packages that were just air shipped to you, right? Yeah. And then we used a 3PL, third party fulfillment center, and then they basically stored it and then they shipped it out for me. And it was so funny because I had so very little units, because they’re used to dealing with bigger fish, you know? Yeah.

16:56
Yeah, of course. And I’m over here like, you guys lost two of my lashes. And I was like, I was like calling that girl every day. Like the and she was like so annoyed with me probably because I was like calling because I saw like five missing from the the warehouse. And I was like, where did the five go? Where did you guys take it? Like, you guys steal it? I was. Steal your lashes. Yeah, it was.

17:24
you know, when you only have 100 per lash, was like, you gotta, it’s valuable. Yeah, now it’s like, can’t even, I don’t think we can even keep track of how many we’ve. Yeah. Okay, so walk me through the progression. So you order your first 105 styles, and then those sell out real quick. And then your second order, did you order like significantly more? Yeah, like 500. 500? Yeah. So it really was a gradual progression. of sales was a little faster than I thought. So then it was like, we could stock up a little more.

17:54
And then, and immediately use a 3PL or did you first fulfill out of your own bedroom? I never fulfilled out of my bedroom. just didn’t want to deal with the hassle of packing packages. was like, I need to focus on scaling this marketing this digitally, which I recommend to all founders is just start with a 3PL off the bat because they actually save money because you they have a better shipping rate than if you were to like ship yourself. So it’s like, what’s the point?

18:24
You know? How did you find your first three-pill? Like today there’s a diamond dozen, and it’s pretty hard. They all look the same, Yeah. Well, so basically I took a business partner on, basically, so Kevin Gold. After the first month of sales, I had met him and he was like, oh, I wanna help you with like, you know, all of the backend stuff, infrastructure. And I was like, okay, cool. Like I can basically focus on marketing, creative product, like all this stuff I wanna do.

18:53
And then he had a 3PL he was already working with and the other brand that he owns. he was just like, okay, let’s just use them because we already like using them and they’re good. So we ended up going with Shipmunk. Okay, oh, Shipmunk. Okay, so it’s like a mainstream one. Yeah, I’ve heard of Shipmunk. So in terms of what’s nice about your stuff is it’s so light. Like the 3PL really makes sense for you. Would you have done anything different if your items were larger?

19:22
Um, I still would use a 3p. You still would use a 3p. Yeah, because I mean, you don’t want to even if they’re like if they’re heavier, it’s actually worse. Doesn’t he? You like kind of carry all that over to? Oh, yeah. That’s true. That’s true. Well, how did you decide on your margins? So you were getting these you said for like five bucks. What were they selling for when you first launched? Oh, I mean, 30, $30. I think that’s typical for lashes. Yeah, it’s typical for lashes like

19:51
And we had to pay more because of the magnetic component. They were all good hand sure. They’re all handmade and hand glued. So it’s like they’re more like premium lashes. And so yeah, just hand gluing everything. It just takes so much time. And then like, they’re going in there and hand making it’s not machine made, like, sort of drugstore brand ones. Did you have in mind like, certain margins that you were only willing to sell them at?

20:19
Not necessarily. I think we just went in. I wanted to see what comps were in the marketplace at the time that was like the comps. I didn’t want to go like there were comps that were way more expensive than what we were selling out. Like we were trying to go towards like sort of a lower end, but everyone was going like crazy. Big just because it was such a new product. But also it is a high quality lash. And so and then with factoring in marketing, you have to spend so much on marketing. You have to like

20:47
make sure that you do figure out how to get obviously the highest margin possible, but also be competitive. That’s a really tough thing to crack. When you’re starting a new product, like, what do I charge for this? What moves for you? We actually started off at a higher price and then lowered it a little bit. Interesting. How did you guys do quality control? Yeah. Because they were…

21:16
very minimal orders, would just have it shipped to my place, I would check them, each of the boxes. But then once it started getting to thousands of units, it was a lot harder. It was spot checking. We were like, okay, we’ll check whatever. So you just put them on? I could see these old Chinese ladies putting them on. Yeah, I would tell the factory to send me basically a bunch of… Yeah, I would tell them to just send us…

21:46
their QA videos and so they send me like hundreds of videos of just like them testing out different lashes, making sure the magnets are not falling off and all these things. That was a bigger problem in the beginning. Now it’s pretty streamed. Now it’s probably smooth. that does it overseas right before it even leaves the port. My first book, The Family First Entrepreneur is now available for pre-order at your favorite online retailer. Now this is a book about entrepreneurship.

22:15
but not the kind that they tell you about in business school or that you often hear about online. Now, if you can relate to my wife and I story, you probably don’t see to become world famous or ridiculously rich. Now you might not say no to these things, but we probably have similar priorities. You want a good life and the freedom to enjoy it. But here’s the problem with 99 % of the business and entrepreneurship advice out there. They all preach that you need to work 80 hours a week and hustle your butt off just to get ahead. And in fact, a popular saying is that entrepreneurs are willing to work 80 hours a week

22:43
to avoid working 40 hours a week for someone else. While I’m calling BS on this, if you follow this advice, then you’ll end up sacrificing your time and your freedom for the promise of riches, work yourself to the bone and lose what precious time you had to spend with your loved ones. Now on this podcast, which I’ve run since 2014, I’ve interviewed over 450 successful entrepreneurs who are absolutely killing it with their multi-million dollar businesses. But what you don’t hear about publicly is that they don’t see their family much or that they’re totally burned out or stressed out.

23:13
you don’t hear about the huge sacrifices that they had to make in order to get there. So in this book, I’ll share with you an alternative to the hustle culture nonsense we so often hear about in relation to achieving financial success. You can in fact achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it. And you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. So if you’re tired of hearing from a bunch of single men or women or 20 something kids who drive fancy cars,

23:41
and brag about how hard they work or how much they make, I will give you a different perspective from a father who makes both business and family work. So join me in my book launch and get access to a bunch of freebies. Go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you bonuses, invitations to book parties that I’ll be throwing all over the country and special offers. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

24:07
Yeah, same here. We have someone actually inspect every single piece. It’s actually pretty reasonable. Yeah. Before they’re even shipped. Do you have multiple factories or are you still using the original ones that you started with? No, no. Yeah. Now we have completely shifted. We’re like way more advanced with like the factories that we’re working with. There’s a got bigger criteria like for quality. And then we have somebody go and inspect the factory before we even work with them. They do a full audit report. It’s like and then we have

24:37
Yeah, six different factories we’re talking to in case like one of them doesn’t come through for something we have. You know, we have it somewhere else. And yeah, and then we have the QA company that gets a whole thing. It’s a whole it’s become a whole massive. Yeah. Do you ever have to go over there or no? I could never because it was COVID like they were shut down. That’s right. It’s still shut down. It’s crazy. It’s been it is actually. Yeah, I wanted to go check out the factories, but we actually

25:05
We just hired somebody to go over there who could actually go into the country. So we hired and then we would have her call from the factory and we’d meet the owner and stuff like that. Okay. All right. Let’s talk about the interesting stuff. How did you generate sales? Like your first sales, how did you generate those? Yeah, it was very like guerrilla marketing initially. We were literally, I mean, it was just me on the team when I say we, but initially I just DM’d like every customer that was following us on Instagram.

25:35
And I just, I would be like, Hey, how are you? Thanks for following us. You know, and then I would ask them if they’ve ever heard of magnetic lashes, if they’ve ever tried magnetic lashes, a lot of them that would be like, yes, I’ve heard of it and never tried it, but, or yes, I have tried it, but yours looks different. And, and I would just hear what people had to say about the product. And then I would just ask them if they’d like to try it. I would like, I’ll give you a 20 % off discount code with

26:05
like a custom discount code and I would like make their, like whatever their name was, I would make that in Shopify and give them. How did you start that initial Instagram account? Was it about Glamnetics or was it your own personal account? No, it was a different account. It was actually a meme account initially that I converted over. Like I didn’t know, like I basically wanted to get traffic so I had made a meme account.

26:32
So was good to get traffic in, then I started switching the content over. So like our initial few thousand were like from that. And then I switched it over to memes for like fashion, beauty. was no, it yeah, it was for beauty. was for beauty. Like, okay, got it. And so you were DMing everybody. Interesting. What was your hit rate? Oh, it was pretty high. I was like very

26:57
Really? guess attractive female DMing people would probably work better than like a few doing it, They don’t know who’s DMing. I would say I was the founder, so they would be like excited about that. Okay, got it. Or I would act like I wasn’t the founder because it makes us look bigger if I’m not the founder of messaging. Right. But I would just talk to them about the product and try to understand what they’re looking for and then help guide them. I was sort of like a personal shopper, I guess, for my own products.

27:26
And, but I was literally like on DMs the entire day, like eight hours a day, like just DMing, like every single, cause it was just endless, you know? So I got to learn. And that was enough to sell out your first batch? What was that? That was enough to sell out your first batch, the DMing strategy? Yeah. That’s impressive. Okay. I’ll tell you story about mine. Like when I first started selling,

27:53
if someone abandoned their cart, like I would stalk people and as soon as they abandoned their cart for like 15 minutes, I would call them on the phone because I already got their number and they’d be like, wait, wait, what’s going on here? Why are you calling me? I’m like, oh, I just noticed that, you you didn’t finish your transaction. Is there anything I can help you with? And if I got them on the phone willing to talk to me, I closed them like 90 % of the time. Oh, wow. I can see why your strategy works. Yeah. Yeah, exactly. Because you just, think people just want to feel like they’re

28:21
being, obviously if you’re shopping for anything, they want to feel like you care and like that you care about them and that you have their best interests at heart. so trust, building trust is like really important. And so I think it was a, you were able to do that if you’re like having a one-on-one conversation. I’d send voice memos sometimes like just to make it feel like it was real, you know? So I just, I also, it was a good way for me to understand like what the customer wanted. So I would figure out like, oh,

28:47
I would get feedback on a protress and they’d be like, oh, I had to trim them. And so we started pre-trimming the lashes. Cause that was a big problem. people were like, I don’t know how to trim these. They’re magnetic. So they’re thinking that they can’t trim them because they have magnets on them. So okay, let me pre-trim them. So we were like the first pre-cut lashes. And then I started adding more magnets. So we were the first six magnet lash brand. And then like, yeah, it just got a little.

29:15
you know, each time more dialed in in terms of what the customer needed. Right. Okay. And then that took you so far, maybe like your first and second batch. When did you start doing less, less intensive methods to market? Yeah. So yeah, we started basically, you know, I hired like, I hired someone from Upwork to help with like Facebook ads. Like, okay. So you started running Facebook ads right away. Were you

29:45
profitable? Like, were you making money at that point before you started running ads? Or? Yeah, we were Yeah, we were we were good, like in terms of there’s no there was no overhead because it was just me initially. But then obviously, we started hiring people became a lot more intense, or like very expensive and in marketing as well, like spending, spending all the all the money on ad spend on Facebook was just really like a lot, you know.

30:12
was that your first person that you hired someone from Upwork to run your Facebook ads? Yes, that was that was like literally our first like real employee. Okay, wow. Okay, so you just found someone on Upwork. And then I don’t know if you remember this, but were you trying to just break even? Were you trying to make money? Like, what was your what was your goal with the ads? I mean, we didn’t we didn’t know what we were doing. Like, the the ad buyer knew more, he had more experience and

30:40
So he was sort of like teaching me like how everything works. He had ran for some other companies as well in the past And you to make custom Like ads, know, it’s not it’s not the same thing as organic It’s not the same thing as like a tic-tac or reels. It’s like you have to make custom things So I’m like literally over here like shooting like talking to the camera like hey, like this is how you know, I’m like explaining the product I’m like, yeah, I didn’t know what else to do. So I was like

31:09
I guess I’ll introduce myself in front of the camera. So it’s like, hi, I’m Anne. I’m the founder and CEO of Glamnetic. Do you struggle with lashes? Because magnetic lashes, know, basically, and I’m over here showing them, you just apply the magnetic eyeliner and then you magnetize the lashes. And that’s how you apply our lashes. And people would freak out. Like, I don’t know, like in the comments I believe it. Yeah. But literally it was just a video shot on my phone of just me being like, hi.

31:39
like barely any music in the background, like no music basically, literally like very home shot. those did really well. And I was editing all the videos myself initially and then I hired a video editor again on Upwork. so it was just, and then he was just asking me for like a bunch of assets and he would run them. then, and then yeah, things just started snowballing because the ads started doing well. Like he was able to keep like putting spend behind the ads.

32:08
Your product is perfect. It’s half the population needs it. I have this student in my course that sells these inserts that let you wear high heels longer. And that killed it in Facebook ads. It’s doing something similar to what you’re doing. Just coming on, just telling what the benefits are. Yours is much more visual too. It’s amazing. What is it? It’s high heels? Oh, it’s this thing that you… Are you interested, No, I’m just… It’s just something you add to your shoe so you can wear high heels longer.

32:36
without being painful. Oh, is it called Preheals? Preheals is the spray. I can’t believe I know all this stuff. Preheals is the spray. But yeah, Preheals is another friend actually who started that company. Yeah, there’s a bunch of them now. But yeah. Yeah, yeah. I mean, it’s like you just figure out a problem that’s like a really common problem and you fix it and that’s. Yeah, that’s cool. And then okay, so you started with Facebook ads and were you still doing the DMing at that time or were you just? Yeah.

33:05
I was like, well, this is good revenue to just do DMs, so let’s just keep doing it. But then I started actually getting interns. at first it was- Ingenious, tell me about that actually. would do it. And then I met this girl at UCLA as well, and she was looking for an internship. And I was like, okay, you can help me with this. And then we just started building a whole team.

33:30
of girls that were just helping DM sales and they would have schedules that they would come on and do it and I train them. then while ads are being ran and then I’m working on products. I’m thinking future and I’m trying to figure out how can we continue to scale, how do we continue to improve the products because each time we do a reorder we can improve the product and fix it.

33:56
And so was getting all the feedback from the DM girls and being like, okay, what else can we fix? After a certain point, you run out of things to fix. You’re like, okay, well, I think this is pretty good. yeah, so that’s sort of how I was thinking. And then customer service was a whole nother thing. Like I was doing customer service and I was like, I need to hire someone else to do this because it’s getting crazy. And I want to be able to, I feel bad personally. And so I would literally like voice memo the customer myself and

34:25
run to the post office myself to ship stuff out. I’m like, okay, I’m sorry, I’m going to fix your defective eyeliner. Just all these things and I was freaking out personally a lot. If there was a defect of anything, I would be like, oh shoot, this is… Yeah, and so it was stressful. That part was stressful because I was like, I don’t really want to feel so much emotion from just customer service. And so then we started hiring out for that.

34:54
I just want to know the order of your hiring. So you hired someone to do Facebook ads, but that was sounds like that was a contractor. Your first employees were like interns, it sounds like from from school. Yeah. And then you went to customer service to offload that. And presumably that was probably enough to take you to like a couple million bucks a year or more. So we started Yeah, it was like it was a weird snowballing effect. So we launched July 2019. And then end of July,

35:23
July 31st, so basically August. then like, we just doubled it, like started doubling our revenue every single month. Like, mostly Facebook or it was Facebook and Instagram, like running Facebook and Instagram. I like the talking videos of just me. And so then my face was like running everywhere. And then people are like recognizing me as like the glam. Okay. And then, yeah. And then basically like,

35:50
that Black Friday was when we started doing like major, major numbers, like seven figures. And then seven figures a month. then and then yeah, January and then after the stimulus check it hit it’s just Yeah, triple I think everyone felt that. So I wouldn’t say was like 100 % you know, just I mean, obviously we did really good at marketing and but I think like every brand went up three X

36:18
just that year from like the stimulus checks hitting. Yeah, it was glorious. right. Yeah. Okay, so I talked to was like, Whoa, but like, because that was our first year, it just really blew up. mean, the combination of the product being amazing, and just the marketing really hitting and then literally through these friggin talking videos. Yeah, it’s amazing. I guess it’s like, Hi, I’m

36:48
Like your voice got a little higher when you did that too. Yeah. All right. So were you doing like email? Like how much of your business was repeat business? Yeah. So yeah, and that was a whole nother thing. I was doing also emails, emails, media. was like, I think I need to figure I need to hire someone because it’s getting crazy. So I’m like also trying to like edit the graphics. So then I hired my first employee. Her name was Mia. She was like our first like

37:16
real actual employee, the other people are sort of like, you know, like, oversees. the interns are part time and some of them are volunteers. So it’s like, okay, first real employee like, and so I think she was probably confused. She showed up. She thought I was like, oh, glad that HQ, you know, and it’s literally my bedroom. Oh, get out of town. Okay, so your first hire is working out of your bedroom? Yeah, was literally like right before Black Friday, I hired her.

37:46
And then and then I remember her helping me with like all the assets and stuff because she like wasn’t editor She knew how to use Photoshop and stuff. So she’s like I was teaching her how to edit like Photoshop stuff now. She’s a video editor full-time, but Before yeah, she was like doing everything she was doing that and she was helping me with customer service and I was like teaching her how to do all the stuff but yeah, it was very disheartening because the first three people that I had hired before her they quit like in like the second day or like

38:13
Maybe a weekend and then he’s like, oh, sorry I took another job somewhere else just cuz it was like first of all I couldn’t offer that much page is cuz I like we were just starting off and then also like they were coming into my house and it was like Which is kind of yeah, they’re just like this is weird Like this well, it’s to for you. It’s like a Koreatown. Yeah back house of a house Okay

38:41
This is great, by the way. I love it. I love these stories. Okay. My business partner literally, I remember him seeing where I lived for the first time and he was just like judging me. He was like, and I was like, Well, how did you get Mia to stay then? Where did you find her? Where did she stay? Well, I found her I think it was on. Oh, yeah, the other people I found on Craigslist. I think that was a problem. But I found her on. Yeah, I found her like through a friend. So she was a friend of a friend.

39:11
Okay, referral. Yeah, didn’t. My friend was like, you know, Mia is just graduating. She’s looking for a job like to get just experience and stuff. And because it was a referral, think she felt a little bit more like comfortable, obviously, coming into my house and stuff. But then eventually, we did get an office like maybe two months later. Okay, but it was fun. love that little back house. I my upstairs, it was like a back house of a Koreatown house.

39:39
And it was a two story back house. So it was actually a big, bigger back house. And then I would live downstairs and then upstairs there was like a living room, small living room. And I turned that into like my photo shoot studio. I do photo shoots with her in there. And like I would teach my roommate how to also help us take photos. And then we just, it was very slapdash. You know what I mean? Like we were all figuring it out.

40:05
I can just imagine interviewing for that job. Hey, why don’t you come to my little Korean outhouse? Let’s talk about scaling. So you got to like, it sounds like $10 million that way. Right? And then now you’re at 50 plus, you’ll probably have an incredible Black Friday this year too. Walk me through like the infrastructure you had to put in place. Because it’s very uncomfortable to grow quickly, right? Yeah, I mean,

40:31
It just takes, mean, honestly, past year and a half has been really tough because of the iOS updates. Like I don’t think any brand out there is like doing great. In fact, I think most brands are probably going to file for bankruptcy. Very scary. But yeah, it’s like even just to survive and stay at the same level is really hard.

40:57
you were doing the year that the stimulus checks hit just because that year was just an anomaly. yeah, after the iOS updates, ads just didn’t perform as well as they used to. It’s way more expensive now to acquire customers. think brands are now finally facing the reality of what it’s like to really run a brand and how difficult it is. And I think the employee expectations and…

41:23
expectations for salary are not adjusted to that just because they’re like, oh, inflation. therefore, like, shouldn’t we get paid more? You know what I mean? But in reality, like everyone’s doing worse. So it’s just like a really weird time right now. yeah, mean, have you guys shifted over to like Google? Google probably doesn’t work. mean, that it’s like, think every every platform is hard. It used to be way easier, like literally 10 times easier. Like that’s how

41:53
different it is. Just because overnight of this update, it’s crazy. You would never expect that to just take the toll that it did, but Apple literally single-handedly wiped out, I feel like, a bunch of small businesses. I mean, it’s like the best marketing tactic of all time because they’re like, oh, we care about your privacy, but actually, we’re just wiping out bunch of small businesses.

42:20
Yeah, so I mean this year we just kind of shifted like the last year and a half We shifted our strategy towards retail. Oh, nice. Okay that has its own headaches too, right? Yes, it’s much more intensive logistically. Yes But it’s like at least a lot more guaranteed money than like running ads It’s very it’s very hard to be profitable on running ads. In fact, you can expect to lose money now running ads. It’s it’s actually right

42:47
And then make up for it on the back end, like selling multiple items or something like that on the back end. Like in terms of upsells? Upsells are just once you have that customer, like you sell other stuff now too, right? So just because you’re losing money on the front end getting that customer, like the lifetime value of that customer hopefully is much higher than what you paid for them. Yes. So the problem with a lot of customers nowadays as well is like they’re not necessarily loyal to a brand like from the first purchase. So you got to get them to come

43:17
maybe three, four times and then that’s when they become more loyal. But like the first purchase, people are always like just trying stuff out or whatever, you know? So it’s really hard to get like super brand loyalty unless you get them on the third, third, fourth time. But I would say like typical repurchase rate for most companies is like maybe like we’re above average for that. We’re above average for what it… What are you at actually? I’ll tell you what mine is.

43:47
Yeah, we’re like, I mean, it depends on the cohort, right? So like, I don’t know if you guys look at that, like cohort data. So it really depends on the cohort because like retention for Black Friday customers is way lower than… Oh yeah, of course. Yes. So it’s kind of hard to just say a general number. Yeah. So we, and then we don’t even look at cohort data. I mean, we look at it for Black Friday and stuff, but we just know that that’s not like typical because they’re just in for the sale and then out. Yeah. Cool. I mean, it’s…

44:14
pretty amazing what you’ve done. And I love hearing stories of like how crazy it was. Like, I remember like when we first started out, like there was a customer that was local, we do weddings and she ordered last minute. So I literally drove it out to her wedding. I mean, these are the things that you do in the beginning, right? Like the hustle stuff that people don’t hear about. most fun part of, I literally would go back anytime and relive it again just because it was.

44:42
It was so intense, but yet so fun. I remember I had an emergency situation where I was like, I literally had to order stuff from my factory, like unboxed, unpackaged, because it would take them an additional 12 days to package it. And I was like, don’t have that time, we need it now. And so I literally just invited a bunch of my friends over for pizza. I’m like, can you guys help me package these boxes?

45:11
We literally just had a pizza party and then just were like packaging these boxes together. And it was so funny. Like it was so fun though. But like I would never forget that day. You know what mean? Like we ended up staying until like 2 a.m. to like package these boxes. And I was like, thank God I have cool friends who are like down to help me and be there for me whenever I needed them. So I was like really grateful for that. I was like, note to listeners, if Anne calls you over for dinner.

45:39
You better be ready to pack boxes. I feel like they’re so used to it. know like the other day, like this past weekend, I had to film. I was trying to film a new series on TikTok where I was like asking strangers to test the strength of our press on nails. And I was like having cars run over our press on nails, like different cars. So like having to borrow different friends for different cars. I was like, hey, like, can I use your Tesla today? Can I use your whatever? Like you stay in the car and drive it.

46:08
just you just need to run over this nail. They’re like what? And would you like pepperoni or green peppers? No, that’s cool. That’s so it sounds like you’ve expanded the product line you doing nails lashes liner and all that stuff, which is probably helping the top line as well. Yeah, was really took off. Yeah. Okay. Cool. Let me ask you this. There’s a lot of people listening to this who

46:36
want to probably start a business and they probably don’t like their jobs. Some of them are probably pre-med lawyers and whatnot. So what advice would you tell these people given your experiences? Yeah, I mean, it’s definitely like one of those things where you have to be 100 % all in on it, like, and just feel sort of like that passion, that motivation. I definitely

47:06
I felt this crazy, crazy passion for it. When I had first started, I literally was like, can’t eat, sleep, breathe without thinking about this. And I know that all people are kind of on the fence, like, I’m not sure if I really am into this idea or am I not? I don’t really know. If you’re feeling that way, you should try to find an idea where you feel sort of that same way. Because…

47:33
Otherwise, if you don’t believe in it wholeheartedly, it’s really going to be hard to stay motivated in pushing this product. Because if you don’t believe in the product, no one will. You have to be the biggest ambassador for it, and you have to be the one that’s the most vocal about it. All of my friends and everybody who follows me knows I shout about Glamidic every single day. It’s a marathon, not a sprint as well, although I definitely much treated it

48:00
I treated it like a sprint the first year and a half. And you sort of have to. The first year of starting a business is like the most intense. It requires, it’s like having a newborn child, right? It’s like, just requires way more effort than you ever think that it would require. And so just having the willingness to… I didn’t realize you were a mom. No, I’m not a mom. I’m not a mom. Oh, okay. So you’re one of those types of people that say, oh, it’s like having a kid. Yeah, because I’ve heard it from other people.

48:29
saying it because you have kids and I’m sure you can… So I didn’t mean to make funny. I’m no not ready for that yet. I can’t even take care of myself right now. Yeah so I think just making sure you really tap into that part of yourself and like really like do some soul searching before like you start that hey this is something I’m really like willing to commit like through hard times through the good times and I think also

48:57
Timing is just important as well. It’s I mean, it’s really hard to time it I think we got in and at a really good time, you know starting starting the brand I mean starting it and an economic downturn could be a good thing, but it’s just figuring out ways Besides doing ads like if you can really kill it on organic and you understand content marketing really well that’s where you’re gonna have an advantage right now just because Honestly ads are not doing well. So the only thing that you can really do is try to push

49:26
things through organic and meaning trying to go viral on reels and TikTok. So really understanding how to do that, I think for your brand is going to be a big, big win because also that’s how like retailers are going to spot you. You know, if you go viral organically on TikTok and stuff like that for your product, that’s how like these, all these retailers are going to see you in like retail and like want to work with you like Ulta sauce.

49:52
and they like wanted to reach out. They wanted to work with us, which we didn’t have to reach out, which was great. And it started sort of the snowball effect of us working with Sephora and like, you know, and now they’re like fighting for us to like get exclusives and stuff like that. So I think it’s just, yeah, it’s like one of those things you just kind of have to make sure you’re 100 % in it, focused. And once you have that, that passion, like everything else follows. Like I would say that, like emotion leads everything, you know?

50:20
So having that emotion is really important going into it because otherwise you’re just not gonna put your 100%. You’re gonna make excuses otherwise. You’re not truly feeling it. That’s what, that personally for me, that’s what it is. If I’m like going into something and I’m not 100 % like passionate about it, I’m just gonna make excuses to like not do it. Yep. Actually every successful business I ever started was during a downturn actually. think, I think it’s good to start a business during the downturn. Things are cheaper. That is, Yeah. Labor should be cheaper.

50:48
And yeah, I hear you on the passion in that first year. I remember we’d stayed up nights and weekends just working, but it was fun. I didn’t mind it at all. I would come home working a 10 hour day and then I would sew for two hours. We had an embroidery machine. Oh my God. Yeah. Yeah, was a lot When you love something, I literally was like, I could keep doing this forever. That’s what I felt like. It was like for the first time I felt like a sense of purpose, you know? I never really felt that. Even in painting, I was like,

51:18
I was good at it but I just didn’t feel like this was necessarily my purpose for some reason. here I was like, for some reason I feel like it is, I just feel like I’m making more of an impact. feel like, because I get so many comments from people after the user product, they’re like, you changed my life, I can finally apply lashes. they’re allergic to lash glue and they were never able to use lash glue and now they can use my product. Or people who have alopecia. There was just a lot of life changing…

51:45
moments that people would message me about and I would be like, wow, this is amazing. Like that was one of the best parts of, I think being an econ founder and getting those messages back. It just felt like you’re doing something good, you know? Did you quit altogether to start your thing? Like, did you have any source of income before you started your business? I mean, it was the art. It was the painting, the commissions. basically started, I stopped painting the commissions. just took.

52:13
I mean, took a lot to complete a painting. would do it some like here and there if I really needed the money and stuff, but I was just like, I’m all in, you know? Right, but you had a backup plan. Yeah, always felt like I was gonna be, I literally blew up my account multiple times trading, like I was also doing day trading and stuff like that. Okay, that’s a separate story. before, and it was just tumultuous like.

52:39
emotional roller coaster because I was day trading for a year and a half, a pretty long time. I was trying to take it really serious and try to go all in on it as well. I don’t know how to not go all in on stuff that I’m really into. I started finding day traders in California that could teach me that were really good. I met up with them and I would meet up with them at 5 a.m. and figure out how to trade and stuff like that. It was just really grueling though. I ended up blowing my account a couple times.

53:08
I day traded for year two, I couldn’t sleep at night because I would wake up and mark it open and just like that market open, it determines like your whole mood for the day. It’s so stressful. Like you’re just like, literally a mess. know, like, yeah, I might sleep patterns were messed up. was like, this is literally affecting my health, you know, like it’s just really, it’s really bad. So that’s what I wanted to get away from as well. On top of the art, I was like, everything’s just sort of like a roller coaster.

53:36
So I’m like, need to really figure out how to get stability here. And building a brand really is sort of that. It’s like you are building that foundation and then it’s like, it’s slow and steady, but it’s really freaking hard. But it’s so worth it in my opinion. I wouldn’t do anything else. Just last question, Doug, walk me through your day to day now. Are things much better now? Yeah, I have offloaded. I mean, we have like 90 employees now.

54:05
Wow. Nice. Yeah, it’s a lot. mean, we share a backend with because my business partner has like another brand. And so we share the sort of like ops infrastructure with them. So then it’s sort of like, you know, we’re each paying for half. And so it just makes everything like a lot more efficient. And then so, a lot of those tasks are offloaded. I don’t do customer service anymore. So we have a we also have like leadership team. So like ahead of every department.

54:35
And that’s just helped tremendously. Like basically I’m sort of overseeing strategy on like social and like steering product in the right direction, coming up with new product ideas and then sort of helping them through the development phase of it. But I’m not like in the weeds. Anyway, cool. I’m still very much in the weeds on social though. am now like basically taking over social and shoot and try to shoot. Cause it’s very hard to go viral on TikTok. It’s really hard to like.

55:05
It used to be easy. It’s harder now. Yeah, really hard now to hire someone to just do it and like be smart enough about content, where they’re going to come up with clever stuff to choose. So like, I basically have to take over that job now. And I realized that I just had to really do that because I was trying to figure out who to get in this position. It’s just, it’s way too hard. I would say unless you just are paying someone like 200k a year to like, be really good at that. otherwise, yeah.

55:33
So that’s what I’ve been doing. I’m like literally editing the videos myself and everything. But I do like being in the weeds on things. I like being on the ground. I think it’s fun. I feel like if I’m making sure that whatever I’m doing on the ground is effective and having a big ROI, then it’s worth it for me to do that. I mean, you’re a creative person, so that’s what you should be focusing your efforts on. exactly.

56:00
And where can people find more about your brand and your product? Yes, go on Glamnetik.com. It’s spelled Glam, G-L-A-M, and then netik, N-E-T-I-C dot com. That’s where you guys can find all of our products. ship worldwide. We’re also in Ulta in stores, basically any Ulta and Sephora as well. Our lashes are in Sephora right now. Our nails are not in yet, but.

56:27
Yeah, lashes are in Zafora and then nails and lashes are in Ulta. And then if you want to find my personal, I’m at, I literally kept my old handle from art, from painting. It’s the Modern Artista. Nice. Cool. So at the Modern Artista is my Instagram handle. And then my TikTok is Anne McFerrin, just at Anne McFerrin, MCFE or RAN. Cool. Well, Anne, I appreciate your time.

56:55
It was great. Yes. Thank you so much for having me. It was so fun.

57:02
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now Anne’s story just goes to show that you don’t need to have a business background to make a business succeed. For more information about this episode, go to mywivequitterjob.com slash episode 442. Now once again, I want to remind you that my annual e-commerce conference will be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida on May 23rd to May 25th of this year. I really want to hang out with you in person, so let’s meet up. Go to sellersummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com.

57:31
I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for ecommerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now we talk about how I these tools on my blog and if you are interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and send the course right away.

58:00
Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

441: The Real Reason You Aren’t Making Progress And How To Get Out Of Your Head With Daniel DiPiazza

441: The Real Reason You Aren't Making Progress And How To Get Out Of Your Head With Daniel DiPiazza

Today I have an extra special guest on the show, Daniel DiPiazza. The reason why I love Daniel is that he is such a passionate guy and he’s great to talk to about mindset.

Daniel recently acquired Under30CEO, he owns a site called AlphaMentorship and he launched a new podcast called The New Wave Entrepreneur. He also just released a brand new book called The True Artifact: 33 Lessons on Creativity, Purpose, Life, and Love.

In this episode, we’re going to talk about how to get out of your head and make forward progress with whatever you want to achieve in life.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to grow as an individual and an entrepreneur
  • How to make forward progress with what you aim to achieve
  • How to get past your own mental hurdles

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today, I have a very special guest on the show, Daniel Dupiazza. Now one of the reasons why I love Daniel is because he’s such a passionate guy and he’s great to talk to if you want to get out of the way of your own head. So in this episode, we’re going to talk about how to get past your own mental hurdles and make forward progress with whatever you want to achieve in life. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit

00:29
are now on sale over at SellersSummit.com. It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all probably know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker that I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and it’s a very intimate event. Everyone eats together and everyone parties together every single night.

00:58
And I personally love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room, cater in food and help each other with our businesses. Now, the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. Go to SellersSummit.com. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind,

01:27
You know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source from my e-commerce store. And I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button.

01:57
Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postcook.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot IO slash Steve. And then finally, I want to mention my other podcasts that are released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this one where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way.

02:26
So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:38
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I have my buddy Daniel De Piazza back on the show. Now, if you do not remember Daniel, I had him on the podcast back on episode 103 and 161, I want to say four years ago, where we talked about how to ditch your average job and start an Epic business, but it’s been a long time since we’ve spoken at length. Last time, Daniel was running Rich 20 something and he had just acquired under 30 CEO.com.

03:05
but he’s moved on to a site called Alpha mentorship.com covering web three O and crypto. And he has a new podcast called the new wave entrepreneur. And he actually just released a brand new book called the true artifact 33 lessons on creativity, purpose and life and love. And the reason why I wanted to have Daniel back on the show is not to talk about crypto, but how to grow as an individual and an entrepreneur and make forward progress with whatever that you aim to achieve. In other words,

03:33
This episode is going to be about how to get out of your mind. So welcome back to the show, Daniel, for the third time. What’s up, man? Thank you, Steve. I appreciate it. So, hey, man, catch me up. I know we’ve already had you on the show twice already. So there’s no need to start from the very beginning, but I am curious what you’ve been up to in the last four years. It seems like Rich 20 something is no more. Well, I’m 34. I’m 34. I mean, it had a shelf life on it. People say, bring Rich 20 back. said, guys, I physically can’t. I can’t. It’s over. Deal with it.

04:05
And most of the stuff from Mitch 20 were things that I started thinking about in my late teens and early 20s. I rode that pony and I got off and I got onto another horse. That’s okay. You can do that. But you know, the way you did it though, I’m just, cause it had a lot of SEO value also. Yeah. was getting all this traffic. It’s gone. don’t I don’t care. Life is ephemeral. Okay. Move on. Okay. Realistically, yes, I could have done it. I could have done it more.

04:31
I have done a better job of migrating all the SEO and doing all that stuff. if you want to know the truth of it, when I started that site, was lucky in a way to have started that at the right time, at the right place. And I’m good at writing, so that’s not a problem. But it was more like I wasn’t really intending to create this big thing. I was just writing for me on a personal level, and it kind of blew up because of the confluence of events. And so…

04:58
I didn’t have a master plan for how I was going to migrate it because I, I, I got a book deal for this thing. And by the time I got the book, I said, Oh God, now I’m responsible for, for managing this thing. And it was never really my intention. And so it wasn’t, I didn’t feel too emotionally scarred to leave it behind. Interesting. There was so much good content on there. And then the book came out of it. Yeah, that’s okay. Okay. I I admire that actually. What should I have done? I mean,

05:25
Would I keep running? Because I thought about this, I played it off my head into my 40s. How would I run it? Like, would get someone else to run it, I guess I could sell it, I guess, but I don’t know, like, you know, I mean, you could just left it up and just let the leads continue to come in, I guess, or sell it even. I don’t know. could. got the main value out of it, which was the email list and the subscribers and I talked to them all the time. So that’s really what I care about. Are you still running under 30 CEO then? No, I sold that in 2019. Oh, okay. Yeah.

05:53
I mean, cause also I turn 30 is that yeah, it’s like, doing this. Like, know, I mean, you’re one career job, but if she gets another job, you’re kind of being disingenuous by running the show, but I’m not going to judge you for it. You know, me, I had to be completely honest. I’m not under 30 and I’m not a rich 20. had to move. Okay. Interesting. All right. So, all right, well let’s move on from that then. So you sell that you, you, you change rich 20 something into alpha mentorship.

06:21
How did that all lead you to like the true artifact and writing a personal development book? I have been writing for my whole life. And when you write online, one of the things about writing online is that you get immediate feedback usually. And that feedback trains you to write certain things because then you get the response like you get a cookie. And so you write the thing that gets you the best response and then you write more of that. And then over time, sometimes you’ll push yourself in the direction of you getting the greatest response.

06:50
And that’s a great way to get SEO and traffic and to build leads. And it’s a great business tactic and it’s, it’s fun too. But what I found over the years is that, you know, if you look at just the idea of rich 20, that was me writing from one avatar of myself, which is just a way of talking about business and a way of talking about motivation in a way. And that’s fun. But as I started to progress over the years, I realized that what I was getting the most praise for.

07:19
and the stuff that I was writing about the most wasn’t the stuff that I was really writing in my personal time, the things that I enjoyed writing the most, the things that were most meaningful to me. And over time, there became a greater gulf, a great gulf between what I was putting out and what I thought was important. And so that’s another reason why I kind of, I felt a need to separate myself from the original brand. And I went to my agent and my publisher over a period of years, like this is between maybe

07:49
2018, 2019, I said, I have these new ideas. These are the things I like to write about. have a deep interest in deep personal development, psychology, spirituality, things like that, things of that nature. they never said no, but they basically said in so many words, we don’t want that. We’re into business. We know business sells. We know how to look at those books and try again. And I said, well, maybe I’ll publish some stuff independently. They said, oh.

08:18
If you publish them independently, that’s going to affect your the next advance that you get because we’re going to judge your independent book sales as a metric of a recent release and we’re going to pay you based on whatever those book sales are. That sounds like a threat almost. It is a threat. But you know, it’s the same in the music industry. That’s why a lot of musicians will release mixtapes, not albums, because mixtapes aren’t counted against their official stats in a lot of ways. So when they go to a big label, you can’t say that you’ve released an official studio album before.

08:48
And that’s just a way of naming it. But, you know, that just got me thinking. I didn’t really have much reason to stay with a publisher or with an agent. And I don’t have any ill will against them. had a good experience working with them for the first time, but it set me off my own way. And over a period of years, I started to develop my own philosophy around life. And what I wrote between 2016 and 2021 ended up becoming the first of what’s going to be a series.

09:15
these very different books that explore these deeper areas of life. And by giving myself the permission to write this work and not have to be dependent on a publisher to put me out or an agent to get me a deal. It’s given me a lot of creative freedom and it’s really opened the floodgates on me. mean, people were asking for a while, why don’t you write Wealthy 30 something or the Rich 20 something follow-up? And I was at a writer’s block, which doesn’t really exist. But I’m like, I can’t think of anything else to say. I’ve already told you this stuff. I don’t have anything else to say.

09:44
But as soon as I gave myself permission to write this next book, which is really just a collection of things that I had been writing personally for myself for about five years, I have behind me 11 books planned out. like, you know, all I can do is just produce them fast enough to be able to fulfill at this point. And so really, that’s how know I’m on the right track. You know, it’s funny, I used to enjoy writing a lot more.

10:10
And then I got slapped by Google and I had to write a certain way to get in the rankings. And now it’s not fun for me anymore. So I’ve actually outsourced the writing of like that stuff. But, but I do write like the, more personal development stuff myself. And I started doing video where you can be a lot more creative, where SEO doesn’t matter as much.

10:31
Totally. Well, you know, Google has pretty getting pretty sick with their SEO now they can they’re like reading lips and doing transcriptions and but yes, yes, you’re right. Exactly. Yeah. But in YouTube land, like SEO doesn’t matter nearly as much. No, no, it’s just what it’s just what catches organically with people. But I admire what you’ve done. It sounds like you’ve, you know, neglected SEO and you’re just writing about what you want, which is awesome. Well, you know, SEO is only one tool. And I think that also I’m looking at more of a long term perspective, when you own your IP. So when you are

11:01
when you’re beholden to like, and this is for any creative, you you have this idea, and especially before the internet, this idea of like having a big publishing house or a big label or big studio, give you the spotlight and that will build your career. And that was how I went into my, the interstages of my career. But what I realized was I don’t actually like, I have my old book here. I don’t, I don’t actually own this. I don’t actually own this IP. So I can’t, I can’t even give it away if I want to. can’t even technically, I’m not even allowed to, you know,

11:30
still use the use the words in my in my promotions for stuff because I don’t even own the publishing to this. I don’t really own it. I own the copyright to it, but I don’t own the publishing to it. And every time this book gets a sale, I barely get anything from it. You know, it’s it’s so it’s not a very good economic model for me. But what I’ve learned over the years is that when you start to develop your own catalog and you own the masters, essentially to that every time you release a new work, your whole catalog gets a bump.

12:00
release one book and if you have nine books that you published before that, every other book usually gets sales because people look through your whole catalog and buy stuff. And so my vision now is creating not just this individual book, this is the new one, but also developing merchandise around it, concerts around it, other products around it, digital things around it that support the philosophy of the book. And then also allow me to extend it into other books as well so that there’s an entire

12:30
universe around it that I own the entirety of, rather than just trying to get a piece of royalty from what the publisher owns the majority of. Interesting. So if you were to start back all over again, would you have self-published your first book then or no? I wouldn’t have changed anything because I think everything has worked out the way it should. But I’m just a little bit smarter now. Right. And I guess that’s where the crypto stuff comes in too with your ecosystem later on. guess ownership.

12:58
Yeah, I don’t even have a direct, I don’t even have the crypto piece of this planned yet. I’m sure we’ll do some NFTs and things like that. mean, right now, my main thing is I just opened up the pre-orders of the hardcover version for this book. The book drops in December and October 25th, but I just opened up a hardcover pre-sale and I’m only releasing 250 of these and they’re signed and limited and numbered and each one comes with two concert tickets. So I’m going to do two concerts in 2023, which will just be me.

13:27
important pieces from the book, bringing in other elements, having a creative fun time with people just for my super fans. And you know, it’s 100 bucks each and people are like, why would I pay $100 for a book? Well, you’re paying for the experience. And it’s just a way of me creating something fun out of my material. And I have complete control over the distribution of it. Love it. Love it. Yeah. So I did get a chance to read a couple chapters. And I just had some questions for you. And I thought because it’s pretty interesting. Sure. I want to talk about

13:55
like the slow boil of three, what the hell does that mean? Slow boil of 3D. Yeah. There’s a disconnect between the you thinking about something and it happening in life, but it doesn’t mean that there’s not progress going on underneath the surface. And some of that comes down to patience. And another part of it comes down to understanding how the nature of reality and how the nature of reality actually functions versus how we wish it would function. Sure. mean, a lot of people don’t make forward progress.

14:24
I would imagine because of this principle. What’s the 3D part of it actually is what I wanted to know. Well, just being in this plane of existence, we exist in a world where it’s like a cause and effect world. There’s action reaction. You could think of it as a Newtonian situation or you could think of it as quantum, but either way, we live in a world where when you do something, there’s a change on the other end. Sometimes you see the change as a result of your actions.

14:54
A lot of times you don’t see the change. Most of the time you don’t see the change. And what we have to realize is that the example that I give in this particular chapter is just that there is a boiling process. you think about like example of chemistry, physical sciences, when you boil water up to what, 100 degrees Celsius is where water boils. Every degree up to that point,

15:22
is a chemical change that’s making a physical change. And through that entire process, you’re getting to the point of the result that you want, which is the water boiling, but you don’t see that bubble. You don’t see that actual boil, the effervescence until you get to the point where you’re at the boiling point and every liquid has different boiling point. But it doesn’t mean that the changes aren’t happening. And if you shut the burner off before that complete chemical and physical change has been created, then you lose all the progress.

15:50
I think that we create that scenario for ourselves a lot in life where we’re stopping and starting, or we’re constantly checking to see if it’s boiling, constantly checking, letting out the heat. And there’s just a way of being aware that when you’re creating through your work, direct, intentional, you know, focus energy on a project or an idea that you have to allow it to create those changes. It’s like, you can’t just think Ferrari and the Ferrari rolls over your foot the next day. Like you have to be able to allow that thing to happen.

16:18
And I think that in the hustle culture, we have forgotten that there’s an element of patience. And there’s also like a mystery of the way that things work, because there’s still this black box element of living in the world where we’d like to think that we know how everything’s working behind the scenes. And it makes our intellect feel good to think that we know, well, when I do this with my business, and I press this button, I do this funnel, this thing’s going to happen. But that’s not always the case. We’re hoping that’s the case.

16:47
But we have to allow for that mystery and we have to allow for that space for the changes to happen. And then we can observe. that’s something that’s important for humans to remember.

16:58
It’s taking me over three years, but my first book, The Family First Entrepreneur will be out in stores on May 16th. Now this is a book about entrepreneurship, but not the kind they tell you about in business school or that you often hear about online. Now I know for a fact that most of you listening to this podcast don’t want to become world famous or ridiculously rich. Now certainly you might not say no to these things, but when you really ask yourself what your priorities are, it’s almost always the same. You want a good life and the freedom to enjoy it. So in this book,

17:27
I’ll share with you an alternative to the hustle culture nonsense we so often hear about in relation to starting a business. You can, in fact, succeed at business without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. So if you’re tired of hearing from 20-something kids who drive fancy cars and brag about how hard they work or how much they make, I will give you a different perspective from a father who makes both business and family work.

17:56
So join me in my book launch. Go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you bonuses, invitations to book parties that I’ll be throwing all over the country and special offers. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

18:13
You know, what’s funny is I use that analogy, not the boiling water. I use the melting ice cube, which is, which is more or less the same thing. It’s the reverse. All your efforts are trying to melt the ice cube, but then it doesn’t start melting until the freezing point. Yeah. What’s funny about all this is how do you know how long it’s going to take? And, I get this question a lot, like how long is it going to take for my business to be successful?

18:40
And they always ask me like, what is the secret to do all this stuff? And what I always tell them is like, half the time, like, I don’t know what the hell is going on. I just know in the end, it works. And then in hindsight, you can figure out some of the things that you’ve done. But as you’re doing it, oftentimes, you have no idea what’s working and what’s not. Totally. There’s also really defining what success is at each stage. Like I gave you an example today, was, I was doing like a weightlifting class before this, and I’m getting back into doing

19:07
CrossFit style workout to turn more like Olympic style lifts. And have you ever tried an Olympic style lift before? I have not. Like, you know, they have snatches. Yeah. They have cleans and things like that. They’re pretty hard. And because it’s very technical. It’s like your body is doing these explosive motions. So I was talking to the coach today. I’m like pretty strong on certain lifts because I used to do like power lifting and bodybuilding. And so I have certain motor patterns. It’s really, like the muscles are strong, but it’s also, know, your motor patterns know how to do it. So that’s mostly what it is.

19:37
So like, for instance, I can deadlift over 400, which is a lot for my body weight, but then with a, with a, um, with a clean or something, or with a, with a snatch, which were, which is where I’m like deadlifting up and putting it over my head. I can barely get like 150. It’s really, really heavy for me. And so was talking to the coach and I was like, what is the, what, like, what would be a good, what, what’s considered heavy with this lift for someone of my body weight? What is it? What are we looking for? What’s the goal here? And it’s like, well, you know, at this stage.

20:06
It’s not really even a measure of your strength. It’s mostly a measure of technique because you’re not, um, you’re not even fully activating all the muscles that you will be using neurologically when you get proficient at this exercise, when you get very, very good at it. So I wouldn’t think of it as strength. I think of it as more of just getting your technique down and that got me thinking. It’s like, how am I measuring success here? Cause if I measure success based on my dead lift, then I think that this is a very weak lift. If I measure success based on the fact that

20:33
I can actually complete all the movements of this lift, then I would say, well, that was a very successful lift. And just the way that you frame success versus failure changes how you feel about it. I was also thinking too, like when you’re doing these exercises, just from a physical, like an exercise perspective, failure is something that you seek out because you have to know where your limitation is. Like today I did, I went up to failure on snatches and I was like, oh yeah, like

21:02
my failure point is at X weight, but I wasn’t upset that I failed. had to know that was my failure point. So I can judge next time. Did I hit it? Did I go past it? Did I fall below it? The failure just becomes a marker and a milestone rather than like an emotionally charged significant event. Yeah, I like that. I mean, there’s this phrase that I heard recently was your happiness is the status quo minus your expectations, right?

21:32
So I guess in your so how would people who are struggling right now listening to this with their business? How do you set the proper failure points? And how do you how do you stay focused through that entire time until like the water starts boiling? Well, I would say the one thing is one of the things I think that in some ways personal development and business advice gets wrong is I this is a Tony Robbins thing, the idea of modeling.

21:59
see a model your success off of other people who have been successful. But sometimes I find that that’s a poor heuristic for success because you’re comparing yourself to someone else. And I get why you’d want to do that because you’re looking to get the same results as them. But the mantra in the Tony Robbins school has always been, someone else has done it, you can do it. That’s, think, only partially true because you have to consider there are so many factors in someone else’s

22:28
whole experience of life, who they are, where they’re born, what their background is, their mind state is, all these different factors that go into them creating a certain result. So if you’re trying to copy just what they’re doing, you can’t copy who they are. And so sometimes we, I think we sometimes miss the mark by trying to compare our success or our milestones or our markers to other people’s when really we need to, we can set our goals, set our attention for our goal. And we can even,

22:58
look at best practices and follow a path to a point, but there has to be an awareness of at the end of the day, you’re going to have to do it your way, which means that you’re going to have to define success based on where you are now. If you’re just starting, then you wouldn’t judge your success based on someone who’s been doing it for a lot longer, for someone who has a different skill set, from someone who has a different life experience. You’d have to be able to

23:26
have the presence of mind to say, okay, I’m going to follow some of these instructions, some of these rule books, but ultimately every success is a completely unique success. There’s no one who copies someone else and says, oh, you know, I did it just like them and I got the same result. even when I was first getting my teeth, cutting my teeth, you know, I was working with this guy named Ramit and Ramit runs this company called I will teach you to be rich. And so I learned a lot of copywriting from him and from his work.

23:54
but I’m not Rameet, I don’t wanna be Rameet. And it was a detriment for me to try to fit too deeply into that mold because I would put myself into a model that wasn’t unique to me. So I was modeling my success after that and I was modeling my ideas after that. And there’s a certain point where you can take what you’ve learned and you can adapt it and you can adapt what someone else has done.

24:22
But ultimately, you always have to create your own unique thing. And I think that’s something where beginning entrepreneurs go wrong. I think they’re going to completely be able to copy someone else or use someone else as a measuring stick when you really have to find it on your own. And that’s scary because ultimately there is no map and no one wants to hear that. You know, it’s funny is any time I’ve personally tried to copy someone else directly, it’s actually never worked for me. Never works. And in fact, I remember when I

24:48
when I was working my day job, I used to think that all of my bosses had all the answers until one day I figured out like everyone is just winging it. Yeah, actually. Yeah. And you just got to figure out the way you do it. I guess the next question, the follow up question is how do you figure out what what you’re good at, what your hidden strengths are to to make the necessary adaptations? The best way to do that is to think about the things that come naturally to you that do not come naturally to others.

25:15
or things that are fun for you that are certainly not fun for others. So there are a lot of people who are, like I have friends who are accountants and they really like numbers. And I say, what is wrong with you? Like you enjoy this? Why? But in a business, having a strong number sense and a strong accounting sense is a great skill to have. And you can lean into that. You can create a leaner business and a smarter business, a more efficient business. Whereas they would say, I hate writing. I hate it with a passion and I run from it. And I say, oh, this is my playground.

25:44
And so you have to lean into those strengths, but you also have to think about the things that are so natural to you that you take them for granted. And I wrote about this in the book as well, these gifts and these talents that you take for granted, these are the things, these are like the forgotten children. These are the things that we stuff in a corner and we don’t respect these talents because they seem so easy to us. And those are the things that you need to be paying attention to. And a lot of times they won’t be things that I’ve got, sometimes they’ll be things I’ve gotten praise. Other times there are things that maybe people have

26:14
have even ridiculed you for, but you have to be able to identify those. And some people don’t want to identify them their whole lives, you know? Give me some examples. Like, how do you figure this out? Okay. Because you’re not thinking of them clearly because you probably do them every day and don’t even realize you don’t like okay, and some of of it will come through a lot of trial and error. So it’s not like you just like I just meditated for 20 minutes and figured it out. You know, it will come through trial and error. So like I’ll give you an example in my life. I have learned over

26:41
Okay, first of all, I’ll say you can try some things that are like different personal assessments. So there’s lots of ways to look at yourself. So if you’ve heard of Myers-Briggs before, that’s an example. I don’t put too much stock into any personal assessment, but there are ways of knowing yourself. Myers-Briggs, Enneagram, there’s something called human design. These are all different ways. And if you study those things, you realize there is validity to some of these things. Getting off on a slight tangent, one of my clients gave me a bracelet.

27:11
because I said I was an ENTP. I battled between ENTJ and ENTP. Someone got me an ENTP bracelet. Literally, it had the letters ENTP and I thought, I’m not going to wear this because I’m not going to brand myself as a certain personality. I want to get myself licensed to change if I want. I want to be introverted if I want to be introverted that day. So I never think of them as cast in stone. Like my friend Manish, he thinks that’s cast in stone, baby. He’s like, ENTJs, that’s who you are. You’ll never change. I’m like, I don’t believe that.

27:41
Um, we’re talking about Manisha Ramees, brother. Yeah. Okay. Nice. Okay. The cooler Senti, the cooler. Um, and so, so you can learn, you can use personality tests to learn a bit about yourself. Um, but ultimately it comes down to looking how, looking at how your life experience goes and, and, and paying attention to who you are. So in my life, what I’ve realized is that like a few things, one,

28:10
I, my biggest, my greatest wealth is my, are my relationships. So like, I am good at business to a certain extent. Like I know how to do, I can do e-commerce and I’m decent with numbers and you know, I’m pretty good at branding. Like all that stuff I have a, a proficiency in, but where I really excel is in relationships. So there are tons of people who I can call to help me with something. I know how to connect people to get them to work together. I’m really good.

28:38
at interpersonal stuff, know, interviews or talking on camera or things like that, things of that nature. Some of that’s come from skill training, others I can look back at my past, my childhood and say, I was doing this since I was a kid. You know, I was the kid who in fourth grade was eating a school lunch, decided I didn’t like it and set up a petition across the entire elementary school and got like 300 signatures and then took it to the principal’s Very interpersonal.

29:06
And I said, we demand, we don’t like these green hot dogs. They’re clearly spoiled. We don’t like them. And it’s just like things like that. I think back and said, oh, that’s a very highly, entirely indicative of someone who has interpersonal skills. Another thing too would be like, I’ve always been skilled at writing. I can look at my career as a student and say, my best grades and my most enjoyment has always been out of writing. And then it makes sense that when I,

29:35
graduated to my career, it started through writing. And I can say, okay, I should lean into that. For a while, when I was in that rich 20 phase, and I was just writing for the SEO and writing for the accolades, essentially, writing for that direct lead generation, I kind of got away from expressing the core skill. And even for a while, between like 2018 and 2020, like almost two years, almost maybe even three years,

30:03
I actively stopped writing. Like I didn’t open up my computer and write. didn’t publish anything new really. And I noticed that my business started to go down and my life happiness started to go down big time. Cause I wasn’t focusing on what my core gifts are. And it took a while to acknowledge that because I wanted to be like other people. I wanted to have, you know, skills I saw other people have. And thought, well, if I just had this funnel skill or if I just had, of course you can build these skills.

30:32
But if I just, if I could just do it like this person or that person, that’s when I’ll be successful. But I’m like, yeah, but they can’t do it like me. You know, I gotta be me. And it wasn’t until I really like was able to sit with that, that I was able to pull myself out of my own ass, pull my head on my own ass. And, also just become a lot happier, you know? Here’s the struggle. And I’ve had this too. How do you decide between doing something that works and is moving the legal, let’s say in business?

31:01
versus doing what actually makes you feel alive and creative. Why do they have to be separate? Oftentimes they do, in a way, right? Like my SEO example earlier, right? In order to rank in search, you have to write in such a way that there’s no fluff, you just deliver the answer, right? And that’s how you get traffic. Yes. As soon as you start being a little bit more creative, telling stories, that stuff’s probably not going to rank because you’re confusing Google. But that’s a great way to get traffic.

31:31
Well, it’s almost like, um, like I was writing a sales page. You ever seen this thing called the Hemingway app? You know about this? Yeah. It’s a pretty good app, but this app will tell you to make your shit so dumb. It will tell you to dumb it down. It’ll be like, Oh, this is too high level. The sentence is too long. This is too much of a college level. And I’m like, yeah, but that’s how I talk. And there’s a line between knowing how to make it simple for people, but also saying, I don’t have to who’s making up the Hemingway app. Who’s making up.

32:00
You know, it’s like you have to be able to not be afraid to lose a little bit in order to express yourself. That’s how I feel. And that hasn’t served me the best when it comes to business. So I know that that’s not the best advice if you want to maximize SEO, maximize lifetime value. I just don’t think there’s a better way to do it long-term because otherwise I’m going to hate doing this and not want to do it anyway. know, like even with this most recent book, one of the things that’s been frustrating for me is that

32:29
I don’t get as good of a response off of talking about

32:34
Carl Jung is I, as I do about starting a hundred thousand dollars side hustle, you know, and I know that and I my business around the hundred thousand dollars side hustle. So I understand why people they’re not there for that, but I’ve also been saying to my audience, said, guys, listen, I still do business programming and we can talk about that, but shouldn’t we all be evolving here? Shouldn’t we want to talk about new stuff? Like you can’t expect me to do this, the same shtick for my entire life. And I don’t expect you to do that too. I’ve gotten so much value from learning.

33:02
deeply about myself and it all trickles down to business. So let’s talk about some of that stuff too, because otherwise why are we doing this? You know, and I, it’s been frustrating to me because I’ll like write a post where I’m explaining the fabric of the universe and I’ll get like 32 likes and then I’ll put up a meme and I’ll get a thousand. I’m like, I fucking hate you guys. You know, I love you. Thank you for being here. And I fucking hate you because I know that you’re here because, and I tested, I know that you’re here because I put up a tons of likes and shares and engagement.

33:32
The next one I put up is like something from the deepest reservoir of my mind and my heart. And it will get like 20 likes. And I’m like, I know that you scrolled right past this. Wake up. is what I mean by the trade-offs, Daniel. Yeah, I know. Yeah. Okay. So my next question is, let’s say you’re doing something that you really love and being creative. Like, how do you stay focused until the water starts boiling? Or do you just know that at some point, all this stuff is going to resonate and all come together?

34:02
I don’t think you ever know that. The best thing I can say is we’re all going to die and how are you going to feel? Are you going to give a crap about your SEO on your deathbed? I don’t know. mean, I know you got to make money and everything, but I also just feel like, okay, when I look at the best… So a lot of times art and business are seen as separate, but that’s not always the case.

34:30
And I think that you can use your business skills intelligently to support yourself as a creative, you know? So you have like, like one of the things, one of the examples I’ll give is like recently I was in this bookstore, this is a bookstore in Portland called Powell’s, which is supposedly the biggest independent bookstore in the world. And I wouldn’t, I wouldn’t be surprised if they were telling the truth because it’s freaking huge. I love it. I love it. It’s like brain orgasm. God, I love it. And I’ll go through that. And one of the things I love looking at is, um, I don’t know if you read, do you read

34:59
pleasure? you read anything with pleasure? do, yes. You’re one of the few these days. I read for pleasure a lot and even fiction, not just how-to books, but even fiction. And if you go to the science fiction or the fantasy section of a book, of a bookstore, what you’ll find is that a lot of these writers, have tons of books, dude. They have tons. Like, you know, I just mentioned George R.R. Martin earlier and all these different, you know, all these different sci-fi novelists, even Stephen King.

35:27
and they just produce so much work. And that tells me a couple of things. One, it really shows me the value of consistency over time because they’re just dropping, dropping, dropping, dropping, dropping. It also shows me that like they’re writing these books are so long, especially a lot of these fantasy and sci-fi books that obviously they have editors, but they’re not like…

35:52
They’re not thinking, oh, I just, should take this out. This doesn’t quite, this isn’t working. Like maybe some of that, but they’re releasing a lot of material and they’re not being as discerning. They’re not like trying to get the perfect book. They’re just releasing it. And it also shows me too, that the value of their work isn’t in one individual piece. It’s in the collection. It’s in the collection of their intellectual property, which I think also still applies in a business sense. Now they might not be the, the, the business minds that you would look to.

36:22
But what inspired me about, you know, looking through these sections of the bookstores, you see that there’s a lot of value in the consistent production of work over time. And you can’t always see that value with each individual release. And so I think it’s less about just hoping that it all works out in the end and just knowing that the snowball over time does gradually build. And once you’re kind of locked into what your genius is,

36:50
Then I think it’s less about worrying whether it’s going to be successful and more about pouring as much of your direct intention into that work as you can, because direct intention is like a prism. And when all the light goes into the prism, it creates a very strong and powerful force where you might not have, you you don’t, you’re not going to be Tim Ferriss. You don’t want to be Tim Ferriss and you’re not going to repeat what he did again. But you can see the direct intention of his work over time has created things that even he couldn’t have imagined.

37:19
But what has happened is his energy has created an entire universe of his own. And I think you can do that in your own way too. And so you have to have faith that the intention is what’s creating over time that value. And people will start to see your stuff. If what you’re doing sucks, if you’re not really playing in your zone of genius and you’re not being consistent with it, you can’t expect to see that success. But once you truly lock into it, I have no doubt that once I’m on book 10 of my self-released stuff, it’s going to be popping, baby.

37:48
But it just takes a minute to get to that point. Yeah. You know, one thing I always tell people who’ve sounded from my class is that you got to be willing to put at least three to five years commitment into this before you even get started. And then I also say when it comes to content, it’s like a stock that can only go up, right? Yeah. One piece people might not see, but over time, as you build your portfolio, one piece will resonate with someone and then word of mouth will spread. So it’s just a matter of keeping at it.

38:16
People, so another thing too is like going back to the, why aren’t you guys liking my stuff on social media? Cause I’m just having a little Kanye West moment this week. The people don’t have to necessarily engage with it to be retaining it. You know, even just this morning, I got someone from just one of my people who read myself for like almost 10 years from South Africa. And he wrote me like a multi-page email on these things that I had done that.

38:43
deeply affected him from like 2018. And I remember when you did this story where you would go up on your rooftop in LA and you would show the sun and you would talk about how we’re all coming from this great universal energy. And that really affected me. it’s done this, this, this, this, this in my life. And he might not have ever left a comment or engaged with that social media posts, but I was putting it out there. He was receiving it. So you never, that’s what I’m saying with the slow boil. Things are happening and there’s a cause and effect to everything, but you can’t always see it.

39:09
And just the interaction on social media, think is a poor barometer. I’m coaching myself right now. It’s a poor barometer of if it’s being received. Yeah, absolutely. Okay, so what are the important questions you got to ask yourself then if you’re on the right track? Number one, does it feel good? Because if it doesn’t feel good, you’re not going to keep doing it. Number two, is it something that you can see doing for an extended period of time?

39:36
Um, because I think that you have to be able to change with the times, grow and evolve. Uh, number three. And obviously you want to have, I will prioritize audience response over algorithmic response. So what I mean by that is like, if you put out a piece of content on any platform, it’s not necessarily as important how many people engage with it as the people who do do engage with it, what they’re saying. Um, to a certain extent, you can’t control.

40:05
how many people are exposed to your work because the platforms have their own design. And you can learn how to play with those designs so that you can have a better chance of going viral, better chance of spreading. But that’s a different skillset than having it resonate. Because you can have something that goes viral but doesn’t really create a strong relationship with the audience. And you can have something that creates a strong relationship but that doesn’t actually spread. And I would go for the relationship over the spreading because, I mean, TikTok is a great example.

40:34
platform is built for virality, but it’s not really built for relationship. can make relationship out of it, but it’s not built for that. Whereas I feel like our earlier forms of social media were built more for relationship than virality because virality wasn’t as big of a thing then. So you’ll have like an email list, which is not going to go viral necessarily because emails don’t really go viral like that, but it will create a deeper relationship or a podcast. Podcasts don’t really go viral. can. Um, it’s kind of more of a steady, steady build. So that I would prioritize.

41:03
the engagement with the people who do care about your work. And when I talked to Seth Godin about this years ago, because I had a peace goal viral for the first time in 2012. And I emailed Seth, I was like, Seth, how do I do this again? Like, how do I make it happen again? said, no, no, no, young grasshopper, you’re asking the wrong question. The question you want to ask is how do you write something so impactful that a person who reads it can’t go to sleep tonight without telling at least one other person? And that to me was like the aha moment. I’m like, oh, I just have to write it like I’m talking to a friend.

41:30
or produce like I’m talking to friends, speak on the video like I’m talking to a friend. And if someone gets that message, then they’ll do the work for me of making it go wherever it needs to go. I don’t need to try to game it. Right. Here’s been my philosophy because I kind of started out this interview by asking you how you kind of balance the two things. And it sounds like, you know, your priorities are what you said. For me, it’s like you have to go algorithmic in order to even get the your ideas out in front of people. But

41:58
I’ve decided that SEO is just not a good way to build like a lasting audience. People just want answers, right? But if you can get them on your email list, that’s when you can get actually more creative with your work. And then I mentioned YouTube as another outlet and the podcast as well. So I tend to play in both pots. So looking at the priorities that you just specified, I think I would have an equal balance between algorithmic versus people’s responses because if they don’t, if they’re not going to see in the first place, they’re not going to get a chance to respond. Yeah.

42:28
Well, and I would also say, uh, find your game and play it well. So like you might find someone like, uh, you know, James clear and he’s been very good at, um, creating both visibility and relationship with his audience over the years. James, his original strategy, I don’t know what it is now, but his original strategy wasn’t as much SEO as it was syndication. It was like getting his pieces on different platforms. He was like the master of that. And so I guess that is SEO, but it’s like SEO on other people’s platforms. And, um,

42:57
That’s more relationships, I would say. That is relationships though. Whenever I publish something on Entrepreneur or Fortune or Forbes, they’d always be like, you can’t publish your exact same piece. I’m like, James Clear just did it. He just published his exact same piece. What’s the difference? They said, well, he’s bald and he looks better. said, okay. So I don’t know. But that’s an example of, I don’t really see James as writing for the algorithm. I see him as writing exactly what he wants to write. But he has a strategy for visibility.

43:26
So yeah, you can, like for me, you my strategy with the, for visibility right now, I already have the benefit of having built an audience. It’s not the world’s biggest audience, but it is an audience. So I’m less concerned with trying to get more people right now. I want to just develop the relationship with the ones that I have on a deeper level. And over the next 10 years, I’ll continue to work on bringing more people in. my hope for this,

43:53
Maybe it’s a hope and a prayer, but my hope for this is that as I continue to put out more books, it will start to do some of its own work, you know, because I, man, like I started up a TikTok and I just can’t, like, I just can’t. I can’t, I mean, I’m going to, but I’m an older millennial now. I’m not a Gen Z and I just, I’ve already built my platform and I know it sounds stubborn and maybe I’m sounding old right now, but I can’t do it again.

44:22
can’t put up another channel right now. It’s just the amount of effort it takes. And I’m glad effort, you know, maybe I’ll have to do it anyway. Well, let me ask you this. If your goal is to get the ideas out, why are you selling this book and not just putting all this stuff out to the masses? I am actually. when the book drops on October 25th, it’s going to be completely free for digital and audio versions. Okay. I’m just doing the limited edition pre-order of the hardcover. And I actually have a whole sequence, which I’ll even share with you. have

44:52
The so the book is dropping officially on October 25th and we’ll put out like the digital version and the audio. I’m even going to put the audio on like Spotify. I’m going to make it its own podcast and iTunes. You can access it digitally. And then in November, we’re going to do a like a, like a fall collection of merch line related to concepts in the book, imagery and words from the book, which is going to be like sweaters, jackets and different pieces of clothing related to the line. It’s going to be our fall line. When December comes around, we’ll do the official Amazon drop. So it’ll be like,

45:23
Kindle, ebook, the paperback and the audible. And guess what? People are still gonna buy the audible even though it’s on Spotify, because people want it on whatever platform they like it on. so we’ll do that. In January, we’re going to do the digital course version of the book, which is me teaching concepts from the book. In February, we’re gonna do the extended artwork version of the book. So we’re gonna do like a coffee table size version of the book.

45:50
with all AI generated artwork and a different layout for the text, but a bigger version of it, all hardcover. February, we’re gonna do, I think I have planned the spring collection is gonna launch in February. So I think that’s what I have, spring collection for the merchandise. And then March and April, I’m gonna be doing the pre-launch essentially for, or I’ll do like another book preview for the next book in the series, which is called OverSoul. And that will come out in May. And it will be part of the true artifact series.

46:18
So every time I put out a book of this type of genre, will be in the series. And then when you go to Amazon and say, oh, there’s this book and there’s that book. And then there’s merchandise for it and there’s a course for it. And by the time there’s five of these shits out, it’s all, you know, there’s a whole series of it. Right. And I’m sure Amazon will have this button that says buy it all together. Yeah. Even on Amazon now you can create series and I’ll tell you, this is the first book. I did my first book was traditionally published. So I didn’t really have any creative control over it. I couldn’t even.

46:48
They didn’t even pick the cover that I wanted. mean, if you guys can see it, this is the Empire State Building. I’m not from New York and I have no connection to New York. And I said, guys, I don’t want this. don’t, this is not what I’m choosing. They’re like, yeah, but we know what’s going to sell well at Barnes and Noble. So you’re getting this cover. said, great, fuck off. So that happened. And then I did a second book. really, actually have a second book that’s out. This is, this is actually just, I can’t there’s more of a product, but it is a book. I coauthored this with my business partner. This is a,

47:16
strength of seduction, is our fitness brand. We did a book, it’s actually a really nice book. And this is like a book for couples to create intimacy through fitness. so like couples intimacy, exercises, physical stuff. And we actually published this through scribe, which used to be called book in a box. Oh, yeah. Tucker Max is, yeah, actually no longer is affiliated with them. But I did not know that. I don’t think it’s a bad thing. And so we so we paid and got God bless and they did a great job with it. They they pretty much handled it.

47:46
So we technically self-published that and I think we paid like, so, okay, I’ll tell you the numbers. So for my first book deal, I got all in 165 K. was 150 from Penguin and 15 K from Audible to do the book, which like, it sounds kind of like a lot, but it’s not really cause they broke it up over two years. goes to your agent also. 15 % of the agent. And they didn’t do any of the marketing work for me. It’s like, I came in there with the platform already myself and they’re like, great.

48:16
go market it. I’m like, can you help me? Can you get me some stuff? Like, I know that my agent has the same. I know that my agent shares a bunch of different famous clients. Can you get me on Trevor Noah? I know he’s on your roster. Like, what can you do for me? You know, but like, we gave you money, go promote it. I’m like, you should be, that’s for me to, to, produce the work. You guys should be paying to promote this. You guys should be helping me to get it out there. Wasn’t that much of a help. Yeah. So then we did the second book. This is like a 2020, we published this and we did this with Scribe. And I think we paid like,

48:46
40 grand for them to compile it. And they did a great job because I had this book, started writing this. This is like this company, which is a totally different conversation. I came up with this idea for this company in 2010. So it’s an old idea and we refreshed it and we actually did very well with it. We now have like over 42,000 customers and books and we sell DVDs, surprise names, sell DVDs and app and all this stuff. And so we put out this book and I had maybe like 15,000 words of this book already compiled.

49:15
So then Scribe brought in another writer and then we did illustrations. They organized, they put all together. couldn’t have done it without them because I wasn’t going to, it was way too much work to do it myself, but still 40 grand is kind of steep. And I was happy with the product, but then now this is the first book I’ve done where it’s completely on my own. I did the whole design myself. did the whole, I did, I did the editing myself. had some, had a trusted friend to help me with the copy edit, but you know, design, edit.

49:42
production, everything from the interior design to the exterior, to the layout of the pages, all that stuff myself. And I realized it’s not actually that hard to do. It only cost me like, man, it cost me like 1500 bucks to produce and design and publish this whole, not like less than two grand, two grand or less. And I’m like, wow, that was really cost effective. And now, and it’s like, I don’t know if you’ve seen this, but Amazon’s hard covers are.

50:11
Oh yeah, I know, know. I mean, I think they used to be crappier, but this is nice. Cause you know, I have a book from a publishing house that is supposed to be the best in the world. And I’m like, this one’s nicer. So I’m a little confused. And, um, and so now I kind of see what the whole process is. And, uh, and that’s allowed me to have a lot more confidence in my ability to be able to produce it as a high level consistently now. Cause I thought I needed all this help. I thought I needed a publisher. I thought I needed a scribe. I thought I needed this stuff. like, no, no, no, no, no.

50:40
I can do it all. And that’s been like a huge weight off my shoulders. mean, having gone through this entire process recently, I think the main advantage of having a publisher is, that you can get into the bookstore easier, right? But then again, there aren’t that many bookstores anymore. So and that then that makes me very sad as an author. But at the end of the day, I don’t actually think book sales are down. I just think it’s retail bookstores. Yes, think book sales are still doing quite well. And Amazon is just Amazon such an a hole, like they’ll kill

51:10
Barnes and Noble and they put their own bookstores in place of that. And it’s like, Ooh, that’s such a harsh move. But they have nice bookstores. Um, but yeah, I mean, so, so yes, you can get into bookstores earlier, easier. And for the most part, you’re not really going to be able to get on the bestseller lists without having a publisher. But again, it’s like, what’s your metric of success? Because when you have a major book that’s being published, they really are pushing for first week numbers so that they can show.

51:38
from their side that our book has been successful. So for this first book, Rich 20, you know, we put all of our energy into that first week, you know, the lead up before that. And I missed New York times bestseller by one spot. Like we had number, we got number 11 and before, before that year it was top 15. And then the year that I published, was top 10. So then I hit number 11. You know, man, there were things I could have done to.

52:04
Like I was mad at myself for years about like, knew there’s one call I could have made or like one thing I was lazy with and I could have pushed it through. But ultimately that, that ranking, which would have been the equivalent of a sticker on the cover of the book, would it have made a diff, a material difference in anything about where I am now? It would have been nice to say that, but it wouldn’t have made a material difference. And, um, and, and my metric of success was like, what list am I getting? How high am I on Amazon? Uh, you know, but, but now I’m like,

52:32
I don’t really care what my first week numbers are. I’m giving it away for free and I’m selling some, some stuff and I have a whole extended plan and I have a whole, I just told you about a plan all the way through next year. I look at it more like, um, like when an artist releases an album, when they go on tour, they’re on tour for sometimes two years promoting that album, you know, so I have to look at it like that. And so that’s another way of how I’ve changed my metric of success. If people come in and say, well, you know, I got to hit these numbers and you know, I got to hit New York times, best seller, wall street journal. And it’s like,

53:00
that’s someone else’s ranking for your, and also by the way, plenty of people get book ranking the first week and it just drops the next week. So, it’s like, it’s not necessarily the best metric. But it’s a ego metric. It’s a good ego metric and my ego was hurt because I didn’t get it. But I think it’s okay, it wouldn’t have changed my life position now.

53:29
So Daniel, where can people find out more about your book? Well, that’s a great question. See if you can go to the true artifact dot com. This is right now where you can find the preview of the book because the official drop is on 10, 25, 22. When that book releases, you’ll be able to get it for free via my website and via Spotify, Spotify, iTunes, and wherever podcasts are streamed. I’m going to put it out as independent podcast. And on that list, you can sign up for the preview, the promo. And then once you sign up,

53:57
You’ll get access to the whole world of the true artifact, which will be all the things we’re talking about from the different pieces of the IP I’m releasing to things that only VIPs and insiders are going to get. There’s also an account on Instagram at the true artifact. And it’s just the, uh, it’s just the first piece of this puzzle. And I’m not going to let myself go off this podcast without reading a piece from the book. Go for it. I’m going to end because it’s you. And by the way, just so everyone knows this verifies what I was thinking about relationships and

54:27
also probably data. Because the reason you texted me was because I sent out a mass text. That’s true. I sent out a mass text and I almost never push that button. Usually I don’t send out because there’s like a segment. I try not to text my friends with it because I the problem, the thing here is the thing. I accidentally imported my personal phone numbers into my marketing system and I can’t take them all out. So I’ve had to segment my audience versus my friends and people that I know from like business development. And

54:56
But for this, was like, fuck it. I’m just texting everyone. And so this is what came out of that. But I’m going to read you a piece. because you were the first person to respond for immediate appearance from this book, I am going to read you my favorite piece from this book. Sweet. This is called The Gradient of Now. The world moves in a continuous gradient that humans have to break into discrete units to measure.

55:25
But there are no specific points in time or space. There are no specific colors. There are no specific people. We use minutes to break down the endless flow of time into neat little building blocks so that our brains can decipher them. Time’s true form is shaped more like a psychic Mobius strip than a continuous line from the past to the future. The past and the future are interwoven

55:53
and in constant relationship to each other, creating one infinite edge that folds back onto itself. For an event to have happened in the past, it would have needed to occur at a discrete time. But the more you examine time, the more it slips through your fingers like sand. St. Augustine said, I know what time is, but when you ask me, I don’t. Every moment only exists in relation to other moments. We use personal and collective history to create mental hooks

56:23
that compress the vast calculus of time into a manageable file. When exactly does a moment in time begin or end? Is a child born the moment she leaves the birth canal and is breathing oxygen on our side of the womb? Is she born when the sperm fertilizes the egg or when the cells of the egg are created? Maybe she’s born at the exact moment that her father and mother are born because without those events, her existence would be impossible.

56:51
Or was she born when the first single-celled organism finally became multicellular and its ancestor crawled out of the sea? The more closely you look at time, the more you notice there’s nothing to see. There are no boundaries around when events start and stop. There are no discrete units to measure a moment, only a continuous flow in causation of itself. There is only now and now and now.

57:19
The more you look at matter, the more you realize it is not solid. The body we experience as hard and dense is actually more air than land. We’re completely porous on a microscopic level, constituted of trillions of cells surrounded by constellations of empty space. Inside each nucleus, even more particles vibrating with cellular energy. You extend to infinity in both directions. There is no difference between you and the room you are

57:48
Your cells create a field of electrical energy which touches and interacts with everything around you, including other people. There is no separation between anything or anybody. There was only the gradient of infinite change from one moment to the next. Last night, I watched the sky flex and bloom in the mountains of Santa Monica. The sun pulsed an infinite bouquet of colors for two hours as it set over the valley. Every instant, a different color.

58:18
Deep crimson to brilliant blue and green. Every shade, every moment, a barely perceptible variation of the one just a second before. I wonder if our lives are much like the pulsing colors over the night sky. Every moment, no separation, only a gradient of experiences. Only now and now and now. It’s like poetry, It is. You are a great writer. Thank you, sir. Thank you.

58:46
And thank you for that. Thank you for that reading the custom reading. I assume you’re going to be narrating your own audiobook. Oh, yeah, no, I’m gonna get some I’m gonna get some British guy off fiber to do. You know, so weird. It’s like Joe dispenser has an Australian guy do his, his audible work. And I’m like, this doesn’t work. If you know what his voice sounds like, it’s totally throwing me off. Yeah, yeah. Cool. Daniel. Hey, man. Appreciate you coming back on the show. It’s been a while. Thanks to you. been my pleasure.

59:16
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now I love Daniel’s writing and you should definitely check out his book which is actually out right now. For more information about this episode, go to mywebquitterjob.com slash episode 441. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash d.

59:43
That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to hang out with you in person this year in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. So grab a ticket to Seller Summit and let’s meet up. Go to SellerSummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T dot com. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

440: Is Selling On Walmart Worth It And How Much Can You Make? With Daniel Solid And Ryan King

440: Is Selling On Walmart Worth It?  With Daniel Solid And Ryan King

Today I have my friend Daniel Solid back on the show with his partner Ryan King. Both of them run BlueRyse which is a Walmart agency that helps brands sell on the platform.

In this episode, we discuss how to win at Walmart and whether selling on Walmart is worth it compared to Amazon.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to sell on Walmart
  • How much can you expect to make on Walmart compared to Amazon
  • Selling on Walmart best practices

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. today I my friend Daniel Solid back on the show with his partner, Ryan King, and both of them run Blue Rise, which is a Walmart agency that helps sellers get on the platform. Now, in this episode, we discuss how to win at Walmart and whether selling on Walmart is worth it in the first place. Now, even though these two guys run an agency, they’re actually very straight up and telling you whether it’s worth your time.

00:28
But before we begin, want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at SellersSummit.com. It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all probably know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people. And we all, and by all, we mean that everyone eats together.

00:58
and everyone parties together at night. I personally love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break into small groups, lock ourselves in a room, cater in food and help each other with our businesses. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. Go to SellersSummit.com. Now I also want to thank Postsco for sponsoring this episode.

01:26
Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for ecommerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Postscript specializes in text message marketing for ecommerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div.

01:56
And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner Tony. And unlike this one, where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell like how it is in a run entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:24
Welcome to the My Wife Quarter job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Daniel Solid and Ryan King on the show. Now, Daniel is a long time friend and multiple seven figure seller over at Solid Strategic and he’s spoken at Seller Summit on a couple of equations and he is a seasoned e-commerce entrepreneur. Now, recently I had the opportunity to meet his business partner, Ryan King, and together they started Blue Rise to help sellers diversify to the Walmart marketplace. Now,

02:51
Let’s face it, selling on Amazon gets harder and harder every single year. And it’s actually very dangerous to rely on Amazon for all of your revenue. And in fact, I literally have friends who dread checking their phone every morning because they’re terrified of a suspension. Now, the last time I actually had a Walmart seller on the show over four years ago, Walmart was still in its infancy, but today it’s a lot more mature and Walmart is actually investing a lot of money into the platform. So in this episode, Ryan and Daniel,

03:21
are gonna teach us about Walmart. And with that, welcome to show both of you. How you doing? Doing great Steve, thanks for having us here. Yeah, so let’s just jump right into it. I’ll just be heads up with you guys. I’m not used to having two guests on the show, so I’ll rely on you guys to just kind of arbitrage the question. first off, I guess this is a question for Ryan. How long have you been selling on Walmart and to Daniel also, and what percentage of your revenue is actually from Walmart today?

03:48
think for our brand, and we really started our little, you know, agency team that handles stuff for, for in store brands at Walmart, those are the lingo for that is one P, like the folks that are on the shelf at Walmart, and then the three P brands are the other half, we started an agency to serve them by like realizing we needed help doing it for our own brand. And, and we started, we moved our little shooting sports brand onto the platform and found that there was a lot of customers there who, who

04:18
our in our customer base. And initially, it was right around before competition came in to our little space, we were sitting around 5 % of revenue. that was in Q4 for Walmart. Yeah. And so we’re primarily on Amazon, right? Right. And we moved into the Walmart space saw about 5 % in Q4 of 2021. And as we’ve had others come in, it’s it’s varied between three and 5%. For us,

04:48
And so I didn’t want it to be a focus for our internal Amazon team. And we realized that a lot of people didn’t want that either in their companies. And that’s why we started BlueRisers so people can have someone else that deals with all the Walmart hassles. Ryan, how many would you say like on average, what are you seeing across different brands? What are they seeing? I told I shared about ours, but I mean, what’s the average as a percentage of Amazon?

05:12
Yeah, we as Amazon with Amazon as a benchmark and some qualifiers for that, we’d say, you know, if it’s a mature brand, that is not just emerging on Amazon, but has established itself and it’s kind of in that past that early growth phase. Can you what a mature brand is actually? Sure. Yeah, maybe they’re at a high six figure, seven figures, they’re they’re beyond a single skew as as their main probably 10 skews or more. That might include variations, but they’re seeing six to seven figures on Amazon. We’re gonna

05:41
we’re going conservatively estimate four to 12 % right now on Walmart is what they can achieve within a year’s time. And there’s certainly outliers to that. There’s some that are in the 20 % or others, but, and there’s, we can talk about some factors that may affect it on the downward side as well to make it a little more challenging with Walmart, but in general, I’ll be, it’s a wide range, but four to 12 % is what we typically see. And we’d recommend for brands to expect in these earlier stages still with the Walmart marketplace.

06:10
Okay, and then then Daniel 5 % was that one P that was three P right? That’s creepy for us. We don’t have anything in store at Walmart. That’s all just on the walmart.com website, which if you talk to people at Walmart, they call that the three P Walmart marketplace. And then when you were doing this for the first time, effort wise, what was it like for that 5 % compared to Amazon? At first it was it was it was easier to

06:40
to do some of the things that we were allowed to do back in 2014, 2013 even on Amazon, like having graphics in our banner images. We actually still can do that in many categories on Walmart so we can get more clicks. So we could get away with some additional things. There’s more we can do with reviews that Ryan can talk about here in a minute. So those things were easier. The things that were harder was things just would break all the time from a catalog standpoint.

07:10
where like trying to get the variations to work right and trying to make sure all the backend fields were populated correctly. That was the part that really took some time. we got everything up and running, including we were early on getting into Walmart and WFS, which is their version of FBA back then. And we got all that up and running in about a month. Okay, that’s not too bad at all. Using kind of adapting our Amazon content.

07:39
So if I were to ask both of you, assuming you’re a seasoned seller, why Walmart? Like what are the primary reasons? Well, for us, it started as like diversification and just wanting to to get another partner platform up and running other than Amazon. That whole thing you alluded to, like we don’t want to be a single channel company. And we looked at a lot of places, Facebook, we analyze Facebook and just for our product niche.

08:08
Walmart made sense because it’s a little more sports and outdoors friendly. And, um, and we sell a fairly ubiquitous product in that people know what it is. It’s pretty saturated on Amazon. And, uh, I’ll let Ryan speak now to, to like maybe some of those things that, are factors to consider for Amazon sellers and, and DTC sellers on the platform and selecting the right brand. But those were some reasons we felt like it was a fit for ours.

08:38
Yeah, I’d say from the seller side, some of the things to consider and why Walmart, why now maybe would be like we’ve, we’ve already kind of covered some of the de-risking. So maybe it’s just an additional channel of revenue, whether that’s because you’re fearing that, that message from the Amazon app. mean, I can, I can relate. I’ve been selling on Amazon since 2016 myself as well. And so that, that reality that one hand is on the button.

09:05
potentially to shut your business down. So de-risking just from a personal business operations standpoint or adding incremental sales lift is always a plus if it makes sense for the return on investment in time and priority. But also for some of those brands, this is becoming maybe less of a conversation, but certainly last year and the year before, if brands were preparing for exit and they were maybe 12 to 18 months prior to that exit, for the same reason you as a brand would be considering de-risking or diversifying,

09:35
That was also a potential to increase that multiple if you did it early enough to show profitability in the additional channel. So for those brands that are still maybe looking at that exit play down the road, having multiple channels of revenue is a big plus. Those would be the big ones. The other big one for us was just seeing Walmart as a bit of a blue ocean right now versus a red ocean. So there’s just less sellers on there that know what they’re doing, that have things going at Walmart. The other thing we found with Walmart is that

10:05
They’re high on relationship. And so we can actually talk to people and navigate. They have a lot of challenges, but they would also navigate them with us and solve them with us. And so if you know people at Walmart, it’s really faster to get things done. And you mean like real humans and like not in India? Yeah. It’s so it’s possible to talk to other human beings. It’s getting harder. Amazing. It’s getting harder. But yes, it is still possible, which is amazing. Yeah. The other one.

10:35
Other one I would mention, and this is realistically for a small percentage of brands right now, maybe 1%, but it’s an interesting opportunity that Walmart presents that Amazon doesn’t, is the opportunity to actually get into the pathway to brick and mortar distribution. So if that’s part of the roadmap for a brand wanting retail distribution, Walmart is actively courting brands that are performing well on its website and actively prescribing that even as a

11:02
as a step in the direction of talking to buyers in stores. that’s another reason to consider it. So we’ve already kind of talked about like mature sellers by your definition. Are there certain products that work better than other products? Yeah, great question. I’d say some of the products people talk about Walmart as Amazon of 2000, name your year, you 2009, 2012. in some ways it is because of it’s relatively still a nascent marketplace.

11:30
And in other ways, it still is Amazon of 2022 or Walmart of 2022 because they, the world’s largest retailer, have, there’s some differences there. So I’ll speak to kind of two ways that matters. When you think of Amazon of 2000X, some of those products that were doing really well were more generic. It was price-based and more generic in product and maybe multi-pack those kinds of things.

11:56
And Amazon sellers or other D2C sellers that may have profited back then on those things and those have become more commoditized, more challenging on the Amazon channel or other channels. We’re actually seeing those do well on Walmart’s marketplace and breathe a second life into many products. So if there are sellers that know how to sell in an e-commerce marketplace, but their product mix might’ve just run through a little bit of the top of the curve of the adoption cycle with customers and it’s on the tail end there.

12:23
that might be one thing to investigate for Walmart. Secondly, price point is key. So Walmart shoppers are still more price sensitive than Amazon. One good way to frame it up, I would say, shoppers on Amazon specifically are kind of trained to think whatever I imagine I can search for and probably find and get it in two days. What we find for behavior of shoppers on Walmart is more like shoppers thinking,

12:53
I could go to Walmart to buy blank product, but I wonder if they have it online instead. And so when you think about the type of products that are often shot for in a Walmart store, you can real quickly get a frame of reference of what does well. So mid range price, not the ultra high price, not the ultra niche. So the example I use is if you’re selling a bamboo coffee filter for pour overs, that might do really well on Amazon.

13:23
If you’re more likely to find success with coffee filter on Walmart, and because you’re gonna have to, you’re gonna find the search volume drops significantly one or three or four keywords deep. So the longer tail keywords aren’t generating more of the traffic. It’s the broader keywords. So you can qualify and be seen as relevant and competitive at a price point. Then you can bring all the strategies to bear on the marketplace to really maximize that opportunity, but you’re gonna have to compete on broader keywords.

13:52
So price point, kind of a broader ubiquitous type product, or there’s other products if you’re in a consumable supplements. heard this from, and I asked them to repeat it three times at this latest conference we were at, the sell and scale, was one of the representatives for food and consumables for e-commerce marketplace said 33 % of their revenue on walmart.com is coming from supplements right now. Interesting. Okay, that’s crazy. It’s crazy. So based on what you’re saying that it seems like

14:22
more everyday staples will do better on Walmart. Commonplace products, you know what’s funny though is like when I teach e-commerce, I always talk about emphasizing your value proposition and whatnot. And a lot of times that’s actually harder to do with commonplace products, right? Like everyday products. So let’s say I’m coming from Amazon and Walmart, like how do I, do I just copy my listing over? Like how do I, you know, structure the listing or make my product interesting if it’s kind of like a commonplace staple?

14:50
You know, I think that’s where some of the opportunity lies right now is your differentiation may not be in premium offering or premium product styling. It may be an optimizing for SEO availability on the site or quality at this moment. So that’s kind of one of those dialing back the clock elements is paying attention to how you optimize your listing. So what’s happening right now in Walmart is Walmart it’s been kind of a, it’s largely an afterthought for most brands right now.

15:20
or it’s not even on the radar. And so if your brand has been successful in D2C and is widely known or has been successful on Amazon, it’s probably not whether or not your brand is also on Walmart. It’s are you in control of it? Because there are a lot of resellers and dropshippers taking advantage of that lack of attention there. So what’s happening is a lot of listings on that website are simply content. the title, description, bullets, all those things, imagery are just being syndicated or pushed over.

15:48
and not adapted uniquely for the Walmart marketplace. But the algorithm prioritizes different formatting for all of those elements. And so you can pretty quickly sniff out which products are just kind of thrown up there and not optimized. So much shorter character counts on title, the bullets don’t match up exactly in formatting those kind of things. And there’s an extra kind of paragraph kind of description.

16:11
And the last thing is attributes on the backend are usually not filled out. And that is a key element we could talk, we could get into weeds there if you wanted to, but really the bottom line is there’s less rich media or A plus content that’s available. Enhanced brand content is relatively sparse on Walmart right now. They reset their website last October and they lost a lot of those features, but you have basically videos and what they call feature layout. So it’s the A plus editorial kind of layout that’s

16:40
That one’s coming back on, but right now what you have is basically videos and item 360 view. So if you’re thinking uniquely to the Walmart marketplace, there’s ways to present the product and capture the attention of the shopper, which others just are sleeping on right now. So that’s one of the ways. So this basically sounds like a time machine back when Amazon wasn’t as sophisticated and it’s kind of like a land grab almost right where you can throw stuff up and kind of rank for these.

17:08
hard keywords on Amazon that you wouldn’t be able to rank on Amazon, you can rank on Walmart. Yeah. That’s right. And you’re building a moat, honestly, because other people are going to move into the platform, we believe, as it’s going to continue to grow. And right now you can do things like maybe we could talk about reviews in a minute, but like you can access things that I don’t know that you will be able to in the future to build that defensive as things scale. But at a high level for the business, as we were looking at it,

17:39
you they require a US entity to get in. And so there’s a little bit more of a barrier there. They just opened it up for United for UK companies. Okay. And they’re talking about this well, yes, and Canada as well. But that’s even new. And so you’re not going to head to head with Chinese sellers don’t have a US okay. Yeah, on the platform. So you do need to be in the US. That’s one thing to think about. And you probably need to have around 10 skews because variations are

18:06
are helpful. They just launched a new advertising banner that’s similar to sponsored brands on Amazon, that really is going to, I think, continue to drive more traffic to our listings. We’ve seen it really work well so far, because we’ve had early access through our agency for some of our clients. And you need at least three SKUs to show there with some variations. So maybe at least 10 SKUs, a million in revenue. But then when you’re looking at your product type,

18:35
Your winner on Amazon, like Ryan’s saying, is probably not going to be your winner on Walmart. And it’s hard to know until you put it up there. And we would lean towards prioritizing those products that have gotten too competitive or saturated on Amazon for you and just see how they do. Because you can win on the optimization side because there’s nobody really paying attention on the Walmart platform right now.

19:03
It’s taking me over three years, but my first book, The Family First Entrepreneur will be out in stores on May 16th. Now this is a book about entrepreneurship, but not the kind they tell you about in business school or that you often hear about online. Now I know for a fact that most of you listening to this podcast don’t want to become world famous or ridiculously rich. Now certainly you might not say no to these things, but when you really ask yourself what your priorities are, it’s almost always the same. You want a good life and the freedom to enjoy it. So in this book,

19:32
I’ll share with you an alternative to the hustle culture nonsense we so often hear about in relation to starting a business. You can, in fact, succeed at business without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. So if you’re tired of hearing from 20-something kids who drive fancy cars and brag about how hard they work or how much they make, I will give you a different perspective from a father who makes both business and family work.

20:01
So join me in my book launch. Go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you bonuses, invitations to book parties that I’ll be throwing all over the country and special offers. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

20:17
I guess one of my primary concerns about moving to Walmart, and I’m just speaking as a seller here, is that Walmart is traditionally viewed as a discount store. So does that mean that I can’t charge as much as I would on Amazon for the same product? They won’t penalize you for price parity. Price parity would be the main thing you need to focus on. And that’s one thing we encourage brands to evaluate, is if they are a premium price point on Amazon, that may not be the best fit for Walmart right now.

20:47
Okay. What they should do is do a quick search on Walmart, see what the top sellers are and see what the price range is. If you’re over 50 % or really there might be some leeway in some products where if you’re, if you’re over a hundred percent of the highest or the best seller or the highest price point that may be getting out of range of a really seeing some, some real conversion. But if you’re within 50 % or lower for the products on Walmart, then that’s still going to make sense. And price parity is still going to be the name of the game.

21:15
Walmart is looking at Amazon’s listings to see if you’re listing at the same price, Amazon’s doing the same thing. So you definitely want to make sure if you’re trying to offer it lower on Walmart, for some reason, you don’t compromise your buy box eligibility on Amazon. then fees wise, Is it cheaper to sell So fees wise, it’s slightly cheaper, right, Ryan? But not overall. It’s pretty much comparable.

21:42
Walmart in their fulfillment services does not have a small light program yet, but they do have oversized they do have all the others. Their inbound freight is they have negotiated inbound freight rates with FedEx that are good for small parcel or LTL inbound to their their warehouses like what Amazon gets with ups. So those inbound rates are often sometimes better.

22:03
depends and they’ve extended their warehouse network across the US aggressively over the last year or so, those shipment deliveries. They’ve just released kind of the one to many approach where you inbound to one warehouse and they distribute elsewhere for you, but they don’t charge you for that. They’re running so many services that some fees are discounted. So they just did a big push out to all current sellers or prospective sellers, courting them saying, if you get one product inbound into Walmart fulfillment services, they’re waving all

22:33
all peak season storage fees right now for Walmart. So there’s discounts they’re offering to incentivize. And the last thing I’d say was fees go commission rate referral fee is comparable. It’s typically about 15%. Some categories it’s eight and sometimes with price point below $10, it’ll drop to eight as well. And advertising is another element we’ve kind of hinted at, the average CPC is around and Q2, the average CPC by one study was around 80 cents.

23:02
per click versus $1.24 on Amazon. So there’s ways to potentially save and make each sale more profitable. Actually, now is probably a good time to just compare them apples to apples in terms of features. So FBA, there’s an equivalent on Walmart called WFS, right? Correct. On the advertising end, there’s also a PPC platform that Walmart has that’s probably not as feature rich as Amazon at this point, I would imagine. Correct. But the CPCs are significantly cheaper, it seems.

23:32
like a third or whatever you said it was. What else am I missing? Is there like a brand registry and all that stuff as well? There is, there’s a, they have brand registry in, in basically what it is, is IP protection at this point. Okay. Not getting a lot of extra analytics. They just, this, this banner ad that Dana was talking about has been historically only available to the one P products and one P suppliers. They just rolled it out this October.

24:00
for self-service for third-party marketplace. One condition though, they’re calling it sponsored brand and you have to be registered with the brand registry portal in order to have access to that banner ad. So they’re adding in features, but yeah, they do have it. Okay. Here’s another concern, which I don’t know if you’ve encountered yet. Like the other day I was actually at Walmart shopping and I bought Waltusen instead of Robitusen. Are they gonna compete with you for your best sellers or have you seen that happen?

24:28
As far as are they going to invest in private labeling kind of products to go head to head from what they see online? We haven’t seen any cases of that. What they’re doing, because they’re already historically retail first, like a brick and mortar retailer. And so the contracts they’re after right now is focusing more heavily on the retail distribution. And so they’re making asks of manufacturers to create private labels for them in store.

24:54
But online, we’re not seeing that directly compare. And there’s been real no real competition at that point. Now they do have their private label brands in a lot of categories that it would be hard to go head to head with. One thing to note, this would be one difference is a lot of the search volume can be heavily brand driven. And so that’s one thing to look for on Walmart. If you’re going into a space where the majority of search volume is in those branded keywords, conquesting branded keywords is really difficult on Walmart.

25:24
And so you have to get creative there. And in terms of just tools real quick, Helium 10 and Jungle Scout, have Walmart keyword research now? Mm-hmm, they do. And they both would claim about 93 % or higher accuracy on search volumes from their tools. I’m always curious how they get that. Is there, does Walmart advertise that data or like how are these tools getting it? Any ideas? You know, I don’t know exactly how. I do know that there are tools that have what they would call connected content partners.

25:54
connected partners with Walmart that do have access directly into data. Not all of those tools have that direct level of access, but they’re prohibited from revealing the actual numbers as Amazon would do as well with many of those arrangements. They have to put some kind of weighted veil over those. There’s another one called Skew Ninja. It’s a connected content partner that gives weighted averages of keywords, yeah.

26:20
All right, so walk me through the whole process now. Like, let’s say I want to move to Walmart, like how much of a pain is it or like what do I need to go through that’s different than getting started on Amazon? One before we kind of dive into the step by step, just related to the previous conversation is it, I’ve told a couple of brand owners, you might pull some brand off the shelf that you haven’t used. And just, just do a larger pack size at a slightly lower price point.

26:49
and have a different brand for Walmart than you do on Amazon. Use the same product if you’ve got a 3PL with the ability to relabel some stuff. Depending on the product mix, you might be able to do that pretty easily. We’ve seen that work. If you’re concerned about sort of coming in too low to be able to maintain your listings on Amazon or to be competing with yourself. The other thing to remember is that if you’re not on Walmart, someone else is representing your brand.

27:19
that probably is not doing a very good job. And so those are just two things to think about from a branding side. Like you might want to take over your brand so you can at least control it, but then maybe launch something if you’re in a high price point that you can come in slightly lower to move more volume. So, mean, it just sounds to me like at least for this initial part of our conversation here is like you might have some skews where it’s been a race to the bottom on Amazon, but it’s probably not saturated on Walmart and

27:48
it’s worth listing a lot of those products on because they’re probably not saturated on Walmart, right? So it sounds to me like you don’t want to pick like your highest margin, you know, best sellers on Amazon per se, because they might not work on Walmart because of the just the different types of customers. That’s right. Yeah, just I would say that. Yeah. Yeah. I would say that one one case study real quick. I’ll give you kind of vaguely. We helped a large aggregator move 300 of their top performers onto Walmart last year.

28:18
And there was a lot of surprises in that mix. What we saw was a lot of the heroes that were performing the best on Amazon weren’t the heroes on Walmart, but they had new heroes emerge from that catalog on the Walmart side that kind of got a second life and extra boost in sales. But it mirrored what we were saying is some of those insights we’ve drawn from some scales like that saying, okay, these middle tier products somewhat might be doing better and those are worth looking at.

28:46
Right. Because I kind of view Walmart customers as a different type of customer than an Amazon shopper. Right. At least in my mind. don’t know if it’s true. So what I want to get at with the other question was like how much is the process for getting a Walmart a lot smoother now? And I just kind of walk me through you can just walk me through the differences really. That’s all I’m concerned about getting a Walmart versus Amazon. Sure. So the main difference is Walmart is will not likely allow on

29:17
brand new sellers. So Walmart’s looking for sales history somewhere in their realm of, know, it’s a little bit of a black box, but really what we’re seeing is if you have more than six months of history and you ideally are six figures or higher, then you’re a good candidate. You have to have a U S entity or coming from UK or Canada at this point to be applying. The good news is in the last month,

29:43
the application process just got much easier. There’s probably a lot of people that will listen to this that may have tried applying in the past and they got an immediate robo rejection, rejection saying you’re not a fit and there’s no room to appeal. It was just, it was a harsh language, know, harsh language, just quick email with, with kind of stuck in limbo. And the reality is that was just overly sensitive bots.

30:07
What happened in the past was, and I won’t go too far in detail, but what happened in the past was when Amazon started kicking everybody off the platform, they were bad actors. Walmart just didn’t have filters in place necessarily to also filter them out. So they swung the pendulum the other way and said, all right, we’re going to get really heavy on filters. And the result was now a lot of legitimate sellers being just refused access. That bar has come down significantly now. You now can in one step apply to be a seller.

30:35
and you’re applying at the same time for access to the marketplace, for Walmart fulfillment services and for Walmart Connect, which is their advertising arm. And it’s all rolled into one quick step and then they’ll do some backend verification after they grant initial kind of probationary access to the platform. But the difference would be sales history, showing that you have a good history of customer You have to show them financial statements then or? You have to give your EIN, those kinds of things and they can do some research.

31:04
And they’ll ask about number of skews you plan to bring as a percentage of your whole, those kinds of things. Okay. And when you say six figures, do you mean six figures per skew or aggregate? Aggregate. Okay. All right. All right. Yeah. then what’s his brand registry separate Ryan and WFS still, I know it was WFS is rolled into the initial. So WFS Walmart connect and cellular access, cellular center access are rolled into one.

31:34
Brand registry would be a secondary registration. It’s not too difficult to do. You just have to make sure just like you would on Amazon, make sure your paperwork matches your legal seller entity, all those kinds of things. But that would be, those are relatively similar. There is no monthly fee to be a professional seller on Walmart. That’s one difference. You’re likely going to be selling, setting up all your, so you would, the initial step filling out the application and getting online. The main difference is your previous sales history.

32:04
But for most audience, they probably already have some history over six months or any of them. So, likely clear that hurdle. We can talk with somebody if they run into a dead end there. That’s where knowing people behind the process often helps a little bit just to figure out what’s going on. And then from there, once they’re set up, the next stages, you you’ve got to, if you’re going to do seller fulfilled, you’ve got to fill out shipping templates and some of those elements in there.

32:30
But WFS is what we heavily recommend for everybody. But the Seller Setup Process is get access, set up at least one item, and connect at least one unit of inventory to that item, and you finish that onboarding process. And WFS, in your experience, is pretty reliable compared to like FBA? It is, yes. So inbound times are typically faster at this point.

32:56
And there may be some hiccups. do have to make sure one thing that’s a key difference is you have to have a scannable UPC. So a lot of sellers, if they’ve just printed on their packaging, FN SKU or something like that from the Amazon side, that’s obviously Walmart’s not going to scan a unique barcode for Amazon into their system. So you have to have a scannable UPC. so good news is GS1, if people have been, you can get individual UPCs now for like $30 a piece, much cheaper now.

33:25
So that’s not too big of a hill to climb operationally. WFS also now offers labeling just like Amazon would. So you can have them labeled per unit if you want to do it with your old FNS queue and indicate you want them to label for you. Okay. Let’s talk about the juicy stuff now. So we had talked about like the Wild Wild West and I know you kind of alluded to reviews and all that stuff. So is it really like Amazon, the Wild Wild West back when you could do like

33:53
paid reviews and all that good stuff. Let’s talk about what the platform is like today to get rank a listing.

34:00
Yeah, so I’ll say all this under the caveat of, know, there’s where there was a wild wild west in some ways, there’s now the federal government has also gotten involved, dipping their toe in it saying, all right, we’re going to settle the range a bit. so there’s the governmental issues of can you have, you know, friends and family leave reviews, those kinds of things that’s actually regulated by the government now saying that those are not legitimate reviews. And so this we recommend caution there. But with regard to incentivize reviews,

34:28
that’s incentivized is still a bad word for Amazon sellers or by an Amazon standards. Incentivize is not a bad word in Walmart. And so, you you’ve got your program like Bazaar Voice, who has the Spark review program, which would be like Vine Voice on Amazon. So you can send in samples to them and they can send them out and get their initial reviews. But there’s another one called Field Agent. So fieldagent.net, we’re big fans of their company as well.

34:56
They’ll do the basically what they’ve done is aggregated gig workers through an app to do a variety of tasks related to retail or e-commerce. And so you can do the purchase online, Libre Review online, Process Flow. It’s completely white hat, completely, completely partner with. By Walmart. Yeah. Can we walk through it? Sorry. This is like micro workers.com, right? Like literally you’re telling them to go buy something. Like you reimbursed them and then they leave a review. Yep.

35:25
But it’s a fully legitimate company. They do broader things. They’ll do even for retail brands. You can send taskers out to go look at your products on shelf and see is it lined up properly, all sorts of things. But this is one small flow in other things they offer. Plum Marketplace is actually what they sell it through now, offer it through. But yeah, the arrangement is for the templated process flow would be for $15 per review plus the reimbursement cost of the product.

35:53
You direct them to the URL that they’re to go to. And it’s the canonical kind of URL version of the product detail page. They make the purchase. They have questions they’re being asked throughout that process already in a survey standard. Then they’ll be directed to leave review afterwards. They do include the language like Amazon used to direct as well as, as I was compensated for this review. received a free product in exchange for this review, but my thoughts on my own. It’ll be tagged as incentivized.

36:22
But those reviews are still showing up on Walmart and they’re fully endorsed by Walmart because they’re legitimate.

36:31
Does the search engine work the same way as Amazon? So do you have them like do a search for the search term that you want to rank for or buy it? In that flow, working through field agent, it’s already, it’s, you need to give them the actual URL to the listing. But your broader question, does the search engine reward people searching for your product under a keyword and then clicking through converting? Yes. So that, that is a strategy.

37:00
that is recommended in various ways. There’s ways to accomplish that. And that’s what any brand in an e-commerce marketplace is going to direct people to do in some way, shape or form is directing them to find their products and purchase. So there are ways to do that. But being cautious to make sure the goal is not purely manipulation of an algorithm.

37:28
But yes, searching and conversion, even adding to cart really we’ve seen have impact. so- we ran an add to cart campaign on our brand and saw immediate results. all that was happening is people were adding it to cart. And not buying? Nope. Interesting. So how much are reviews in the weighting factor? Is it just for social proof or does it actually affect the rankings?

37:58
So you get a quantifiable score on Walmart. They give you a listing quality score from zero to a hundred is what the algorithm feeds you back. It’s weighted based on three main components. One is that the highest weighted of the three is your offer. So meaning price point and price parity, are you offering at the same price anywhere else? But speed of delivery. So if you’re in that two to three days shipping, that’s what they’re looking for. Have you had any delivery defects in the past rolling seven days, canceled orders or failure to deliver or acknowledge in time, those kinds of things.

38:29
Offer is going to be the heaviest weight of the three. Secondly is reviews and ratings. So really are you at a 4.5 or higher? And for algorithms purposes, often it’s just, you have one review? So it’s not too intricate of a score in that regard, but do you have at least one review 4.5 or higher in that regard? And then the third one is content and discoverability, which is all about your title, your description, your images, and your backend attributes regarding the quality score.

38:58
The impact of that score is around 80 % quality scores when you get a little bit of extra love from the SEO engine. It’s not too significant, but the real reason to push higher than that at 95 % or higher is other algorithms are, we don’t know, it’s still a black box, Walmart is courting a lot of Google traffic. All the optimizations for SEO are optimized for what Google likes as well.

39:25
Walmart will serve your products in Google shopping or Google ads for free. If the algorithm looks at it and says, this is a high quality listing, it is worth serving up, it’ll do that. So it’s worth to get it there. And we know the people behind the process, their metric is 95 % or higher. So if you’re looking to open up extra opportunities in the marketplace, that’s a great metric to have as a baseline. So what’s interesting here is that we didn’t even talk about it. It’s like Walmart actually tells you whether your listing is good.

39:55
Right. That’s not the case on Amazon. So you actually have something to work towards in this store. In terms of the offer, I’m just kind of curious. So presumably Walmart’s crawling all the marketplaces to see whether your offer is good and that increases your score. Right. So would you recommend selling the exact same product, maybe just under a different skew for Walmart so they can’t do that? Do you know how that algorithm works?

40:23
They seem to use a lot of data points. So even if you have a different G 10, if you have a different UPC, EAN, G 10, whichever form, uh, we see incorrect matching sometimes by the algorithm where it’s not the same product, different G 10, and you still are getting temporarily penalized. Uh, so that shows us, uh, we were able to correct those things, but that shows us it’s not just looking at the UPC and maybe not just looking at the skew, but looking at the description or the name.

40:51
and it’s putting a few different identifiers together. Now you can contest that if you have a different somehow different branding, different skewers, something like that, can appeal that. But yeah, it’s not quite clear what all the elements are and the algorithm is crawling to identify that match. But Walmart is rewarding people who have like a good deal essentially, right? Yes. On the review side, real quick, since we’ve got a lot of you to see people listening,

41:21
Ryan might have a couple ideas for D2C people in particular for reviews. Yeah, that’s a good point. Yeah, so there’s generating new reviews, right? We talked about that with field agent doing those things. But the other opportunity right now on Walmart that’s a great opportunity is, and this is where D2C, if you have a strong D2C site and you’ve already been hosting reviews, there’s several options that can give you an instant head start in the review counts. So if you’re using Yotpo,

41:50
or Bazaar Voice as your host, both of them in contracts, if you’re already in contracts with them, with Bazaar Voice, may be an additional fee or whatnot, but they can automatically syndicate and push those over to Walmart for the duration of however long you’re under contract with them. Yotpo is the same. We’ve seen actually Yotpo typically is cheaper and often for those who have some sort of package with Yotpo, often it’s a feature that’s already included in their package and they may just have to ask for it to be turned on. And that’s instant reviews.

42:18
from their website onto the listings. All right, hold on, let me repeat that. So like if your product on your own website has a hundred reviews, you can literally import those exact a hundred reviews to your Walmart listing. So your Walmart listing instantly gets a hundred reviews. Exactly. right. And that will improve your listing quality and your metrics immediately. It’ll improve your listing quality. The biggest feature, the biggest issue is you’re probably in most categories become the review leader with social proof.

42:48
Average review counts are often in the 20s, 30s. So real quick frame of reference, Bluetooth earbuds on Amazon, average review count on page one is probably 40,000 reviews. Average review count on Walmart is about 780. Oh my God. Okay. Yeah. So the huge opportunity there with review counts. So every review counts in that way. yeah, with Bizarre Voice or with Yacht Po,

43:16
you can have them just push them over automatically if they’re already hosting your stuff. The third one gets even better. If you’re not in one of those, but you have organically generated reviews on your own site, you have the option to apply at a brand level with Walmart’s marketplace team to have your reviews uploaded by CSV directly to Walmart site. you can, there’s yes, yeah, big smile there. Yeah, so if they’re organic and those things and you can have them downloaded in CSV, if you.

43:44
They got some filtering questions to make sure these are legitimate, all those things. But if you pass through those tests and there’s some uncontrollables on their timeline, how long it takes them to do all those things. But you upload those and then once they’ve verified all those things, they’ll ingest those into the system and you’ll instantly have those on. Once those are ingested, those don’t come back down. So it’s not about a duration of contract with a syndicator or something like that. Those are just now on Walmart. Can I take my Amazon reviews and import them over to Walmart?

44:13
One of the filtering questions by Walmart is, are these from your own site? And are they not generated from another marketplace? And so, yeah. Okay. The other benefit that I heard from you talking earlier was, if you have a good presence and solid sales on Walmart, will Walmart invite you into their retail stores? And what is the likelihood of that happening? Because that’d be huge also.

44:40
Right, yeah, a single deal, you know, they have 4,200 stores around the country. And so a single deal with them, even if it’s in a smaller subset of their stores could mean, you know, 5 million in revenue annually, pretty easy, pretty quickly for brands. Realistically, we’re talking, probably talking about 1 % of product mix that makes sense there. What you’re having to make a case for is likely either filling a gap in their current retail offering, or you’re going to be displacing someone that they’ve already done a deal with previously.

45:08
And so the good news is Walmart, what’s being talked about all the time in Walmart world is Omnichannel. And what they mean is they have integrated their retail buyer teams and retail teams with their e-commerce teams. There’s no longer really an e-commerce merchant and a retail merchant. They’re all connected to each other. Now they have divisions within that, but what we’ve seen, I’ll try and keep this anecdotally very short, but

45:36
We’ve sat in line reviews with retail brands on one hand, where the questions being asked by the buyer in the first opening minutes of the conversation. is just for an existing brand that’s already in store at Walmart. It’s their annual glance at their product and how it’s doing. And Walmart’s buyer is deciding, do they want the purchase again? Or will they expand or contract all those kinds of things in those deals? And so it’s a very important conversation.

46:04
early in those conversations, we’re hearing the question, can you show us your .com performance? So they’re talking to retail brands saying, we need you to increase your performance in your metrics on .com. So we see it’s a major importance on that side. Conversely, some other signals we’ve seen, Daniel saw it with his own brand when we were in early stages, when we’re optimizing there on Walmart, talking with a category director on the e-commerce side, the question came, do you want to be introduced to a Walmart merchant?

46:33
to talk about your products for in-store fit. And so we’re seeing the invite extended. We’re also seeing another one is Walmart every year. I think it’s June. I think it’s in June every year does what they call open call. It’s basically a nationwide event where they’re basically inviting people to a selection process to see if they can basically shark tank kind of pitch to buyers for their products. The first round of that open call was exclusive to Walmart marketplace sellers.

47:01
And so if you’re on the Walmart marketplace, you had first bite at the Apple to see if you could pass through these interviews and things to get there. So they look at it as a farm system. And the last thing I’ll say to is, cause it makes sense for their merchants. They are de-risking each merchant. It has their own job and they’re being reported, know, they’ve got their own KPIs and they’ve got their P and L they’re reporting to. And so if they can de-risk saying, all right, we can see a heat map of your demand of your product across the country over the past six months.

47:31
And if we’re gonna run a trial in these 200 stores, we know they’re likely gonna perform well because we’ve been seeing you online selling well in this area, then that de-risks that change they’re gonna have to make if they’re gonna have to take a different brand off the shelf to put you on. That makes complete sense. Yes, yeah. All right, so I wanna just, as a seller myself, I’m just trying to run the numbers through my head right now. So it looks like anywhere from five to 12 % lift, which at least in my mind,

48:00
It’s just maybe at the bare minimum for it to be interesting for me to add some effort there. And so you guys both started Blue Rise. Can you just kind of walk me through the economics? So let’s say I’m making a million bucks and potentially I can make, let’s say another $100,000 a year. If I were to, and let’s say don’t even want to learn Walmart right now because I should be focusing my energies on Amazon and my own store. So if I were to hire you guys, what do the economics look like? And what are the margins that are required to make it just

48:32
That’s a great question. And so, yeah, I’d say that’s right on why we built what we built. Basically, the 80-20 for most brands is going to be focusing on their primary channel that they’re already on. Whether they built a large D2C or directly through Amazon or hybrid at both, we recognize that. And so what we saw as an opportunity to basically do the heavy lifting so that they don’t have to invest that time, but also do it with that white glove touch, with the kind of the marketplace expertise.

49:02
What we do is it’s a retainer model and it’s based on number of SKUs under management. As the marketplace grows, we’d love to develop the pricing model more into a percentage of year-over-year growth or those kinds of things. when we’re talking a percent of a percent, what we realize is what it takes for us to do, not just the kind of foundational button pushing dial turning to get some metrics to align with scores, but really to think strategically along with the brand.

49:30
There’s a kind of minimum threshold. our minimum monthly is a thousand a month with a brand. And that would cover up to six SKUs at this point under direct management. From there, there’s a tiered per SKU monthly management fee for doing business with us. Okay. What I tell brands when you’re thinking about Walmart, if we were to walk with them and assess that there’s a fit, we tell a lot of brands now like, this is not a fit for you right now.

50:00
You know, you’re you got a different strategy than it’s going to work for Walmart. But if you fit in some of those categories we’ve been discussing, then it’s like, hey, you need to expect to break even for the first year on the platform because you’re building a moat. By the time you pay us, you pay advertising, you pay for your inventory, and you make some profit, it’s going to break even. But at the end of that first year, I’ve seen it.

50:23
you end up with this really great review count, you end up with this presence for your brand that you didn’t otherwise have, whether they buy in, buy it, maybe they go buy it at Amazon, I don’t care. But it’s out there now. And I’m controlling my brand and someone else isn’t that’s dropshipping me from from from Amazon. And then we’re seeing brands actually accelerate into profitability. And then, but they’re not having to put any personal time and energy aside from giving us their content.

50:52
Right. That’s really the only piece we don’t handle. We’ll say, we need this content, the graphics and video tweaked in this way. Otherwise we handle everything else from advertising to getting that quality score up and they go to handling relationships with Walmart, all the cases that we have to file and things break in their system. We do all that. And in my mind, if I didn’t have that for my brand, this would be a total distraction. Walmart would be a complete distraction. But because Blue Rise is handling it all for us, it makes more sense.

51:22
for Carter, who’s CEO of my brand at five to 12%. Let me ask you this question. What are your projections for Walmart’s growth based on because you guys have reps you’ve Walmart was actually at the event that we were all at a big presence actually almost every other person I talked to you I seem on the floor was working for all Walmart. They like sent like an army of people there. Do you have any idea what the growth projections are?

51:52
It’s changing, know, the whiplash of COVID has made it difficult for everybody to predict real trends. so, you know, they’re seeing quarterly growth around 6 % or so in the e-commerce platform. They have, you know, some quarters where they’re seeing 90 % or years where they’re seeing 97 % during COVID growth of the platform. It’s continued to grow. The growth has slowed a bit in relation to COVID, but it’s probably still at a healthy pace.

52:21
So I’d say it’s growing at a moderate pace. They’re not quite closing the gap yet with Amazon because Amazon’s making other pushes. they’re aggressively pushing in. So a couple of indicators like last year, during Q2 earnings call, this last call, I think it was this last one, they announced they’re earmarking $14 billion for investment in infrastructure for e-commerce fulfillment.

52:51
They’ve quickly actioned on it. They’re starting to, think there was a, just a news article came out that they’re switching over the utility of a major one, a major warehouse in Atlanta to make it used for WFS. And they have in the mix a plan to start utilizing all, this is an interesting one. This is like looking at the horizon, what could be coming is plans to be utilizing a lot of their super centers, adding in capacity to use them almost like many warehouses to some extent.

53:21
for fulfillment. And if you’re in within 10 to 15 minutes of 90 % of the population of the US, that is an interesting development to be positioned for with delivery and those things. So there’s some major trends we see that they’re putting in place. They’re dedicating for the infrastructure and some of the signals that Walmart’s ad platforms growing.

53:46
As I’m seeing articles about them laying off some roles in corporate in some ways, at the same time, heavily investing in hiring advertising personnel, those pieces, they’re making major shifts in investment into the e-commerce platform. So I see it continue to grow. they brought on guys, Seth Delaire was now their CRO, EVP, Walmart US. He was former Instacart, helped Amazon build their global advertising early on.

54:15
And so they’ve got a lot of the right players in the right places to be making some of these moves. So we see it continue to grow. We’ll see at what pace. Yeah. So let me just try to summarize what I got out of this interview. You can correct me where I’m wrong. So here Amazon seller, let’s say you’re doing like seven figures and you want to diversify and you think that Wal-Mart is going to grow. You might want to hire someone like you guys who takes care of everything. It’s going to be five to 12 percent of your revenue.

54:45
And just to set expectations, you’ll break even the first year, but you were establishing this listing that potentially will get a lot of organic traffic and sales over the years as Walmart grows. And it’s just like an investment under diversification right now. And while five to 12 % might not be enough for you to just devote energy, you guys kind of offload that in a, actually it’s pretty reasonably priced. I’m actually wondering how you guys stay profitable personally. That’s a separate question.

55:13
But the goal here is like putting a foothold in this platform that’s While it’s still easy while there’s these crazy incentivized reviews and all this other stuff that you’re talking about Kind of like back when Amazon was easy that accurate That’s a good summary. Okay, and we started this because we were frustrated with the other agencies out there that said they did Amazon and Walmart and We decided just to do Walmart, but we’re really a project management company

55:42
And so we do quarterly sprints. We’re focused on growth. There’s, there’s an active list of things that we’re trying to do for clients every quarter that we hold ourselves accountable to. And, and I think you’ve got Ryan and then Josh, our director of channel management, who are just, they’re hardcore about the backend and they’ve been, haven’t heard about these guys because they’ve been hard at work for the last few years. And now they’re kind of popping up and saying, Hey, you know, we’re here to help if you want. so, uh, I think, I think it’s not, it’s not for everybody.

56:11
but it’s definitely like you said, I think you put it well, it’s a long-term investment in diversification and protecting your brand that might be a fit, especially if you’re DTC and especially if you’ve got an eye towards retail. And Walmart is clearly investing a lot of money in this. And by the way, I just want to mention to everyone listening, I’m not affiliated with BlueRides in any way. I just like these guys. where can people find more about your service?

56:40
Great question. can go to LinkedIn, find me, Ryan King with Blue Rise on LinkedIn. I’m active there. You can email us connect at Blue Rise. That’s B-L-U-E-R-Y-S-E, or you can go to www.bluerise.com. And we have a connect form there if you want to learn more. Feel free to reach out. We’re happy to answer any kind of questions. I’m often on the call with people that are just getting kind of kicking the tires a little bit, just trying to, maybe you have a few more questions after this, after hearing this, happy to talk with someone.

57:09
if they had more questions. And you guys are, we’ll chime in on like if I have like a portfolio of 500 SKUs, you’ll kind of go through and figure out and help figure out which ones are fit and which ones aren’t right. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. Cool. Yeah. Ron and I were working on a, what is it, a 12 point or a 15 point assessment process that we’re rolling out for brands that are like, okay, you’re saying 20 % of our SKUs we can put on, which 20%. So we’re, we’re working on a process with a couple brands right now to do that.

57:40
Because we don’t want to end up working with brands that we can’t help grow in the long term anyway. We don’t want to waste anybody’s time. We don’t want to waste our time. Cool. I love what you guys are doing. And I’m actually rooting for Walmart big time because I think there needs to be space to keep Amazon in line if you know what I mean. So thank you guys for coming on today. Thank you, Steve. been great. Thanks for having us.

58:06
Hope you enjoyed that episode and have a better understanding of where Walmart fits with your e-commerce business. For more information about this episode, go to mywebquaterjob.com slash episode 440. And once again, I want to remind you that my annual e-commerce conference will be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida on May 23rd to May 25th of 2023. I really want to hang out with you in person next year, so let’s meet up. Go to sellersummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Postgood.

58:34
which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for eCommerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. Now we talk about how I these tools on my blog and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away.

59:04
Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

439: Entrepreneur With Stage 4 Cancer Discusses His Biggest Regrets In Life With Chad Vanags

439: Entrepreneur With Stage 4 Lung Cancer Reflects On His Biggest Regrets In Life

This is perhaps the most meaningful episode that I have ever published. As entrepreneurs and human beings, we all take things for granted and often lose sight of what’s important.

Today, I have my friend Chad Vanags on the show, a very successful ecommerce entrepreneur.

He recently got diagnosed with stage 4 lung cancer and he has a limited amount of time to live. In this episode, we talk about regrets, gratitude, and the important things in life.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why Chad believes he got sick
  • How Chad’s perspective changed after the diagnosis
  • Chad’s biggest regrets

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today I have a very special guest on the show and I’m going to say this right now. This is perhaps the most meaningful episode that I’ve ever recorded and it impacted me tremendously. Now as entrepreneurs and human beings, we all take things for granted and often lose sight of what’s important. Today I have my friend Chad Vanigs on the show, a very successful entrepreneur in e-commerce.

00:30
and he recently got diagnosed with stage four lung cancer. He’s never smoked in his life and doctors say that he has a limited time to live. So in this episode, we’re to talk about regrets, gratitude and perspectives from a successful entrepreneur. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online.

00:58
Now you all probably know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and it’s a very intimate event. Everyone eats together and everyone parties together every single night. Now personally, I love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance. And if you are an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or $1 million per year,

01:27
We also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room, cater in food, and help each other with our businesses. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. Hope to see you there. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing.

01:52
SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source from my ecommerce store and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript which is my text message provider. Now why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in ecommerce stores and ecommerce is their primary focus. Not only is the tool easy to use but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers.

02:19
So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S T R I P T dot IO slash Steve. And finally, I wanted to mention my other podcasts that released my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app.

02:49
Now onto the show.

02:56
Welcome to the My Wife Could Have Job podcast. Today I’m honored to have my friend Chad Vanigs on the show. Now, the last time I had Chad on was back in 2015 in episode 65, where we talked about email autoresponders of all things. Now that actually means that I’ve known Chad for seven years now. He is the former cohost of the eCommerce Influence podcast. He’s the co-founder of Revflow, a payment processing service for SaaS companies. He’s also helping to run a B2B SaaS company with their sales training.

03:26
He also runs a tequila farm, believe. So basically this guy has got his hands in a lot of pots. Now here’s why Chad is special to me. During one of the e-commerce fuel events, I can’t remember exactly which one, Chad introduced me to custom audiences in Klaviyo, specifically the ability for Klaviyo to automatically export people to Facebook for my ads, which actually made a huge difference to my sales on my store. And

03:55
Anyway, recently Chad was diagnosed with stage four cancer and I wanted to bring him on the show to talk about how his perspectives have changed and to inspire all of you. Chad is a ball fire and we can all learn from him. And with that, welcome back to show Chad after seven years. What’s going on, man? Hey Steve, how’s it going? Yeah, it’s been a while. It’s definitely been a while. You know, well, I’m trying to think if I spoke to you within those seven years,

04:24
Maybe a couple emails here and there, but that’s about it. Yeah. We, was on the podcast long time ago, obviously. And then when I went to Klaviyo, so I built the partner program at Klaviyo and that’s probably where we corresponded a little bit more because I was trying to figure out how to get the right partners, you know, like you and Ezra and then like BVXL and like just trying to put everybody together into this, this partner program, which is now massive, apparently.

04:53
It is man, you created a great thing and it’s a, I want to say though, there’s a lot of red tape now. Back in the day, I just send you an email. That’s what happens when something scales up. You’re like, you could just talk to Chad and now it’s like, I got to go through all the system in process. And that’s what happens when, you know, companies like Clavio scale up.

05:17
Yeah, I mean, for the podcast sponsorship, took me like almost two months just to get in their system with I had to fill out these forms for like lawyers and everything. I was like, oh my goodness. Give me Chad back, man. Give me Chad back. Those are the fun, scrappy days for me. That was fun. anyway, yeah. Well, catch me up real quick. Since we haven’t since we haven’t spoken in so long, what have you been doing with your time and what you got out of e-commerce kind of, right? Yeah, I mean,

05:47
I mean, the short version, the fast version is simply was an e commerce went to Klaviyo built the program got offered a chief marketing officer gig at a payment processing company took the title and the salary and ditched Klaviyo might have been a bad idea. I didn’t realize it was gonna go that far that fast. So oops. And then I was Chief Marketing Officer of this payments company for four years. And it was a turnaround, right? It was supposed to be

06:17
supposed to be a technology company, they were like, Oh, we got this great technology. And, and so I was like, Yeah, cool. I’ll come down and you know, I was another tech firm. So I was like, this is great. I’m gonna be CMO of a great tech company only to find out that the private equity firm screwed it up and vetted it poorly. And then they cold stacked the tech so they like just put it in a freezer essentially said, here you go. We’ll see if it works later. And then I was stuck working on a turnaround company that

06:45
was brutal. So anyway, that’s what I was doing. And I finally, I just I gutted it out through the pandemic so that I could buy this property in California. And we started remodeling it for a year and turning it into a urban farm. And then I was like, I’ll do my own payment processing company. So that’s what I was doing. And then, yeah, I think then I got diagnosed and everything changed. So I’ve been

07:12
basically working at Winning by Design as a contracted sales trainer where I train sales reps at like Dropbox and Calendly and managers how to sell more and manage better. That’s pretty much what I’ve been doing. Nice man. Tequila Farm and Uncharted Spirits. Those are the two I care about. Yeah, the Tequila Farm. Actually, you know, of all the spirits actually Tequila is my favorite. That’s it’s called Tequila Farm. So, Chad,

07:40
Here’s the thing, man. You’ve been very open about your diagnosis. And I mean, we’ve hung out on several occasions. And I remember like you’re in shape. You don’t eat poorly. You’re a pretty healthy guy, man. What?

07:57
it just seemed like out of the blue and you’re not a smoker or anything either, right? No, no. So for those like to stage four lung cancer, I have a certain type of mutation. To give you a little context, like, I thought it was a COVID cough. So I let it go for a couple months thinking it was long COVID found out that I tumors in both lungs, my lymph nodes, my bones and then my brain. So the tumor my lung was five times the average and then I have 30 lesions in my brain.

08:26
And so obviously doesn’t doesn’t sit great. So how did I get it? It’s hard to, you really can’t pinpoint it, right? No radon in the house, all these things, but I will go probably more on a philosophical side of things. Cause I obviously, when it first happened, it’s just a matter of trying to come to grips with it. My first 45 days were pretty bad. Like when I say bad, mean, psychologically. And so I started reading books. There’s a book called

08:55
book called cured, this one right there. And so this guy talks about how to heal and spontaneous remission and it’s heal the heal your diet, heal your immune system, heal your stress response, and then heal your identity. And so when you look at those, because he did the science, the research on like, how do people with terminal diagnosis, spontaneous, spontaneously heal.

09:24
And it’s those four components. And he says, that’s not only the way to heal, but those are the guardrails to prevent. So when I look at those four things, for me personally, it’s probably a little bit of each of those four things that what I call open the door to one cell mutation that led to all the tumors. And if I look at it, again, I don’t have answers, but if I look back on my life, I was fine with.

09:50
I was fine. I was okay with diet, but maybe I went a little too far. The issue here is I had a lot I was adding a lot of stress and I was adding a lot there was there was some identity issues. I’m just gonna say it upfront. Like, yeah, I was doing things that I didn’t give to. I didn’t care about. Are we allowed to cuss on this or not? You do it, man. Do whatever you want. Yeah. Basically, I was doing things I didn’t give two shits about. Right? Okay.

10:17
And basically, I was always doing the thing in order I was I was doing things to do eventually do the thing. And so what I’ll be easiest way to sum that up is I was not authentically living out the life I had imagined for myself. And when you’re not authentically living out who you are, you hold that in and your body actually responds to that. And so the combination of that plus

10:46
some stress stuff, right? It over overwhelms the immune system. And when the immune system is overwhelmed, trying to just deal with stress identity, you know, all that stuff, it doesn’t notice the mutating cells. Everybody has cancer cells in their body. The difference is your immune system is working to fight it. But when your immune system is shutting down or focusing elsewhere, those cells can sneak out and then mutate. So

11:15
Long story short, combination of somewhere I screwed up on diet, somewhere my immune system wasn’t working, somewhere the stress response was not great, and my identity of who I am and where I was going all played a part in that. Can we talk about the identity portion? I imagine some of that relates to business, right? 100%. Okay. 100%. So when you left Klaviyo and you went to this payment processing company, and this is just for the listeners out there who are…

11:41
pursuing these things as well. I ran into that trap too, where I was just chasing revenue and it was just causing a lot of stress with my wife and I. We didn’t even need the money, but like ego wise, I felt like I wanted to grow stuff. I’m just curious what your story was in that regard. Yeah, man, it goes all the way back to the days when I was in real estate. I left college and I went into real estate because I wanted to make a

12:08
shit ton of money in order to go and build a world excursion company for lack of a better term still working on that term. But like, think about a world excursion company. I was like, well, first, I’m going to go make all this money in real estate and then do that. Well, I started making a ton of money in 2005. And then I don’t know if you remember 2008. Yeah, I went straight up with it and straight down with it and fail. Then it was

12:33
moving into moving to LA and getting into e commerce, right, where I was doing e commerce influence, I was working there to, you know, build something great. And we started that process. And then for me, I had to get out, I had to get out. And like, there’s another one that I was like, well, that didn’t work well. Then I started getting into like, I’m going to build this thing called the scoopini. I came up with this thing for a catler scoop. And it’s like, I started doing all that. But the entire time it was, I don’t really care about these things. I was just using it to build a world excursion company.

13:02
And the entire time it was like I was driving down a highway, but looking at the road on the other side, like that’s the real road I want to be on. But here I am. I don’t keep going down this road because someday I’ll get to the other road. And that to me is the identity issue. And I did that for up until, you know, I don’t know, the last three months. And when you the way I describe it to people is like,

13:27
I was, if anybody drives stick, not many people drive stick anymore, but I drive stick. And if you drive your car at a hundred miles per hour in third gear, you are going to blow the engine quick. Yep. So not only was I driving in third gear because I was everything. was going to bed late, getting up early as an entrepreneur, trying to make things work. Right. At the same time, I’m driving on the wrong road. I’m driving on the wrong road. I’m looking at a different road the entire time.

13:53
So my body finally had enough and it like pulled the parking brake hard. And it’s like, I started, I’m just giving you this metaphor, but I started fishtailing my life starts fishtailing and my car’s rolling. And it’s like, it’s like the worst wreck of my life. That’s what it felt like. But as I sat on the side of the road, I could tell I just wanted to get going again, but I couldn’t get going. literally could not get going. Cause my body was like, you’re no, you got to stop. And as I had that time to reflect, that’s when I realized I was driving on the wrong road the entire time.

14:23
And I was never authentically me being me. So my identity was wrapped up in become a successful entrepreneur in e-commerce or in real estate or in payments, things I never gave two shits about. And so that to me is the identity part. And now when I’m looking at these other things, right. And I’m looking at these other things, or when I’m starting to work on the things I cared about, can already feel my happiness because happiness is what you need to optimize for not

14:53
Is my product gonna generate $10 million in revenue in six months? You know, it’s funny, Chad, I’ve interviewed probably 450 entrepreneurs. And what’s funny is the conversations that we have when the recording has stopped are a lot more profound than when they are on. It’s obviously not the case with you. But what I actually found is that a lot of these entrepreneurs who are killing it that I interview, they’re actually not happy or

15:22
there’s something missing. And I remember chatting with an entrepreneur who I won’t name publicly, but they were asking me about relationship advice afterwards with marriage and stuff. And I think this all kind of ties in maybe not directly correlated to what you’re going through, but people are unhappy because they’re chasing something and it’s not the source of their happiness. I think you use the word chase and that whenever you feel like you’re chasing

15:52
That’s when in my mind, you’re being, you’re not being your authentic self. And I say that because you think about some of the people out there that you can just tell are happy. They’re not chasing anything. They’re just living every day knowing that they love and I’d so cliche, but they love the process. When you’re chasing something, you’re not, you’re not really loving the process. You’re, you’re chasing. I mean, I think as somebody like, I don’t know if you know who Kai Lenny is, Kai.

16:20
I want to, I want to go surf Mavericks someday. It’s a big wave off Santa Cruz, like 30, 60 feet. Like I’m not in the shape to do that yet. But Kai Lenny surfs it like it’s like, you know, like it’s a two footer, you know, it’s like, it’s easy for him, you know, but he’s not chasing anything, man. He’s out there just practicing every day. He’s cause he loves it and he’s happy with it. Yeah. He’s, he’s a pro now, but I just realized how much I was just chasing every single day so that I could.

16:50
have a feather in my cap and more revenue or this or that. It’s just like, I was unhappy. I was I’m a happy person. But like I was, I was always like, I’m happier now. Let me put it this way, I got stage four lung cancer, I was told I had like six to 12 months if medicine doesn’t work. And yet I’m finding that I’m becoming happier now with a diagnosis like that than I was previously. And that’s kind of saying something. That’s crazy. Well, let me ask you this, Chad.

17:19
For everyone listening, how do you get out of that rut without something catastrophic happening? Great. I’ve been trying to figure that out, right? Because, you know, I want people to have this, this now new sense of clarity that I have. But it’s like, I don’t want everybody to go through this shit. You know, it’s like, yeah, I think that if this is all reflective, so looking back, like, what would be different? Let me just put it this way.

17:48
It’s optimizing for happiness. But how do know you’re happy? Right? How do know you’re happy? And to me, it’s like, I am happiest. And I wrote down what is my ideal day look like? What is my ideal day look like? That was where I started because that’s where I had to see it’s getting up. It’s writing on something I care about. I like to write. So I’ll write some things I care about. Then I go outside and I work on my little urban farm that we’re building.

18:16
and I’m outside working on that stuff. I’m going to start learning how to weld soon. I like working with my hands. Right. And then I like being super athletic, like working out, etc. So I wrote out what the ideal Dave looks like. Now you have to what you have to do is like if you’re an entrepreneur, you’re like, I got to go do this and this and this I got to optimize my ads and like, look, I’ve run a couple email

18:40
email marketing, email agencies, and I just will never forget, like, I don’t give a shit about email. Like, I don’t care. Right? I didn’t want to be the next email guy. Never did. And so if you find yourself going down that route, like, I don’t care to be that and stop like, literally, that’s all I’m gonna say. It’s like, write out your ideal day. If your ideal day is not where you’re going, you’re on the wrong road, and you need to actually pull off to the side, don’t let your body or your life

19:10
pull the parking brake. I don’t know if that’s helpful, but it’s like right the ideal day. If the ideal day is different than what your day is now, that’s when you need to do something else. You know, it’s funny, uh, growing up with two, I don’t want to say tiger, but let’s say they were aggressive parents. Uh, we were always taught to have to pay our dues, right? Uh, we can’t always just do what makes us happy.

19:38
I agree with that to a certain respect. I guess from my perspective, what I try to do is not every day can obviously be a perfect day. But I would say as long as I have one or two of those days per week, I think I’m good. What’s your perspective on that? Yeah, I use the 80-20 rule. You’re gonna have 20 % of the bullshit you don’t want to deal with. Like you just got to deal with it. Right? So it’s like, that’s how I look at it. I’m looking to get to 80-20. The problem is I was the complete opposite. I was 20-80.

20:09
right? Even 5050 would have been better, you know? Yeah. So right out, like that’s what I so that’s good. That’s a good clarifying point, right? It’s like right out that ideal day. This is if every day was perfect, but know that it’s not but you’re you should be working towards 8020. And I was the opposite. I’ll never forget this. I wrote him. I always wanted to build this thing called Uncharted Spirits. What we do is we basically that’s the World Excursion Company.

20:35
Right. go around the world and like, for example, I did a boat race down the coast of Tanzania. I rode motorcycles through Mongolia, Kazakhstan and Russia. Right. And I’ll never forget when I was working towards building that route through Mongolia, Russia and Kazakhstan. My wife looks at me and goes, Hey, do you feel like you’re, you know, living what you should be doing? I said, well, I’m not on that trip right now. So no, so right now it’s like 3 % of my life is what I’m actually doing. And I’d never forget when I said that.

21:04
I go, but when I’m on the trip, it’ll be like 80 % of what I want to do. And so if I die on that trip, I’m going to die doing what I should have been doing. The problem is I got back from the trip and I went back to 3%, 3 % working on the things I enjoy. So it’s like, and I wasn’t, I wasn’t moving that number to the 80 20. I was still at the three and 97. And so that’s, I agree with the take, you’re never going to have a perfect day, but

21:34
If you’re not working towards that, that feeling of this is who I am and who I should be, then you’re, you’re in a, you’re gonna be in a bad spot.

21:46
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in ecommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be obtained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

22:15
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

22:26
Let me ask you this. What stopped you from pursuing that world excursion company? Was it money? Yeah, that’s a big part of it, Money was a big part of it. always thought I had that I thought I had to make thought I had to make money to build the thing, right? I thought I had to make money to build the thing, which is true in some sense. Okay, right.

22:50
The problem is, I live in California. I’m increasing my living expenses. And so I look at somebody like, there’s two people I think about. Alex Arnold, I don’t know if you know who that is. And then there’s a guy named Chris Picard. So Alex Arnold is the guy that free soloed that big one in Yosemite. I can’t remember. The Half Dome? Okay. He free soloed Half Dome, right? Yeah.

23:19
And I’ll never like his story is simply, I just love climbing. I just love climbing. And he would just be lived in a van and he just would climb all the time because that’s what he loved. He didn’t care about material possessions. And now he’s considered the one of the greatest, if not the greatest climber of all time. Right. It takes people days to scale half to him. He did it without ropes in three hours because he loved it. He got to the top. He got to the top and the filmmaker, Jimmy Chin goes, how do you want to celebrate?

23:49
Because I mean, this is a world class feat. And Alex looks at him and goes, I don’t know, probably just going to go back to the van and do a do a hangboard session. No, hangboarding is where you just hold your fingers here and you just hang so you can make your fingers tight. The dude just did the most incredible thing in the world. And he’s like, I’m just going to go back and practice hangboarding. And in my head, I’m like, I’ve been measuring myself based on like building a business versus

24:17
why didn’t you just go and like maybe lower the expenses, work with your wife to find something that, you know, would work for us financially, because we’ve still got to do things and build this thing, you know, with less stressful components. Like if I were to go back and do it again, I probably would have just taken a sales job where I can make a ton of money, but not be super involved and do that sales job, get my money saved and keep investing. Instead, I was like,

24:45
put my money into building e-commerce inputs, put my money into building this, put my money into this. And it was all the things I should have been putting money into. And when I say money, I’m talking time too, right? Money into the same thing. This is hilarious. You know what’s funny is now that I’m in my forties and I’m speaking to a lot of my friends who are Asian, I have a lot of Asian friends, and a lot of them are, and I think it’s just parental pressure really, but they’re stuck in these jobs that they don’t like.

25:15
The problem is that they’re getting paid so much. Like we’re talking about getting 500,000 to a million dollars a year in their profession, right? It can be hard to give that up, to pursue something that you really want to do. I mean, it’s easy for us to talk about this, but I’m thinking to myself even, like how would I even be able to do that? Yeah. So that’s a great question, right? Or a great point. Like, I mean, the version of the golden handcuffs, you know? Here’s the simple thing.

25:45
And like, I, it’s weird for me to say this, I got the benefit of being diagnosed and really having my life. Right? See, I can laugh now. Yeah, two, three weeks ago, three, four weeks ago, like I wasn’t laughing. But now, you know, this is this is the hand I’m being dealt. Right? The easiest way for me to say this, because I was I was given a timeline on my life. Literally, the doctor signed an insurance thing that says less six months, about six months to live if medicine doesn’t work.

26:13
And I’m like, Oh my God, Oh, my life actually has a, has a, has an expiration date. And I said to myself, Holy shit, you’re going to die. We’re all going to die. The problem is we don’t think about death enough. And I guarantee if we thought about death more, and we thought about the, the, the finite, the finite component of our lives, you might actually say, is that money worth it? The problem is, like, I mean, here’s the simple thing. You’re going to die.

26:43
I don’t know what to say. Like, and no one’s gonna remember you. Like, I hate to, I’m just gonna be honest, like, 10 years after you’re dead, no one is gonna really care. Like, they’re gonna be like, I miss Chad, or I miss Steve. And like, you have kids, right? That that may go on a little longer. But at the end of the day, like, what are you here to do? So you making half a million to a million dollars a year, and unhappy? I don’t know, that’s gonna be really, it’s gonna be really problematic when it’s time.

27:13
So the answer is this, it’s like if you’re not happy making that half million, just remember you’re gonna die. And the question is, was it worth it? You know, it’s funny, for me, it’s less about the money than it is for like the lost times. I remember when I was growing up, my parents worked hard so they could put me through school. I ended up going through college without any debt. My dad took a second job so I could go to college. And I don’t want that to be the case with my kids.

27:42
I remember at ball games, I used to play volleyball and sometimes I’d look over at the sideline and I’d see that, you know, they weren’t there. And I remember those. It’s not like they missed all my games, but the they missed, I remember. And so that’s why I don’t want to miss anything of my kids. And so that’s my why. And if I have to suffer a little bit, maybe I guess this all goes back to your perfect day analogy, right? The 80 20. yeah, look, I mean, at the end of the day, everybody has their why. Like Steve, you, if you have a family,

28:13
then you know that like if 80 % of your time is given to your family and so the 20 % working on a business that may not be amazing, but it gives you that time with your family, I’d rather all day, like that makes a ton of sense, right? The minute it takes away from your family and the thing that you you want to be doing, that’s where it’s probably a problem. But in your case, yeah, like, look, my parents were both teachers, they showed up to every game because they were teachers.

28:41
Right. Because they got out the same time I did, they had all the same times off. But if they were in, if they were doing the things I would do, if my dad was a chief marketing officer somewhere, guarantee he’d miss a lot of my things. Yeah. And like, I guarantee you, I know this looking back, he’d be super unhappy with that because he cherished those moments. So the 80 20 rule, it’s like, yeah, maybe your business is that 20%, but it gives you the 80 % of the ideal day being with your family, going to the events and spending time.

29:11
So that’s where you have to really think about that. Yeah. So now have you essentially dropped all the things that you don’t want to be doing? Yeah, I’m getting like, it’s there’s still like, it’s like a transition, right? Okay. Yeah. I’m straddling. I told somebody the other day for the first 45, 60 days, I was just trying to keep the wheels on the bus. Like just keep the wheels on the bus physically, mentally, emotionally, and like financially, cause like dude, medical bills are starting to just

29:40
go right through the roof, right? Yeah. And now but because everything I’ve started to stabilize like those tumors in my brain have reduced in size by 50%. The medicine is working, but combination with all the things I’m doing, right. And so now I can start like I have space to think about the future. But now the future is like, I don’t know, is it six months? Is it two years? Could I live another 60? Like I don’t, I don’t know. So it’s like

30:07
I haven’t stopped everything because I’m in that transition year period, but I can tell you this much that I’m starting to shut down like Red Flow. You mentioned Red Flow. Yeah, I’m actually going to shut it down. I’m like, that’s not interest. That’s no longer important to me. And I’m just going to focus on tequila farm and uncharted spirits. And I got time to do that. You know, we have money saved. got insurance payouts. So it’s like, can go for a little while winning by design. I’m only doing things that I like now. Now, again, there’s the 20 % of

30:37
junk. But the point is I’m now able to cut most of the stuff that I don’t like. just like, I’m going to die someday. It could be soon. So I might as well do the things I love. Can we talk a little bit about health? I know for me, like, early on in my business, I used to neglect it, right? Sometimes I would skip meals. Sometimes I would just eat like whatever was there just so I could continue on. And I know health is huge, but people just don’t realize it.

31:06
What were you, you always struck me as a really healthy guy. That’s the thing. What would you have changed in that regard? Yeah, man. I, that’s why it’s been hard because I was generally, I mean, I surf two hours at a time. I surf decent size waves. I’m like, I’m working out, you know, the security guard at my, I had to go do a bronchoscopy at UCLA medical center and the security guards 400 pounds eating McDonald’s. I’m like, that guy’s healthier than me. That’s, that’s messed up. Yeah. So when it comes to that,

31:33
That’s why I’m saying at the beginning, it was those four components. It’s diet, immune system, stress and identity. And that’s why it’s like, I had the probably the food side, the diet side pretty well dialed, stress and identity side that probably opened it up. And so when my food was even just a bit off, it just piles it on. So I can tell you right now, 90 % I’m making that number up, but 90 % of health is what we eat.

32:00
And if you literally, I’m much more cognizant. I thought I was pretty cognizant of this now, but now I’m even more cognizant of like what’s in our food. America’s food system is totally destroyed. It is just a, it’s just bad, right? It’s bad. If you get anything from a box or a bag and you look at what’s in there, that’s, that’s, it’s not good. And I can tell you that sugar is the number one culprit. saw a stat the other day, 200 years ago, the average human consumed three

32:30
pounds of sugar in a year. Three pounds of sugar in a year. Now it’s 156 pounds a year. And sugar is the number one problem. Okay, so yeah, sugar, carbs, alcohol, even though we’re called tequila farm, because we love tequila. It’s gotta be careful on the boobs, know? Sure. It seems like the four things it seems like stress and identity are related, right? Very much so. If you don’t have your identity, right, you’re

32:59
probably stressed out. Yeah. And what was the fourth one? immune system. yeah, diet, immune system, stress, diet, immune system, and identity. Yeah. Okay. I just want you to share what you’re doing in all four categories. So identity, kind of have covered. Yep. Stress. I would imagine you’re a lot less stressed, especially once you drop some of these things that you don’t want to be doing. Yeah. What are you doing to change your diet?

33:26
And I’m assuming your diet was pretty good before, but what are you doing now? Yeah, so on the diet side, like, everything’s based the lack of just a summer. It’s basically all organic. Right? Okay. I love peanut butter. But the only peanut butter I get is peanuts. The ingredients are peanuts and salt. That’s it. But if you look at a Jif jar, it’s going to be loaded. Anything like that. Can’t do it. So on the diet side, I create what I call a ZFG.

33:53
which is basically me blending in a Vitamix all the all the vegetables I need to get and I call it ZFG because it’s called excuse my language but it’s called zero fucks given I don’t care what’s in it don’t care how it tastes I just got to get it down right and so all plants be spinach all that good stuff then I do I have a nutritionist I have a cancer nutritionist and she just tells me what to what to do and I got a meal service that they make it according to that so that’s like

34:22
That’s kind like the food side. Then exercise, high intensity training for me is big. So I started a CrossFit gym with a trainer and he’s getting these things going, right? Okay, I’m probably in some of the best shape I’ve ever been in. And it’s like, except for that one little thing, you know, before we started recording, you mentioned you cut out meat is meat bad, per se? That’s a loaded question because okay, I love meat. I would say there’s two schools of thought.

34:51
especially in this cancer world, there’s plant based only no dairy, no meat. And like, that’s the only way to go. Right? Not vegan, because vegan has a lot of crap in it, too. Right? Interesting. Okay, like, oh, I’m vegan. I’m like, that doesn’t mean you’re healthy. Okay. Yeah, the plant based, that’s the way to call it versus, you know, me. So right is me unhealthy. You’re gonna depends on who you talk to. But I can tell you right now that

35:20
when they look at meat as being unhealthy, it’s the processed stuff from stores like Vons or Ralph’s or Publix or whatever. So cold cuts basically. like that. Okay. You want the grass fed stuff at the very most with the least amount of whore bones and all that stuff. I know I’m talking to you right now, but this is what I eat every day and what my kids eat every day. The meat? Just in general, processed stuff like you know, we do what’s easy.

35:49
I know my kids a sandwich with cold cuts, right? But here’s the deal. Let’s look at that cold cut. Well, you got it. This is where you know, the financial ability comes into play. Like when I get bread, like I eat bread. So there’s a lot of wheat and gluten, all that problem in there. But that’s from the bread on the shelves. If you go to the bread in the freezer section where it’s sprouted grains, right, where it’s actual grains, like they’re in the freezer section because there’s nothing in there to preserve them. It’s like mostly

36:19
the actual grains that you need themselves. So like Ezekiel bread, right? That’s the good stuff. So just change the bread to that. Right? Of course, they’re gonna think it tastes like sawdust if you’re giving them something else. But yeah, but then the meat, right? If you can get you can get cold cuts that are like, non processed cold cuts. That’s that’s the hard part, though. Right? Yeah, I think I kind of understand how this all goes together. So these four aspects, really all it takes is it’s like a chain, right?

36:49
If one of those things goes down, then maybe the whole thing collapses. I would say for the listeners of this podcast, identity probably is the one that’s most related. I’m just trying, having gone through what you’ve gone through in the past somewhat, you know, on the, on the business side, it’s just really hard to make those changes. I’ll tell you what happened with us, with my wife and I, I was the crazy one.

37:15
I was always the one like, hey, we need to hit a million bucks because I just wanted a seven figure business for ego purposes, right? So I remember we were close one year and I was like, okay, let’s hit it. And so I started blasting emails. I started running ads that weren’t that profitable and driving my wife crazy because we weren’t staffed to handle all those orders. And then we hit it and then we were like, okay, great. We went out to dinner and I was like, okay.

37:42
let’s do another 20 % next year. And then my wife flipped and we got in this huge fight. And then it was actually, she was the one responsible for putting things in perspective, right? We make enough money. We spend all our time with the kids. Why are we stressing out for some more money that we’re not even going to spend? Like I’m cheap. Like I’m talking to you on a shared Zoom account. We were joking about this earlier. Zoom is only like 10 bucks. So.

38:12
Is there any way to figure this out with something catastrophic not happening? I mean, what advice you got? Yeah, that’s that. That’s the thing I’m trying to figure out. Like I my my my mission moving forward is like, how do I help people avoid what I got to but get the same realizations? Like that’s literally what I’m trying to figure out. And I think it comes back to just like, it’s, it’s so cliche, but it’s like, often optimizing happiness, I need to put this out there.

38:41
You’re gonna die, Steve. You’re gonna die. The thing is, is you’re assuming you’re going to keep going for the next 20, 30, 40 years. Yeah. But it could happen today. Right? The problem is, is like, you somehow have to put an artificial timeline on yourself. Right? It’s so cliche live for today. But here’s the problem. I’m living for today. But like, what if I end up do live in another 10 years? Oh, shit, I’ve a plan for that a little bit.

39:09
You know, I can’t just go out and do whatever. Right. So I have to say here and I say, if I live another 10 years, right? Am I doing the 80 20? Am I going to be living 80 % of like who I am the authentic self and if you answer that question and say, I’m not I’m not working towards who I want to become.

39:32
Right? And we can, here’s the problem. We can justify it all day long. When I was doing all those other things, I was justifying it all day long. was like, well, I’m just going to keep doing this in order to get the money so I can become that. So I guess the final component here is like one, you’re going to die. You got to tell yourself that you got to think about that. I contemplate death every night. Now I go to lay in bed and I just lay there and I think about dying because now it’s real contemplate it. Second, right. If your day isn’t optimizing towards that 80 20 where it’s 80 % of

40:02
your authentic self, right? You really got to have secondary, you got to have, you got to be hard on yourself and say, I don’t know if this is it. Right. And then third, it’s like, in that same component, those four pillars of life, right? Diet, immune system, stress and identity, and they all go hand in hand, they interlock, but start on one, start with food, right? And to me, that’s like,

40:31
That’s probably the best way I can say it. Well, let me ask you this question. How do you figure that stuff out? Like, how do you figure out what you should be doing or what your authentic self even is? I mean, for the longest time, I had no idea. That’s a really good question that I don’t mean you kind of knew on that trip, right? I knew. Here’s the thing I knew for like 1015 years. Oh, my God. Okay, I knew for a long time. Right? I knew for a long time. I think if you don’t know yet, the thing is, is

41:00
you probably do know you just haven’t sat down and really, you just you, it’s there, I can promise you it’s there in the back of your mind. It’s just not not illuminated yet, because you haven’t probably allowed it to come out. I knew for a long time what exactly who I was. But I just never did it. So how do you find that? I mean, I guess the question you’re gonna die. So what do you want to do before you die? And like, it’s not like I want to go travel, but like,

41:28
What is the thing you want to give back to the world? How do you want to leave it better than you found it? And if you’re not doing it, leaving you like, am I going to leave this better than I found it? Then you’re probably not maybe not doing the thing that you want to want to do. I’m working on that still. No, I mean, for me, I think this podcast is going to be profound for a lot of people. I mean, traditionally, we talk about business tactics and strategy on this podcast, but this is very important, which is why I wanted to have you on. There’s just so many entrepreneurs that I know that

41:58
on the surface are killing it, but there’s something missing inside. And it’s just, for me, it’s always been ego. I’ll just full on admit saying like saying stuff, right? the money, because I’m cheap. Like, I don’t need that much money. We don’t spend that much money because I’m cheap. the ego is always got even today, like, I have all these friends from Stanford that are running or have exited hundreds of millions of dollars. And here I am selling handkeeps, right? So I’ve always had that ego problem. Yeah. But

42:28
Well, let me ask you this, Steve. Yeah. You’re gonna die. Right? We’ve established that chat. I know. I’ve repeated it. I’ve repeated it multiple times. And I tell you why. Because you these things need to be repeated. I can’t say it once you got to say it multiple. So I’m glad it’s I think it’s finally hit. It’s hitting me. It’s hitting me. Yeah. So yeah, will your Stanford buddies care about your hankies when you’re gone or vice versa? Right? Like or reverse it? That’s my point.

42:57
No one’s gonna give a shit. Yep. Chad, I’m gonna make sure everyone listens to this interview. This interview for me has probably been my favorite one. And I don’t have as far as as long as I can remember, man. Okay. No, I’m serious. I really appreciate you coming on. Yeah, man. I appreciate you having me. It’s good to catch up for sure. Yeah. And I know if anyone has any questions about this. I mean, where can they get ahold of you? Or if you don’t want any correspondence, that’s fine, too.

43:26
No, I like I said, I’m finally getting to the point where I’m this is right now how I give back. So people have given back to me in this process. And now it’s time for me to, I’m here to put guardrails up. I’m at the bottom of the cliff in the ambulance right now. Right. But I’d rather put the guardrails up so you don’t get to this place. The best place is, is probably LinkedIn. I’m actually, you know, that’s where I write a lot of my stuff on LinkedIn. So it’s simple. It’s just Chad Van Ainks, right? So LinkedIn.

43:55
whatever that URL is, slash Chad Vannings. You hit me up there and then can give you some email address stuff and go from there. Awesome. Cool. Well, thanks a lot, Chad, man. It was great catching up. Yeah, you too, man.

44:11
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now my heart goes out to Chad and his family. And all I can say is that of everyone I know, I have faith that Chad can beat this. And I encourage all of you to follow his story because you’ll be inspired and grateful. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 439. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base.

44:40
SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at post group.io slash Steve. That’s P O S T S E R I P T dot IO slash Steve. Now I also want to hang out with you in person this year in Fort Lauderdale, Florida, grab a ticket to seller summit and let’s meet up. Go to seller summit.com. That’s S E L L E R S S U M M I T.com. Now we talk about how I these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to my wife, quitter job.com.

45:10
and sign up for my free 6 day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

438: James Clear On Creating Atomic Habits In Your Life

438: James Clear On Creating Atomic Habits In Your Life

Today I’m thrilled to have my buddy James Clear back on the show. James’ most recent book, Atomic Habits, hit the New York Times bestseller list and the last time I checked, it was the #8 best-selling book on all of Amazon.

In today’s episode, we’re going to take it up a level and discuss how to build good habits and break bad ones when it comes to business. We’ll discuss tactics that James has uncovered over the years from studying the habits and routines of entrepreneurs, artists, athletes, and high powered individuals.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to get on the New York Times Bestseller list
  • How to develop the proper habits to follow through on a business idea
  • The best way to start a new habit
  • How to make a habit easy to adopt
  • How to fight procrastination

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now it’s the holiday season and I’m currently on break. And can you believe that there are over 400 plus episodes on the podcast? Now there’s no way that you’d listen to them all, so I picked a couple of classics for you to review. Enjoy.

00:23
Welcome to the My Wife Quarter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have my buddy James Clear back on the show. And in case you missed him last time, James is on the podcast back in episode 202, where we broke down his strategies on how to build a blog that gets millions of visits per month. But in today’s episode, we’re going to take it up a level and discuss how to build good habits and break bad ones, tactics that James has uncovered over the years from studying the habits and routines of entrepreneurs, artists, athletes, and high-powered individuals. And I’m proud to say,

00:53
James’s most recent book atomic habits has hit the New York Times bestseller list and at one point I think he was the number eight best-selling book on all of Amazon and With that welcome the show James. How are doing today? Hey, yeah, I’m doing well. Thanks so much for having me back It’s gonna talk to you. Yeah, so first off congrats on the book Thank you. I’m actually just curious what it takes to hit the New York Times bestseller list these days It’s like is there a strategy for doing so is there a way to game it?

01:23
So there are two answers here. So the first answer, what does it take? I can only tell you what it took for me. So the kind of high level was I wrote two articles a week on JamesClear.com starting in 2012. I did that for like three years and built my platform up and got an audience of, I think it was around 200, 250,000 email subscribers around that point after about three years.

01:49
And I leveraged that the size of that platform, that audience to get introduced to agents and publishers. And we put together a book proposal that took about three months and pitched it to, I think, 17 or 19 publishers. And then I think it was 19. And I think we got meetings with seven. So I flew to New York for a week, went and met with all these publishers with my agent. We were lucky. We had a good amount of interest. So we got bids from four.

02:19
and then ended up selecting our favorite one out of the bunch. then I signed the contract to write the book in a year. It became very apparent that I needed more time than that. And so I went back and asked for an additional year, and they very kindly gave it to me. So it took me two years of writing and research. That was easily the hardest part, the most suffering. I felt like…

02:46
I was really hard to write under contract. felt like there were a lot of expectations to produce something great. I was really worried that people wouldn’t enjoy it or that the publisher wouldn’t think it was good enough. Um, handed that in actually three months late from the extended deadline. So two years and three months of writing. And then we spent nine months planning the launch and, uh, marketing and prepping and doing interviews and all that stuff, getting the book, you know, on the publisher side, they were getting it typeset and printed and all that type of thing. And,

03:16
Then the book released. The three months before launch, I did 85 interviews in like 10 weeks or 12 weeks, something crazy like that. A bunch of blog posts, emails to my own audience. Basically any and every favor I could call in. I was like working on that. And that culminated with a bunch of exposure on launch day. I was on CBS this morning. I did a TV segment. So just like a ton of marketing.

03:43
push in addition to trying to write like a really fantastic book. And all of that came together and we had a really great launch week and then ended up hitting the New York Times bestseller list and then we hit it again. So the first time was we were number five in advice and how to and then the second time and still right now it’s number three in business. And so yeah, the book, the launch has done really well, but that’s what it looked like for me.

04:12
So that’s the it really and I like give that whole process because it was definitely not like a one-week thing I mean it was like a so yeah, I know that I was just kind of curious how many books you actually have to sell it’s in like the first week, right? Yeah, so they have two different types of lists. The first one is calculated weekly so And the second one is calculated monthly and so we we ended up hitting both So one is based on weekly sales one is based on monthly sales

04:42
For weekly sales, it does depend on what category you’re in. So some categories like general nonfiction, like memoirs and things like that. I’m not sure what the numbers are for that. I think they’re actually a little bit lower from what I’ve heard from people, but I don’t know for sure. Then what you need in like advice and how to, which is the category I was in.

05:04
And this gets a little bit to your question of like, is there a way to game it or not? Certainly many people have tried. I was not really interested in doing some of those things that are, I guess you would say like on the margin of like, oh, is this, you know, allowed or not? Like some people, some speakers will try to do things like buy, I won’t name any names, but there are people who have bought like, you know, 10,000 or 20,000 copies and then have them sitting in their garage. And so they’re like,

05:34
They bought the books so that it would look like that number of sales came through during the first week and they could get on the list, but they didn’t actually go to readers or anything like that. So I was like really adamant about every copy we sell needs to go to an actual person. you know, or stuff like you’ll see a lot of speakers will trade their fee for books.

05:54
So, you know, they’ll say like I’ll come talk but in you if you do it in these three months when I’m prepping for launch then you won’t have to pay me you can just buy, you know 500 books instead or something like that. So people will try to do stuff like that. There are some really weird services that you could hire. I don’t actually know if they still exist because I think the New York Times like became savvy to them but for a while people would pay like

06:21
They would pay a service, I don’t know, 10, 20, $30,000. I don’t know how much it was. It was definitely in the tens of thousands. And they would, that company would have like a bunch of little, uh, they would have people go out to different stores and like buy individual copies of books or place individual orders on Amazon. Now you were really buying like 10,000 copies through that company, but they would have their employees like place them all as individual orders. So they all looked like they were individual people buying and they would spread them out across the country and stuff.

06:50
And all of that stuff is just like a lot. mean, first of all, I just don’t know if it’s a good way to spend your time, whether it’s ethical or not. But also just it’s all just an effort to try to get on the list. Yeah. Now, some of the bestseller lists like I think USA Today, we hit the New York Times, the Wall Street Journal, bestseller list, the USA Today list, Publishers Weekly, the Independent Booksellers list.

07:19
And some of them are strictly based on sales. Like I’m pretty sure the publishers weekly list and the USA Today list are like whatever book sells in most copies. That’s the number one book. Now the New York Times list is a little bit of a black box. I mean, it’s the most elite list to be on and nobody quite knows how it works. But from what I can tell you, you asked earlier how many copies you need to sell. I think 10,000 is roughly

07:49
The the minimum like kind of rule of thumb you’ll hear people throw out now that doesn’t guarantee you’re gonna get on because it depends on what week you’re launching and how many copies other books are selling that week but as a rule of thumb if you do 10,000 in a week then that’s kind of the beer in the game now just because you have that money sell does not mean that you’re gonna get on the list and The New York Times will sometimes make an editorial decision and say, you know this is not the kind of book that we want to have on here or

08:18
We think that the way you got these sales looks a little suspicious. so like I’ve heard from people who I heard from one author who sold 4,000 individual copies and then they had one company that purchased 6,000 copies. So they thought, Hey, I sold my 10. Like I should be, uh, you know, I should be in the running here. But I think the New York times looks at that and they think, well, really you sold like 4,001, um, because you just had like one big customer that said, yes. Um,

08:46
And so if they’re comparing, that person to somebody else who sold 10,000 individual orders, I think they tend to give the nod to the person who has the more individual readers. so, you know, authors love to complain about it because there are a lot of authors that think they should have been on because they had a certain number of sales. They, you know, they got like taken off or whatever. And whether that was true or not, who knows? Because, you know, nobody knows exactly what numbers the New York Times is getting each week and how many sales other books made.

09:16
But once you make it, now I’m like, yeah, that’s great. I love it there. But I think it’s awesome. So it’s funny to be on the other side. I felt comfortable asking that question because I knew you’re not the type of person to game the system. I thought like a lot of people do it. And I guess you could make an argument for it if you were like, well, if I get on the list, then my main thing is speaking like for me, speaking is a small portion of my business. I don’t really do that much of it.

09:45
But I guess if you were like a full time one, people find ways to rationalize it. They’re like, Oh, well, I’ll just buy my way on the list for 20 grand. And then, you know, I’ll be able to charge more at every speaking event for, you know, into the future. Cause I can say I’m a New York Times with a seller. So I think people rationalize it that way. Um, but for me, I, again, separate from the ethical considerations, which I think are questionable in themselves, but like, could you really be proud of it?

10:11
I don’t know. I, you know, I mean, I just spent six years building an audience and three years writing a book and planning this launch. I mean, I put everything I possibly had into it and it felt great to hit the list because there was so much sacrifice before it. But if I knew that I’d just got on there cause I wrote a check, I feel like it would be a totally different experience. And so, um, I hear you in a sense, I, I like, wouldn’t have wanted to do it anyway, even if I had a good business reason.

10:40
Which I don’t but you know, even if I did I I feel like it would have taken away from it. So anyway, I’m kind of going on about it It’s it’s it’s a little bit of a black box and But I can say that it feels fantastic with it if it works out in your favor so let’s switch gears a little bit and talk about habits and What I wanted to do actually was frame our talk in the context of starting or growing a successful business because a lot of my readers and listeners

11:08
They start out strong, but they kind of fizzle out in the long run if they don’t see immediate gains And so what I was hoping to do actually is maybe use your book as a framework How does one develop the proper habits to follow through on a business idea until things finally start taking off? Yeah, it’s a great question. So I mean first of all just from a high level I like to think about habits is what I call like the compound interest of self-improvement and

11:33
The reason I like that phrase habits are the same way that like money multiplies through compound interest. You know, you save up a little bit. It doesn’t feel like much in the beginning. Uh, in many cases that curve, that compound interest curves, like really flat, almost like a plateau. And then the hockey stick portion is only years or decades down the line. Um, so it doesn’t feel like much at first, but then you turn around two or five or 10 years later and it’s like, wow, this really added up.

11:58
I think habits are kind of like that as well. The same way that money multiplies their compound interest, the effects of your habits can multiply as you repeat them over time. And on any given day, you know, the same way that like saving 10 bucks doesn’t really feel like much. Making a choice that’s like 1 % better, 1 % worse, a little bit improved, a little bit better habit or a little bit worse habit doesn’t, it doesn’t really feel like much. You know, what’s the difference between

12:26
Eating a burger and fries for lunch or eating a salad It’s not really a whole lot on any given day like your body looks the same in the mirror at the end of the night The scale doesn’t really change but it’s only when you look back five or ten years later that you’re like oh wow that choice of what I ate for lunch really does matter and So this is one of the core philosophies of atomic habits one of the core ideas in the book this idea of how can we try to find ways to get 1 % better each day?

12:52
And if you can capture those small advantages, if you can master those little habits, stay in and day out, then you can end up with a really remarkable or powerful result in the long run. And I think that not only applies to our lives, but it certainly applies to our businesses. If you can just try to find a way to get a little bit of a 1 % margin for improvement daily in something you do or monthly in the financial state of your business, I mean, that can really add up over the broad span of time. And what does that look like in the context of

13:20
Like what is like a 1 % gain or something that you might do we can talk about your blog or how you built up an audience for sure Yeah, so I think the the first thing is You don’t need to do something more than what you’re already doing You just need to find a way to show up more consistently than you have before so like in other words You don’t need to increase the intensity like I’m not saying for then. This is I’m focusing on the very beginning now What’s the first thing I do? Like I’m not saying well you need to write a radically better blog post

13:49
or you need to become massively better at sales calls, or you need to massively improve your skills at writing a sales page. What I am saying though is, let’s find a way to make it easy to show up and do those things more consistently than you’ve done before. So it’s kind of like, yeah, you could do the same workout at the gym, but let’s just make sure you miss fewer workouts. that’s the first piece. So in the context of my business, I wrote a new article every Monday and Thursday.

14:18
for the first three years. And it was really that consistency, it was really that writing habit that set me on a different trajectory as a writer and an entrepreneur. And that was the thing that made it possible for me to build this audience and get the book deal and so on. Okay, so I mean, it’s easy to say that, right? But how do you make sure you stay on that schedule? How do you have self-control to do that? Okay, so I wanna answer this in two ways. I wanna come back to the self-control piece.

14:47
So the first part is I like to suggest people utilize what I call the two minute rule. So you take whatever habit you’re trying to build, whatever habit is relevant for your business, whether it’s writing blog posts or making podcasts or making sales calls or whatever, and scale it down to just the first two minutes. read 40 books a year becomes read one page, or call 20 clients every month becomes make one sales call, or do yoga four days a week becomes take out my yoga mat.

15:16
So, you whatever the habit is, you scale it down to just the first two minutes. Now, sometimes it sounds silly to people because especially with like health examples, you know, I’ll say something like, um, there’s a reader of mine, he ended up losing over a hundred pounds. And one of the things he did was he, uh, went to the gym, but he didn’t allow himself to stay for longer than five minutes. So we were like, well, that sounds ridiculous. Like going to the gym for five minutes, isn’t going to get you in shape. Um, but what you realize is that he was mastering the art of showing up.

15:46
And this is a crucial thing about any habit, business related or otherwise, a habit must be established before it can be improved. And so like, if you don’t become the type of person who goes to the gym for five minutes, you don’t have a chance to be the type of person who works out for 45 minutes, four days a week. Or if you don’t become the type of person who makes one sales call, you don’t have the chance to be the person who makes 20 sales calls every month, month in and month out. And so we’re trying to scale it down to that, like, I guess we’d call it a gateway habit.

16:15
the thing that initiates the response. And let me give you another example here. So I like to refer to these moments as decisive moments, these two minutes that determine the next chunk of time or get you moving in the right direction, a little bit of momentum. So for me, there’s a moment every morning where I’ll sit down at my computer and either I open up Evernote and I start working on the next article I’m going to write or

16:44
I go to ESPN and I check the latest sports news. And what happens in the next hour of my day is really determined by what happens in those like 45 seconds. It’s like if I can master that decisive moment of opening up Evernote and starting to write, then I’ve got a productive hour in front of me. And I think that no matter what your business looks like, there are going to be four or five, maybe eight or 10 of those decisive moments throughout each day. And if you can just pour your energy into mastering that,

17:14
then you can live a productive day. You can have a more effective time working on your business. So that’s the first lesson, master those decisive moments. The second piece comes back to your question about self-control. And this is, think, the common narrative for habits, for productivity, for effectiveness, is you just need to want it more. You need to try harder. You need grit and perseverance. You need to work smarter.

17:41
You need to make sure that you try to optimize things. certainly working hard is valuable and it’s an important skill. But if you look at some of the research on self-control, and I cover this more in chapter seven of Atomic Habits, a lot of the research will show that the people who exhibit the highest self-control, who you look at from the outside and you’re like, wow, they must have a lot of willpower. Actually, the thing that distinguishes them from most other folks is that they operate

18:11
live and work in an environment that has fewer temptations. So they are able to exhibit more willpower simply because they’re being tempted less. And I think that that is the lesson to take away from this is what’s the best way to improve my willpower? What’s the best way to make it more likely that I’ll show up and do the right thing each day? It’s not to push harder or to just try harder or to say work more. The solution, the best lever to pull is to redesign your environment.

18:40
so that you’re tempted less. Put the objects that prompt your good behaviors in more obvious locations, reduce the friction of taking a good task, and put the objects that derail you or distract you in less obvious locations, and reduce the, or increase the friction of doing something unproductive. And we can talk more about that, but I’ll just pop It’s funny because I’m just thinking about all this in the context of raising my kids right now. And we’re kind of picking and choosing our kids as friends based on like both their personality and their work ethic.

19:10
Because we want our kids to hang out with those other kids who are trying really hard hoping that it’ll Just kind of rub off on them. Really. I mean, it’s the it’s the environment that they’re in that’s actually a brilliant strategy because Children are our master imitators, which you know anybody who has like a two-year-old can tell you that right? Like you say a cuss word and then they pick it up instantly even if you don’t want them to or like, you know They imitate whatever you do But as children age they tend to they continue to imitate

19:39
but they tend to stop in imitating their parents as much and start imitating their peers much more. so there’s a great book called the nurture assumption by Judith, rich Harris that talks about the influence of peer groups on how children grow up. parents have a significant influence too, but that influence is largely genetic. It’s largely passed down through the genes. But, but the way that parents can influence one of the best levers they can use to influence their children is by

20:08
Choosing, you know, what city you live in, where you go to school, what extracurriculars you’re a part of. In other words, choosing like what other kids they get exposed to. And so your strategy there of trying to pick their friends by what their friends’ are is a smart one. We pick up all kinds of habits from the people around us and often we want to do the things that our peers are doing. And so that’s a good way for parents to subtly shape or at least influence in a little way.

20:34
The the habits of their kids can’t control it totally but that’s actually probably more effective than like Trying to force them to do something you want but you’re not always gonna be in the ideal environment, right? So there’s got to be a little bit more to this Yeah, absolutely. So In the book I offer four different strategies for building good habits and breaking bad ones and I’ll just go over them real quickly here they’re

20:58
tons of examples in the book, of course, but we can go over a few of them as they relate to business in this conversation. before I do, I’ll just say that not all four of these will always be working for you. And so you can really look at them as like a toolbox or a set of strategies that you can rely on. And when one thing isn’t working in your favor, maybe you pull on the other three levers, and that’s enough to get you to do the more productive or more effective action. So let me guide us a little bit.

21:27
One common thing at least that I have a problem with is procrastination. Yeah. Yeah. So yeah, let me give you all let me give these four and I’ll give you some examples related to procrastination and procrastination is a really broad topic, right? Like there’s a million ways you could procrastinate, but I’ll just go over some common ones. So the four stages that I like to break a habit into and again, this is all in detail in the book, but just real quickly, I break a habit. I heard it from you, the man himself.

21:56
Sure, yeah, yeah. Well, so cue, craving, response, reward. These are the four stages. So there’s some kind of cue that precedes the habit, which is like a prompt that gets you to pay attention to what’s going on, something that’s happening in your environment. There’s a cue that picks up your attention. I’ll give you an example in a second. Second, there’s a craving. There’s some kind of interpretation of that cue, what it means.

22:20
And based on what you think it means, you take a particular action. So that’s the response, which is the third stage. And then finally, your action delivers some kind of result. There’s some type of reward or consequence that comes after that. So for example, let’s say you walk into the kitchen and you see a loaf of bread on the counter. It’s in the morning. So the loaf of bread, visual cue. So that’s first stage. Your prediction is, oh, I want to make some toast or that would be tasty. And so you take out a piece of bread, put it in the toaster. That’s the response.

22:50
pops up a minute later, you get the toast, you get to eat it, that’s the reward. Okay, so cue, craving, response, reward. But you can just as easily imagine that at a different time, say, you know, 10 minutes later after you’ve eaten breakfast, you walk back into the kitchen and you see that loaf of bread. And now the cue has a different meaning. Your state has changed, you’re full instead of hungry. And so you interpret that cue in a different way. Now your craving is not there, it’s non-existing, you interpret it as, there’s the bread, but I’m not hungry now.

23:19
and so you don’t take the same response. So this type of thing is happening all day long. We’re taking in cues, we’re making predictions about what to do next, we’re taking action, and then getting some kind of outcome or result. So from those four stages, we can have a step for each stage for making it easier to build good habits and harder to fall into bad ones. So I call these the four laws of behavior change.

23:47
The first law is to make it obvious. So you want the cues of your good habits to be obvious and available and visible. The second law is to make it attractive. The more attractive a habit is, the more likely you’ll fall into it and perform it. The third law is make it easy. So the more easy, frictionless, convenient a behavior is, the more likely you are to do it. And the fourth law related to reward is make it satisfying.

24:13
The more satisfying and enjoyable an experience is, the more you want to repeat it again in the future. if you want to, so those four, make it obvious, make it attractive, make it easy, make it satisfying, explain how to build a good habit. And if you want to break a bad habit, you just invert them. So rather than make the cues obvious, you want to make it invisible, make it unattractive, make it difficult, make it unsatisfying. And so let’s go through a couple of examples of what this looks like for procrastination since you mentioned that.

24:43
Real quick though, making something attractive, the thing here is a lot of what’s involved in creating a business kind of sucks, right? It’s boring. So I’m kind of curious, maybe once you address the procrastination question, how do you make something that’s really mundane and boring attractive? Yeah, it’s a great question. Well, so I’ll just answer that right now when we come back to procrastination as a larger topic. So make it attractive. There are a couple different things that influence this.

25:12
First of all, let me answer just a, I’ll give you a quick tactic before I talk about the kind of the overarching thought here. So quick tactic for making something more attractive, you can use a strategy that’s called temptation bundling. And so the idea is you stack something you want to do, something you enjoy doing with the thing that you know you need to do. So one of the examples I give in the book, there’s this guy, he was an engineering student.

25:39
And he knew that he needed to be exercising more, but he also knew that he liked watching Netflix and probably liked it too much. And so he linked up his computer to a stationary bike so that Netflix would pause if the bike was not running. So he had to be cycling the whole time if he wanted to watch, you know, a 30 minute show or something. And that’s a good way of forcing yourself to do the unattractive thing or making the unattractive thing, which in this case was cycling.

26:08
more attractive because it meant, hey, now I get to watch Netflix. And you can do that with a bunch of things. Like if you are really bad with your email inbox and you feel like you never focus on that. I heard of a woman who she only gets a pedicure if she works on overdue emails while she’s getting it. So just like that, reward yourself by doing the thing you don’t want to do.

26:32
Another one, Katie Milkman, who’s the researcher at the Wharton School at University of Pennsylvania. She was the one who came up with this name, Temptation Bundling. And she realized that she really wanted to read The Hunger Games. She got like really obsessed with the book series when it came out. And so she made a rule for herself where she was only allowed to read The Hunger Games while she was on the treadmill at the gym. And so those kinds of strategies are ways to make the unattractive thing more attractive.

27:01
And you can do that in different ways. Like there’s a one that’s real. I think some habits that are really good. This is really good for or what I would call habits of avoidance. So things like don’t drink alcohol for 30 days or don’t spend money on Amazon or don’t go out to eat and stay at home and make a meal instead. And habits like that are like inherently difficult because you’re just resisting temptation. It’s like all you’re doing is not doing something. And so that doesn’t feel good. You just have to sit with this craving.

27:30
But you can flip it on its head a little bit. so one of my readers, he and his wife, they wanted to eat out less and save money by cooking more. so normally they’re just resisting the temptation to go to dinner, to go out to eat at the restaurant. But instead what they did was they set up a little savings account and they labeled it trip to Europe. And then anytime they stayed home and cooked dinner instead of going out to the restaurant, they would transfer $50 over to the savings account.

28:00
And so they still had to put the work in of cooking the meal, but they got the immediate enjoyment of seeing the savings account grow. And that’s really the ultimate lesson that I’m sharing here with this temptation bundling strategy is how can you give yourself a little bit of an immediate enjoyment from something else while you’re doing the difficult thing? And so there, you obviously this depends on what you, what is enjoyable to you, but like from a business standpoint, there was someone that I worked with who

28:28
uh… he hated taking these meetings these calls and he really just didn’t like being inside all day like he didn’t like being hunched over his desk and so he changes so that he only took meetings while going on a walk through the park that was near his office and so taking a meeting that he got to go outside and go for a walk and uh… it can be in large or small ways but anytime you get an immediate bit of satisfaction enjoyment with it suddenly the unattractive thing becomes a little more attractive you know i’m just looking back at my childhood right now and i think my mom did this to me uh… i really hated

28:58
I like I hated it, but she would take me to ice cream after every single piano lesson and after a while I started looking forward to them just for the ice cream mmm Yeah, playing piano meant getting ice cream. Yes. It’s like we framed what that that cue or what that habit meant in your mind That’s really smart Yeah, so that’s so that’s one way to think about how to make it attractive But there’s a there’s a broader conversation here, which I think is really important for entrepreneurs certainly was very important in my

29:27
business kind of narrative and story Which is that the social environment really changes what habits are attractive to us and which ones are unattractive You know like when I was a kid and I don’t know that any kid grows up thinking Wow I’d really like to think more about email funnels and like, know workflows You know, like no kid is thinking that you know But now it’s kind of exciting and interesting to me and part of that is because my skills have improved but another big part of it is that

29:57
I get rewarded for having a big email list. And not just like, you know, financially with the business, but also, you know, people will praise you for it or congratulate you on it or ask you, how did you do that? That’s interesting. How did you grow that? And all of those social signals increase the attractiveness of thinking about the conversion rate and how I design forms and, know, like, how could I improve this a little bit more? And so my point is the thing that we’re rewarded for, the thing that we

30:27
get little markers of social status for or respect from others for naturally becomes more attractive. And that is dependent not only on your results, but also on the group or tribe that you’re a part of. Like I could be around a bunch of people, people I went to, some of my friends from college or things like that. They don’t think about email lists, they don’t know about it, they don’t care about it. And so, like in that group, I can throw out a number and they’re like, well, you

30:55
Great, I guess that’s good for you, but like it doesn’t mean anything doesn’t have any status associated with it and so It would be less attractive for me to work on those things when I’m hanging around that group You know we hang out for other reasons, but it’s not as it’s not as important there because I’m not as rewarded for it and so So that kind of just circles back to your environment point that you made earlier Yes, but earlier when I was giving examples I was talking mostly about the physical environment and this I would say is mostly about the social environment

31:25
And both are crucial factors for building better habits. so I’ll talk, let me come back to the procrastination question you asked and I’ll give some physical environment examples. But just to wrap up the social environment idea, we are all part of multiple tribes. Some of those tribes are large, like what it means to be American or what it means to be French or Australian. And some of them are small, like what it means to be a neighbor on your street or a member of your local CrossFit gym.

31:53
or a volunteer at the local school. And all of those tribes, large and small, have a set of shared expectations for how you act as a member of that tribe. And you can see this in people’s habits all day long. you walk onto an elevator, and you’re in this little tribe of three people. And the expectation is you turn around to face the front. If you face the back of the elevator, it’s a little weird. It’s not what people are expecting.

32:23
Or you go to a job interview and maybe there are four people interviewing you and you’re sitting there and the expectation is you’re going to wear a suit and a tie or a dress or something nice. Now it doesn’t have to be that way. Like you could face the back of the elevator or you could wear a bathing suit to a job interview, but we don’t do that because it violates the shared expectations of the group. And so the point here is that when habits go with the grain of the tribe that you’re in, they’re very attractive.

32:52
And when they go against the grain of the tribe that you’re in, they’re very unattractive. And so one way to kind of hack your habits or to increase the odds that you’ll do the thing you want to do is to join a group where your desired behavior is the normal behavior. Because if it’s normal in that group, then it will become attractive for you to do it because doing so helps you fit in. And this was huge for me as an entrepreneur because I did not have any entrepreneurs in my family.

33:20
and really didn’t have any close friends who were entrepreneurs either. I kind of vaguely knew that like some people run businesses, but I didn’t have anybody to look to. And so for the first like three to six months that I started out, I just emailed a ton of people, well over a hundred that were already doing the kind of thing that I wanted to do, but they were already full time. And I just asked if they wanted to chat on Skype and most of them said no, but I would say like maybe 30 or so said yes.

33:48
And so by the time I got six months in, now I had a few dozen people that if I had a problem or if I was dealing with, had an idea, I could go to them with the questions that had. And I could also see what, like, what are they doing normally? You know, what are their habits daily? And I didn’t have to like consciously ask that question, right? You just kind of soak it up as you’re part of a tribe, as you’re part of a group, you see what everybody else around you is doing. And then you start to imitate and do those things because that’s the normal thing to do there.

34:17
You know, you see this all the time, people join like a CrossFit gym and then they start to eat paleo and they buy a certain type of knee sleeves and a certain brand of workout shoes and like, you know, they’re picking up all these other habits that they never really thought about doing, but that’s just what people do in that particular tribe. Yeah, in the context of business then, that’s why it’s key to go to conferences and events where you can meet other like-minded entrepreneurs. At least that’s how I started taking off in my business. It started when I started going to events.

34:46
100 % and I, you know, so I did those Skype calls. Then I went to my first conference about six months in and what was really nice for me in that case was that I already knew like maybe 10 people from those Skype chats and those emails that were going to be there. And so I didn’t go in cold. I had like a couple of people I could hang out with or talk to at least, which was nice. And then of course I met a bunch of other people from those conferences. So I did, I did some conferences for the first two or three years.

35:11
And then the last couple of years, I’ve started to host my own events, which are small, usually like eight people or so. But, you know, it’s a really great high touch way to see, you know, soak up all of that kind of implicit knowledge that everybody else has about what they do and why they do it and all that type of thing. But the overarching point there is no matter what habit you’re trying to build, the habits that are normal within your tribe will be attractive to you because they help you fit in, they help you belong.

35:39
and we all have a deep desire to belong. So James, I don’t mean to skip around, but I said this question just kind of popped into my mind also. One thing that I see among people who just kind of starting out in business is they’re looking for quick wins and oftentimes the payoff is like many years later, but it’s painful for those many years, right? And you gotta, you gotta get used to what I call like the suck. So how, if you’re not getting immediate gratification,

36:08
How do you train yourself to kind of persist? Yeah, it’s such a great question and it’s really it’s not just business. I mean central to all habits, right? There’s kind of this like plateau in the beginning so the the analogy that I like to use or the metaphor that I like to bring up is the story of an ice cube So, you know say you’re in a room and the room is cold it’s like 25 degrees ice cubes sitting on the table and you can like see your breath and Slowly the temperature starts to increase 26 27 28 29

36:37
still this ice cube is sitting there like nothing’s changed, 30, 31. And then all of sudden you get to 32 degrees and you hit this phase transition, the ice cube begins to melt. This is like this one degree shift, no different than all the other one degree shifts that came before it, but suddenly something new happens. And I think that in many cases, the process of achieving a change or building a business, it’s like that because you’re…

37:04
you’re stuck on this plateau of latent potential early on. You’re putting work in, you’re banking reps and effort and time and energy, and you don’t really have anything to show for it. The ice cube still hasn’t melted. But if you’re willing to stick with it, then you hit this phase transition. And so the question that you had is like, well, how do you get through that period? I think first of all, just knowing that it happens is helpful. It helps reset your expectations a little bit because a lot of the time we think that

37:32
Progress should be linear that we put a little bit of work in and we get a little bit of results. So if we put a lot of work in, we’ll get a lot of results. But actually it’s not this like 45 degree angle linear progression. It’s more like that hockey stick or compound curve that I mentioned before, where you’re kind of stuck on this plateau for a while and all the greatest gains are delayed. So that’s the first thing. The second thing though, I think that this is

37:59
One of the reasons that small habits really matter, perhaps the deeper purpose why they matter, which is they reinforce a particular type of identity. They’re reinforced being a certain kind of person. so, like in the book, I use this phrase of, you know, the goal is not to run a marathon. The goal is to become a runner. The goal is not to write a book. The goal is to become a writer. And I think we could say that about entrepreneurship as well. Like the goal is not to build a business. The goal is to become an entrepreneur, to be that kind of person.

38:28
to be a creator or to be financially independent or to have that identity and I think the way to foster that identity is through small wins through small habits on a daily basis and so in a sense Every action you take is kind of like a vote for the type of person you want to become it’s like You’re these little habits or how you embody a being a particular type of person or having a particular type of identity. So

38:57
Every day that you make your bed, you embody the identity of someone who is clean and organized, or each time that you write one sentence, you embody the identity of someone who is a writer, or every time you make a sales call, you embody the identity of someone who is good at selling. And so on any given day, those little actions don’t count for very much, but each time you do them, it’s like casting a vote, building up a little mound of evidence that this is who I am. And I think that.

39:26
Ultimately true behavior change is identity change because it’s like it’s one thing to say I want this I want a million dollar business. I want to have a best-selling book I want to have a popular blog, but it’s something very different to say I am this I am an author I am a blogger I am an entrepreneur because once you believe that about yourself You really aren’t even pursuing behavior change anymore you’re just acting in alignment with the type of person that you already believe that you are and So I think the way to get through those

39:56
that get through the suck as you call it to get through those periods where it’s really difficult and you don’t have the results that you want is to focus on fostering that identity. Even if you’re not happy with how your body looks and you still want to lose weight and all you could do after a long day of travel was five pushups before you collapsed on the bed, well, maybe that’s not the result you want. Maybe you’re still in the suck from that standpoint, but.

40:22
you did those five pushups and at least you’re the type of person who doesn’t miss workouts. At least you’re the type of person who fostered that identity. And I think that on the hard days in business, that’s what I tried to remind myself of. Like how can I show up and cast a vote for the desired identity, even if the results are still long in the future? So it means you just try to show up, even if it showing up in this particular case isn’t spending a lot of time or whatever. You’re just, you’re just out of habit.

40:52
Working on your business, even if it’s not a whole lot at that given moment You’re trying to cast a vote for being the type of person that you want to be rather than worrying about what the results are in that moment and I think that you know There are all kinds of ways that you can show up in small ways and we I think we all either have done this or know someone who does this where you Waste time on frivolous things, you know You just like putter around and do a bunch of little things that don’t make much difference and that’s that’s different than what I’m talking about that that feels like a waste of time, but I’m

41:22
What I’m talking about is taking a small action that reinforces your desired identity, the long-term identity of you or your business that you want to foster and the type of person you want to become. It sounds like step one is to actually figure out what that is, right? I think so. And that’s why I talk about in chapter two of the book. I think it’s a very central question to ask yourself. Now, the good news is I don’t think it needs to be that hard. I think most people know

41:47
They may not, questions like what identity do you want or what are your values? Those are like big questions and sometimes they’re hard to answer. But I think most people do know what kind of results they want. So you can just say, you know, what do you wanna, maybe you lose 40 pounds in six months or maybe you want to double your income this year or something like that. And once you get a pretty clear picture of the result that you want, then you can sort of reverse engineer it and ask yourself, well, who is the type of person?

42:13
that could lose 40 pounds? Well, maybe it’s the type of person who doesn’t miss workouts or who’s the type of person that could double their income? Well, maybe it’s the type of person who creates one new product each month or something like that. And once you reverse engineer the outcome and ask yourself that question, who is the type of person that could achieve that? Then you become a little more clear on what that identity might be. Like if I want to become a New York Times bestselling author,

42:42
I would probably follow in your footsteps and then write set aside time to write two days a week and be consistent about that for three years, for example. That’s a great example of scaling it down. It’s like who’s the type of person that could write a New York Times bestseller? Well, it might be the type of person that has a really big email list, like hundreds of thousands of people that they could tell about the book when it comes out. Okay, well, who is the type of person that could have an email list of 500,000 people? Well, maybe it’s the type of person that writes every week. And so then that becomes the identity that you’re trying to build. I just want to be the type of person who writes every week.

43:12
And that line of questioning, I think, leads you more, it leads you a little bit away. What it does is it clarifies the fact that your outcomes in life are a lagging measure of your habits, right? Like, the number of email subscribers I have is a lagging measure of my writing habit. And your weight is a lagging measure of your reading habits, your bank account is a lagging measure of your financial habits. You’re really just trying to figure out how do I need to show up each day to get that long-term outcome that I’m looking for.

43:42
Right. And then adopting the little detailed habits of that individual to get where you want. in the case of writing a book, the writing part is just one little habit. And all these little habits that you do, if we were to delve deeply into your life, James, all add up to where you are today. Right. And the things that we were talking about earlier, like optimizing your environment or choosing the right tribe or tweaking little elements of that, the two minute rule and scaling it down,

44:10
Like all of those are strategies for building those habits that surround that core identity of I want to be the type of person who writes every week. Right. James, I think that’s actually a good point to to conclude this interview because we’ve already been chatting for quite a while. Where can people find more about your book? Where can they get it? Yeah, thanks so much for chatting. I enjoyed the conversation. So the book is called Atomic Habits and you can get it at Atomic Habits dot com.

44:38
And on that page, I have a couple bonus downloads and stuff too. There’s a guide on how to apply the ideas to parenting, a guide on how to apply the ideas to business. There’s a cheat sheet for the core ideas in the book and just a one-pager you can look at and review, a template for tracking your habits. Anyway, so all of that is at atomichabits.com. What’s funny about this is just our little chat today has kind of reinforced my parenting style a little bit.

45:07
because I’ve been pushing my kids hard because I want to get into the habit of feeling like they’re smart and at the top of their class. And I talk to certain people and they think I’m crazy, but maybe that just means I need to change my environment a little bit. Nice. Well, congratulations. I’m glad that habits are on the top of mind and important for you. think they’re, something all parents should think about deeply and, and really all people. mean, they, they impact all of our lives.

45:35
And just for the benefit of the listeners here, I have actually read James’ book and it’s excellent. And I was just kind of playing dumb in the interview today because I wanted to highlight some of the key points that resonated with me. But thanks a lot, James, for coming to the show. I really appreciate your time. Wonderful. Thanks, dude. All right. Take care.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

437: 5 Brain Dead Strategies To Boost Your Content Marketing Sales With Marcus Sheridan

437: 5 Brain Dead Strategies To Boost Your Content Marketing Sales With Marcus Sheridan

Today I’m thrilled to have Marcus Sheridan on the show. Marcus runs the Sales Lion where he consults and teaches companies how to do inbound content marketing.

He’s known as one of the premier thought leaders in the digital sales and marketing space. I’ve been following Marcus for years so it’s cool that we got to connect at Social Media Marketing World for a few minutes and that’s how he ended up here on the podcast. Enjoy the episode!

What You’ll Learn

  • Why inbound marketing is the key to growing any business
  • What content works well and how to get results with your blog
  • Types of content that attracts readers and customers no matter what the niche

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now it’s the holiday season and I’m currently on break. And can you believe that there are over 400 plus episodes on the podcast? Now there’s no way that you’d listen to them all, so I picked a couple of classics for you to review. Enjoy.

00:23
Welcome to the My Wife Quarter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Marcus Sheridan on the show. Now, if you don’t know who he is, Marcus runs the sales lion where he consults and teaches companies how to do inbound content marketing. And today he’s known as one of the premier thought leaders in the digital sales and marketing space. Now I actually started my blog in 2009 and kind of in my periphery, I’ve been following Marcus for years. So it’s really cool that we got to finally connect at social media marketing world for just a couple of minutes, but that was enough.

00:52
And that’s how we ended up here on today’s podcast. with that, welcome to show Marcus, how are you doing today, Steve, so great to be here, man. Excited to speak with you and hopefully I’ll say something that your audience says, you know what, that was worth the listen right there. You know, I’ve seen this man speak. He is excellent. So I got the date. I got the date. Correct. We both started blogging like 2009. Yep. Yep. Glorious time, man. That’s an internet years.

01:21
That’s about three decades ago. We are like dinosaurs, I should say. That was actually back when people used to comment on blogs. Yes, those are the good old days. That’s a good old inside blog joke there. I love it. Times have changed, man.

01:40
I remember at the time you created the leading swimming pool website on the internet Can you kind of talk about how you got started with that and how that? Transitioned over to the sales line like what’s your story just for the benefit of readers who don’t know who you are? Yeah, you know I’ll try to give the the very you know short version here I started swimming pool company out of college with two friends 2001 things were going okay for us up until the market crashed in 2008 and by the 2009 I thought we’re gonna go out of business and

02:10
I was getting ready to file for bankruptcy. But that’s when I started to read all these fancy phrases like inbound, content marketing, social media, blogging, all that stuff. And really what I heard in my simple pool guy mind was, Marcus, if you just obsess over your customers’ questions and you’re willing to address them honestly and transparently through text and video on your website, you just might save your business, right? So I embraced this philosophy that we call, they ask, you answer, which basically said, hey, we’re going to be the best teachers in the world when it comes to, in our case, fiberglass pools.

02:40
And so, like I said to make a long story short, that’s what we did. We became essentially the WebMD of pools and it became the most traffic swimming pool website in the world, save the business. And last year we were the largest installer of fiberglass pools in the US. Now, I’m not a pool guy anymore. I still own a third of the company, but in this process I started to just to write about what I was doing, which as you mentioned, Steve, came at the end of 2009. And so I’m like, you know what, I’m just gonna write.

03:09
The stuff that we’re doing this whole day, ask you answer, it’s working. And I believe in this. And so I was just writing about it. And then all of sudden, company said, hey, Marcus, can you teach us how to do that? And some conferences said, hey, Marcus, can you come share that story about what you do with your pool company and our event? And it just started to snowball from there. so I was getting so many requests. I’m like, there is a business model here. And so I transitioned slowly out of River Pools. And by 2012,

03:38
I was essentially full on with speaking and consulting and my agency, The Sales Lion, which is what it was called, is now a part of Impact. I’m one of the owners of Impact and we’ve got about 65 employees. And I give about 70 keynotes a year around the globe on sales marketing, business, communication. It is a dream, my friend, and it’s all because the economy crashed. Like if the economy hadn’t crashed, it wouldn’t have happened, which is amazing how that works. By the time I thought it was

04:07
most stressful period of my life. is crazy. That’s more than one talk a week. Yes. Yeah. I often, I mean, I’ll generally give about 1.5 talks a week. That’s correct. Yeah, that’s crazy. It’s moving. Yeah, moving along. So Marcus, the reason I wanted to have you on today is to kind of talk about content marketing and how to use it to promote your business. A lot of my listeners are e-commerce sellers, but we don’t have to talk about that per se. But if you can kind of tailor your answers towards an e-commerce biz, that would be pretty cool.

04:37
Yeah. first off, like if you were running your own e-commerce business, I want to know like what content works well, how to get results, how would you approach that problem? Yeah. So when we start the process of the Ask, Answer, within about six months, I could see there’s clear patterns of content that works, content that doesn’t work in terms of really moving the needle from a sales perspective, from a search SEO perspective, a whole nine.

05:06
Today I call that the big five. There’s essentially five subjects that before somebody goes to buy something, they want to understand these five things. It’s the psychological need that we have to feel at ease and to feel informed. And fundamentally today in today’s economy, we don’t want to make a mistake. And we know that we don’t have to make a mistake, but we want to know these five things. So here are the big five.

05:34
The big five are as buyers, we are obsessed with how much something costs. Now, we’ll talk more about that Steve, but that doesn’t mean we just put a price that doesn’t count, because every e-commerce person puts a price that doesn’t count as talking about costs. So we’re obsessed with talking about costs and learning about costs as buyers. We’re obsessed with understanding the negatives, the problems, the issues. How could this blow up in my face if I purchase it, if I buy it, whatever it is, service product doesn’t matter. So that’s number two, problems.

06:04
Number three, we’re obsessed with comparisons. In other words, generally, we don’t just look at one thing, we’re looking at two or more of a similar thing. Product, service, again, doesn’t matter. So we love to compare. Number four, we’re obsessed with what other people say about it, of course, reviews. And then number five, we’re obsessed with the best. So generally speaking, we don’t search for the worst, we search for the best, right? These are the big five. And here’s what’s fascinating, okay?

06:34
this again and again and again. When companies obsess over these big five and they make that they’re just clear clear directive, their compass if you will, that’s what’s going to move the needle because these five subjects are at the bottom of the funnel and whenever you’re selling a product or service especially in the e-commerce space you want to start at the bottom not the top of the funnel. The mistake that a lot of people make if they are producing content it’s really really fluffy. All right so let me give you an example if that’s okay Steve. Yeah absolutely. These are going to be pool examples but

07:04
I don’t want anybody to think because right now if I turned on our e-commerce to our site, we would do, I’m sure we’d do at least a million dollars a year revenue just on e-commerce alone because of the traffic that we have. mean, you some months we’re getting close to million visitors. I mean, we’re doing really, really well. And so there’s a reason for this, right? We would kill in this space. But because I’m a manufacturer and an installer, I don’t elect to go down that road. So this is an example of how we did it with fiberglass pools.

07:33
You know when I saw the process of they ask you answer one of the first questions that people used to ask me all the time as A poke guy was so Marcus I’m not gonna hold you to it But give me a feel how much is this going to cost? Of course in they might have been talking about a fiberglass swimming pool or an in-ground swimming pool. Whatever. What’s crazy is when we start this process Nobody in the world had addressed how much does an in-ground swimming pool cost on their website? The reason for this Steve is because businesses don’t they’re afraid

08:02
generally speaking, they’re afraid to talk about, like, I’m gonna give it away to my competitors or I might scare them away. I mean, there’s all these different things. And so we openly talked about it and we said, here’s all the factors that are gonna drive it up. Here’s what could keep it down. Here’s the different packages that you can expect. Here’s why some companies are expensive and why some companies are cheap. Now that was critical and fundamental, Steve. And this is the part that most e-commerce companies do not do, is whenever you sell a product,

08:30
especially if it’s a significant major product within your SKU set. You always want to make sure that you have definitive articles and videos just on how much does that particular type of product or service cost. If you don’t do that, you ain’t never going to play in the search space and you’re going to devalue and potentially commoditize the thing that you’re selling, which is a problem. So to make a long story short, Steve,

08:57
That one article has generated over six million dollars in sales. How much does a fiberglass pool cost? So if you search anything today about how much is an ingrown pool cost? How much is the cost to install fiberglass pool? I mean anything like that if you’re in the United States We’re the first ones you’re gonna see to this day. It’s a cash cow. Okay, that’s number one number two Hold on one sec. Let’s elaborate on some of the things you just said about cost I heard you say that you you outline what companies do and what they don’t do and what factors into the cost

09:25
I was thinking when you said that, that psychologically, customers are going to now ask the competitors whether they do that certain thing and compare that to you. That’s correct. That’s That’s correct, which is what you want them to do. Let’s say you have an e-commerce platform, but you also have a great blog and they mutually feed each other. Your blog feeds e-commerce, but your e-commerce should be feeding the blog. People are like, what do you mean by that?

09:54
If they’re on the platform, why would the platform feed the blog? Well, if it’s a good platform, you can do things like this. Like hypothetically, you could set it up and I guarantee you 99 % of your listeners have never done this before. So let’s say that on your e-commerce platform, you have underneath the price, a little arrow with a link that says, see why it costs this much. Now,

10:24
If a buyer sees a price and then sees a little arrow pointing to the link says, see why it costs this much and it’s a clickable link that takes them to an article and video that definitively explains why it costs that much, have you commoditized or decommoditized that thing that you sell? Of course you’ve now decommoditized it and now you’ve done a major, major value add to that particular visitor. But the problem is, more often than not, in the e-commerce space, it’s just cut and dry. They got reviews.

10:53
Oftentimes they do have reviews now on most of these platforms, but they don’t talk about the good, they don’t talk about the bad, they don’t talk about the ugly. Well, they might talk about the good, but they don’t talk about the bad the ugly enough. And they don’t really explain it well enough. And so I’m constantly dealing with this. Most of the research I do, especially when I’m shopping e-commerce situations, I have to go and find the prices on the e-commerce platforms. Then I have to research on another site that has nothing to do with that particular site.

11:19
to really understand the cost factors. Why is this thing costing as much as it is? And then I’ll go back to the e-commerce site. That’s dumb. It doesn’t make sense. Of course, there’s conversion loss at that point anyway. And so this is why, if you really, really do this well, and again, if you’re selling a ton of stuff, choose the 20 % that are generating 80 % of your sales. You focus on that and it’s magical. This is a service product. It doesn’t matter. And I’m telling you, for 90 % of my clients around the world, and I’ve done this with big companies, small companies,

11:49
90 % of number of traffic-leading sales generating content has to do with cost and price. This is very interesting. I’m just thinking in my mind this would be a great place to point out your unique value proposition for each product as well, Of course. That’s exactly right. That’s exactly right. And this is where you can really blow away transparency because you’re able to say things like, hey, look, this isn’t the most expensive one and it shouldn’t be. This is for the person that is looking for the middle of the road.

12:16
but they’re looking for this, this, and this, but they’re okay not getting this, this, and that. And if you feel like you’re that person, well then this might be a great fit for you and it’s certainly a great value for that buyer. Most people don’t communicate like that, right? Do you see what I’m saying? It’s just like, just flat out, here’s what it is, and it’s not this is for you if, this is not for you if. It’s unfortunate, most companies don’t think like that. I guess my biggest concern here is you’re actually taking them off of the commerce site

12:45
to a different article and then they have to make their way back, right? Yeah, you open it up in a separate window and if most of us are paying attention to our conversion rates of those shopping cart pages anyway, it would make us vomit to see how much we lost, right? And so all you have to do is you split test this out, right? And you can definitively see it. Now, if you have a chance to have it on the actual page, great, have it on the actual page. But the thing is, you

13:15
It’s difficult to do that because most platforms aren’t built that way. And you can’t really build out a beautifully robust article slash video interactive format if you do it that way. I guess now that I’m just thinking about it right now as we’re talking, you could just have a button and it could be like a pop-up that is nicely formatted that you can just easily close and still remain on the product page. Yeah, so you could do the pop-up.

13:43
in the pop-up should have read the full article here if the summation isn’t enough. you can’t, here’s my philosophy on this Steve, and this is why this is such a big deal to me. We can’t treat people like they’re dumb, right? We have to treat them like informed humans that are smart shoppers. And so it’s my strong belief that if we have a choice between let’s

14:13
not inform them well, allow them to be ignorant and hope that that will increase conversion, or let’s allow them to learn more in the moment if they’re still not psychologically satisfied with the value prop of that particular product or service, knowing that if they do see it upon reading it, it means they’re more serious anyway, and the ones that do say,

14:41
That’s for me are gonna come back and buy I just refuse to believe That the majority of cases the person’s gonna say wow my gracious that was helpful. Okay. Let me go find it on some other place now Yeah, I think I tend to agree with you. That’s very interesting Okay, do we have anything more to add on cost before we move on to the next one not so much on cost Yeah, I mean I think that I think that hits the mark on cost and again I want to stress this as article in video at this point. We got to be doing it that way. Okay, okay, cool So let’s talk about problems for a second

15:11
Yep. Problems is prolific. once we feel like, all right, I think I want to go down this road. Then our natural question is, but how could it blow up in my face? And this is oftentimes why we seek out reviews. But the problem is if we’re review dependent as an e-commerce shop or as a business, that’s flawed. We need to beat the punch with these. In other words, get in front of it.

15:41
yourself. Let me give you an example. Again, we’ll go to pools. This applies to everybody. So don’t think you’re different if you’re listening to this because I’m telling you, I’ve done this with too many services and products. I know that nobody’s the exception to this. And so what happens is in my case with pools, people used to ask me all the time, for example, so Marcus, what are the problems with fiberglass pools? Very, very common question. And once again, Steve, nobody in the world, I’m not exaggerating at the time, had addressed that singular question on their site.

16:11
Why? They were afraid to address the elephants, right? The smartest companies, they know that the greatest way in life to resolve concern is to address it before it even becomes a concern. And so I openly talked about the problems of fiberglass pools on our website. And because we talked about it, you know, it’s wild. Every year, the number one, the number one keyword phrase that generates the most traffic to the site is fiberglass pools problems. Oh, excuse me, leads to the site.

16:40
fiberglass pool problems. So that article has made a couple million dollars in sales at this point, right? And it’s not just there, like when somebody says, hey Marcus, do fiberglass pools pop out of the ground? Okay, I’ll write about that. Are fiberglass pools cheap? Okay, I’ll write about that. These are consistent questions that we would get. So I’m not going to bury my head in the sand, I’m going to openly address them, I’m going get in front of them, and then I can own the conversation instead of one of my competitors. So that’s what you want to do. You want to look at your different products and services that you offer. You want to say,

17:10
on all the times that you’ve been asked, so I heard that or is it true that or somebody told me that or I was reading. When anybody says anything like that, that denotes that something negative is coming. And now, if you get on the front end of addressing it, you have a significant chance of earning the person’s trust and respect. But the key is you can’t be biased. Too many people, especially in the e-commerce space, are just biased.

17:40
which loses that trust factor. You can’t become the trust agent and at the same time be extremely biased. an example of how you might phrase this, again, I’ll just go back to the simple pool example. So we might say something like this, fiberglass pools aren’t for everybody. They don’t get wider than 16 feet, longer than 40 feet, deeper than eight feet. You can’t customize them any way you want. And so if you’re looking for a pool that is wider than 16 or longer than 40 or deeper than eight or super customized, it’s probably not a good fit for you.

18:09
But if you’re looking for a low-maintenance pool that’s going to last you a lifetime, that’s less than 60 by 40, less than eight feet deep, and you can find a shape that does fit your needs, well then this might be the perfect fit for you. But you notice here, we present the ugly first, and then we come back, just psychology, with, but this is how it could be a great fit for you, if you fit these classifications. And so the idea is when somebody’s going through the process of buying something, the whole time they’re nodding their head saying,

18:39
Yep, yep, yep. Or they’re shaking their head saying, no, not me, which is fine because we don’t want people buying our products anyway that they’re not a good fit for. Not if we have integrity. If we sell from a place of integrity, we want people to be very informed about said product or service so that they don’t make a mistake, so that it doesn’t come back on us or our shop or our product and that they say, these guys never leave me astray. That’s the whole idea. That’s the essence behind problems. I love it. I love it.

19:09
There’s this leather store that does the exact same thing. They point out the flaws in leather, they basically educate you on the different types of leather. And then they show you a demo of their leather. It’s called Saddleback leather. I don’t know if you’ve heard of it. But then they show that their leather is basically indestructible. And it’s incredible. Yeah. Yeah, that’s exactly right. So what’s funny is there’s other good leather out there, but

19:39
They actually understand that unless we show it, doesn’t exist. mean, in 2018 and beyond, the idea that we would sell anything and just say it and not show it, it’s almost laughable. We have to be in the mindset of unless we show it, it doesn’t exist. They show it really well. It really sticks. And, you know, it’s crazy. So many other companies could do that, but they don’t. So that’s the essence of problems. You got to get in front of it. Again, the moral of story is

20:09
As a business you have a choice. You can allow your competitors to own those negative conversations or You can own them. That is your call, but Clearly one is better than the other. I love it also because it’s counterintuitive Exactly a lot of stuff is counterintuitive, you know, and that’s why that’s why I’ve given over, you know 200 workshops to different companies around the globe I’m in New York City right now to give a workshop to sales and marketing team tomorrow basically helping them understand

20:38
Why talking about these things is good instead of burying their head in the sand like most of their competitors and not addressing them. The problem is you don’t see many sites doing this well unless it’s like a review site or a third party site. But the actual businesses, they don’t generally do it well. Right. And to find out the problems, just use any keyword tool or do a survey? How do you find out what these problems are? Yeah.

21:08
you’re in tuned to what the marketplace is saying. The best keyword tool in the world is just listening really well. But beyond that, yes, I would use a keyword tool and search for them. in that case, I would search for negative reviews, things like that of the particular product just to see what people are saying. then you can really run with them.

21:37
Depending on the type of product too, you can just You can there’s some standard ones out there like is XYZ product cheap I mean, that’s like a very legitimate question that a lot of people ask right? That’s a common one that people ask right? You know, how long does XYZ last an honest review? Right. That’s another example of a really good Double up right there. We doubled up on How long does it last which is a problem statement?

22:05
and then an honest review is a review statement. So we double them up together and now it’s even more effective. So that’s just way to do it. Cool. Let’s move on to number three. And number three, Versus. Versus has picked up finally a lot more. I mean, I was talking about it long before a lot of companies were doing it. It’s still incredibly prolific and important. And as I’m talking about these things, some people are going to listen to this and say, well, I’m just afraid that all my

22:34
you the marketplace flooded with all these already and it’s too saturated for me. That’s a very very scarce mentality. Not healthy. For a couple of reasons.

22:48
By you answering these, it forces you to be a dramatically better communicator, teacher, force you to know your products better. Also, be, when people come to your site, they’re gonna be way, way more informed, and they’re gonna get your opinion now instead of everybody else’s. I mean, it just goes on and on for the reasons why we should do it, right? So with Verses, every product and service generally means that somebody’s looking for a comparative item.

23:17
Right? For me, pool guys, were looking for fiberglass versus concrete pools, fiberglass versus vinyl pools. And in the swimming pool space, what was funny about that one, Steve, is like no fiberglass pool guy in the world was addressing fiberglass versus concrete pools. Of course, the reason was because they were saying, well, our biggest competitor is concrete pools. So this is what we’re going to do. We’re not even going talk about them on our website. And if we don’t talk about them, well, then nobody will know they exist.

23:45
which is about the stupidest mindset ever, but that’s literally, that’s like how so many pool guys thought. So my mindset was, I’m getting asked this question every day. So heck yeah, I’m gonna address it. So I openly talked about them. I compared them very honestly. Didn’t say one was better than the other, because that would be a lie. And again, it was a matter of, hopefully this article is gonna help you decide which is the best choice for you, and then gave pros and cons to each, right?

24:14
So that’s what we did. Now, what you want to do is you want to think of every comparison based question that you’ve ever been asked. And if you talk with your customers, oftentimes you’re saying things like, if you were me, which would you choose? Or in the commerce space, is people that both have also looked at or also searched for. But the easiest way to do this one is I do like to go to Google and just, I always just put the product plus the word versus or compare to, and then you get a slew of potential results that you should be talking about.

24:44
you should be showing and this still works extremely well to this day. But again the key that most companies screw up man is they just come across as one-sided and it just doesn’t work that way. can’t come out and say, so in this video we’re going explain why fiberglass is really your only choice and concrete frankly is a poor option to consider. That’s dumb! Why in the world would people do that?

25:10
often times the language of companies. That’s not going to induce trust. You’ve got to be real. This is, I’m just thinking about my own products right now in the digital space. I run a class, which is a pretty high ticket item. It actually actually makes sense for me to create my own review versus some of the other competitors I have out there and just point out both my strengths and the weaknesses. I think that would actually help. Because I know for a fact that a lot of people search for reviews of my class. So that’s number four.

25:39
Perfect transition there, Steve. So oftentimes we leave reviews up to everybody else. I don’t think we should. I think we should also include ourselves in that conversation. Now there’s different ways that you can do this. You can gather up a lot of the reviews from people that have used it, but you should clearly target that keyword phrase. But here’s where we’re to go even further than that, We should target our competitors’ reviews too.

26:07
And let me give an example of how I did this incredibly successfully. I’ve made a few million dollars off this. So I was the first person in the swimming pool industry that, in fact, in pretty much probably any home improvement industry, because I was teaching this people were like, you’re crazy. In 2009 and 2010, I guess I started teaching this to people like, you’re nuts. So let me give you an example. Because my philosophy was they ask, answer.

26:36
I was obsessive with listening and one night, was probably around 2010 or 11, I giving this, this was at the end of me being a pool guy and I gave this couple of quote for a pool. And they said, Marcus, we like you, we think we wanna do business with you, but if we don’t get this pool from you, is there anybody else that you might recommend? And I thought to myself, that’s gone it. I hate this question.

27:01
And of course, when most companies get asked that question, they’re like, oh, there’s nobody quite like us. I mean, the way we do what we do, right? And so, it’s, know, yeah, yeah, that was a question. And so the person’s just like, whatever. So I went home that night, I said, dag on it. They asked a question. So I’m going to answer this. And so I wrote an article and anybody that’s, that’s listening to this, should look it up. And it was, who are the best pool builders in Richmond, Virginia review slash ratings.

27:29
and I came up with a list of five of the best pool builders in Richmond, Virginia. Now, I’m come right out and say I didn’t even put myself on the list of five. You might say, well, why did you not? Well, first off, if they’re reading the article, they’re on my website. they’re already looking around. They’re already thinking I’m pretty cool guy. Second reason is if you’re gonna create a best of list and then you put yourself on said list, well then that denotes bias. And again,

27:59
Every business should be built on trust. And so I’m not going to do something that is going to make me look biased and it’s going to cause me to lose credibility. But the other factor is this. If you go to that, if you just typed in like best pool builders, Richmond, Virginia, right now, I you would find it immediately in search results. And you’ll see exactly how I wrote it. But, you know, I talked about each one of my competitors. Now here’s what I would suggest on this. You don’t inject opinion.

28:29
you stick to the facts and you just make clear comparisons, right? So I could clearly compare my competitors. And in the sense of this is where like this, the swimming pool company has been around since, you know, 1972 and they’re located in, you know, the mechanics of the area of Virginia. They specialize in in-ground vinyl liner swimming pools and have a heavy emphasis on automatic swimming pool covers. They also install fiberglass pools and have a full service department, right? Now,

28:58
All that information I got directly from their website. Basically using their words, right? So I don’t express any negatives. If a company ever does express a negative, it should be sourced from an outside article and even still I’d be very, very careful, right? I tend not to mix with any of that. I only stick to the facts and I try not to inject opinions when it comes to other people’s stuff. But because of that, today, if you went online and you search for things like reviews,

29:26
Play More Pools, Richmond, Virginia, which is a very major competitor of mine in Richmond, Virginia. Play More Pools is spelled P-L-A-M-O-R. So if you search for reviews, Play More Pools, Richmond, Virginia, which is a very common search, that article is one of the first ones you’re gonna see. It’s always one or two in search results. And you know, it’s crazy, Steve. A few years back, I had this lady come to me and she said, Marcus, craziest thing happened. was…

29:51
was so close to signing a contract with Playmore Pools, but before I signed that contract, I decided to go online and research their company. And as I was researching their company, I stumbled across this article that you guys had written. said, my goodness, these guys are honest, so honest, I should probably call them too. And of course, Steve, you don’t happen, you know, because otherwise I wouldn’t be sharing this story, right? That article generated just that year alone $150,000 in sales. Now sometimes people say to me, why aren’t you afraid you’ve now introduced them to the competition, which is silly because

30:21
it takes them about 0.48 seconds to know who your competitors are. And so you know and I know that consumer ignorance is no longer a viable sales and marketing strategy, right? Not with the digital age. They’re going to find out. And so if we automatically say to ourselves, look, they’re going to be informed. They’re going to be intelligent. I’m not going to treat them dumb. I’m going to treat them like intelligent human beings with the capacity to learn and understand and make smart decisions. When we do that, it gives us the ability to be way more honest, to say way more

30:50
Give way more information. mean it just The possibilities are endless because now there’s no there’s there’s nothing handcuffing us. There’s nothing holding us back It’s very very exciting and it’s very very fun So I just combined the final two reviews and best into one there But that’s an example of of how we did that and I’m telling you I’ve done that with so many companies to this day It just wins and it continues to win So my only concern with what you said was that you don’t include your own company

31:20
in the top five, for example. The problem is when people do searches, they might not even recognize that they’re on your site, right? And they just look through the straight five and then pick one among your top five and avoid your company altogether. Does that ever happen? Yeah, that could absolutely happen. And so if I was selling an item with e-commerce, right? An item on e-commerce, I would include in that list. Okay. But I would come out. Now it’s different with a swimming pool company, right? And you have to read the article to understand why it’s different.

31:51
It just doesn’t sound the same. I would come out and say though, now listen, we sell, we’ve, you know, it sounds something like this. Let’s just, I’m gonna choose a dumb one, toothbrushes, okay? I would say something like this, you know, here at Marxist Toothbrushes, we get asked all the time about other brands that we believe are good. And because we believe so much in educating our customers over just

32:19
having them buy from us, we’ve created this article, this video today, that’s going to give you an honest assessment of the top 10 brands that we’ve seen in the marketplace for soft bristle toothbrushes. Now keep in mind as you read this, two of these we sell. But of course we sell them because we believe in them so very much. although we include them in the top 10, we also include eight others that we don’t sell. And hopefully,

32:48
this is going to give you a great sense as to what is available in the marketplace and why we chose what we chose. Interesting. I suppose that if it’s something that you don’t sell, you might even be able to establish some sort of affiliate arrangement also in Stillmake. You can clearly do this with affiliates. And the other way that you do it, Steve, is with indirect industries, right? So in other words, let me give you an example. if I’m selling swimming pools, might

33:18
do something on swimming pool heaters. And the reason why I would want to do that is because if they’re looking for a heater, they might also be in the process of buying an in-ground swimming pool. They’re just looking for the heater for a set pool. You see what I’m saying? so it’s a smart play to indirectly do this. mean, there’s just lots of ways to do this. I mean, I’ve done this with, give me an example, let’s say, and this doesn’t necessarily apply to e-commerce, but it’s the same principle.

33:48
So let’s say you’re a pet sitter. And so you would want to do articles on or videos in both. It’s really always both, but on the best veterinarians in your area, right? Because now you’re giving, it’s great cred for them. You’re getting on their radar and people are searching for that. And if they’re looking for a veterinarian, there’s a good chance they need a pet sitter as well. You see what I’m saying? Yeah, absolutely.

34:14
So that cross pollination is really really effective with best stuff stuff and it’s still you know to this day man It’s just so effective obviously with any of those Preferably you want to put the year if you can because it definitely makes a difference in search engine results Okay, and then just adjust the year accordingly obviously right as the year as time passes Yeah, yeah, I mean just means I mean, you know because we’re in a what have you done like for me lately world? We just got to keep producing new content. Yeah, it’s necessarily a bad thing

34:44
Well let me ask you this. So we’re putting out all this content, but it might not necessarily rank anywhere and people might not necessarily be able to find it. And so what is your, how do you attack the problem of actually ranking and getting people to read these articles? Well everything we just talked about was a straight SEO play. I mean, it’s very bottom of the funnel based, major search, everybody that’s, every single client that I’ve had, we’ve

35:11
in the first year we never get less than 10x growth in terms of traffic. And I don’t even call it SEO, even though that’s essentially what you’re doing, because obviously Google’s obsession is that you specifically and relevantly answer the question better than anybody else. And so the thing about a lot of e-commerce shops is they don’t produce super quality content oftentimes. For example, I know you know this,

35:40
the number one, the average number one ranked page and SERPs is above a thousand words, right? And so whenever we have a client producing a piece of content and we’re vetting it out, unless it’s above 750 or more, that’s the, 750 words is a bare minimum acceptable number for any piece of content any of our clients produce, because we help train clients with content marketing, okay? So any lesson there, preferably we like the bar to start at a thousand words.

36:10
Now a lot of are like, holy freak, are you serious? Yes, that’s the marketplace. That’s the game we’re in because meat is good. This is what search engines want. You get all this stuff that everybody wants short, bite-sized. Not search, sorry, that ain’t how it works. We want meat and potatoes, And that’s why bigger, beefier is better. Not wasteful, not wasteful, but bigger, better, and beefier is better.

36:39
Yeah, I I would argue that it should be 1500 or even 2000 words plus, at least in my industry. You’re exactly right. You’re exactly right. And you know, I say 750, that’s the low bar of the low bars. Yeah. What is your take on the site design?

37:00
as opposed to just the straight content. Like does the site have to be beautiful? I mean what is your experience on that? Because a lot of people spend a lot of time and money designing a beautiful site. Yeah and then conversions are less. In ecommerce space for sure that’s the case. Yeah. Yeah it’s very very common. You know and this is because a lot of website designers are artsy fartsy and they’re not conversion based. And anybody that’s gone through a website redesign has probably seen that and experienced that.

37:29
you which is why we’ve got to be obsessive testers i mean all of us do and we never never sacrifice uh… come you know i’m gonna i’m gonna put conversions in u x together here because i think done right

37:44
great UX leads to conversions. It doesn’t hurt it, right? Because to your point earlier, your question about, if you have that Marcus, is it gonna potentially hurt conversions? I think incredible education increases conversions, right? It’s always been my experience. And so my point is, I think that always needs to be our primary focus and secondary focus is the visual side. That being said, I do think we have to be outrageously obsessive of this point about video.

38:14
I think most people should see themselves as media companies, pretty much everybody. if you’re, especially on your major products and services, if you don’t have a really robust video that truly says who it’s for and who it’s not for, that’s actually more important. Well then you’re missing the mark in terms of psychology. So Marcus, we covered a lot of stuff today and what I want to do is I kind of want to summarize it and kind of put it in a cohesive

38:43
content plan, so to speak, so that the listeners can come away with something that’s actionable. So if you wanted to just give a few actionable tips on how to just get started with what we talked about today, that’d be great. So one of the things that we do that’s been incredibly successful is we have what’s called a content matrix, right? So the content matrix is what you do. Let’s say you’ve got, I don’t know, 20 major products that you sell online or services. So with those 20, let’s create a chart or graph, if you will.

39:13
And at the top of the chart, you have each one of the major products that you sell. Now, that’s the top of the chart. Now, on the left side of the chart, the graph you’d see, put the big five. Put best, cost, problems, versus reviews and best. And then take each one of those and fill in all the cost questions that are involved with that particular product. Fill in all of

39:39
the comparison based questions, all the negative based questions, all those things that we’ve talked about. If you do this, and let’s say that you have 10 products that you sell, let’s just use 10. Well, it’s not just that you’re gonna have 50 pieces of content, you’re probably gonna have a couple hundred pieces of content that come out of it if you’re doing this the right way. Because just some versus alone, there’s probably a bunch of versus that you might do. And there’s a bunch of cost ones potentially that you might do. It just depends on how it’s said.

40:09
The content matrix works and within a couple hours of just really focus, you’re going to have 12 to 24 months potentially it could be of content to produce through text, through video. That’s very exciting. That’s very, very helpful. I think that’s one of the majors. I’d also urge anybody that’s

40:37
And this is not a straight e-commerce plate, but it does matter. In conjunction with video, which is such a big deal, I’ve been doing so much with this, clients and experimenting and just crazy stuff. We’ve consistently seen over and over again that putting a video next to a forum that people have to fill out a form on your site, like on a landing page, on average increases conversions around 80 to 90%.

41:04
But here’s the thing that a lot of companies will mess up is they won’t title the video. So let’s slap a video next to a form. That’s not good enough. What you want to do is the video has a title and the title should be something like this. Literally, should you fill out this form or see exactly what will happen if you fill out this form. Now, it’s really powerful when you have that titled. So the person comes on that landing page or whatever it is and

41:32
They’re trying to get their information for whatever reason. And they have a form. There’s four major fears that people have when they fill out forms. Number one, are you going to call me to death if you’re asking for my number? Number two, are you going to spam me to death if you’re asking for my email? Number three, what are you going to do with my information, privacy? And then number four, exactly what is this process going to look like if I fill out this form? So you want to address all four of those fears in this video. And you do it nice and easy and relaxed, right? So it would literally be something like this. I might say,

42:00
Okay, so you’re sitting there right now and you’re saying to yourself, should I fill out this form really? Are you guys gonna spam me? Are you gonna like email me and call me to death? All right, let’s talk about exactly what this is gonna look like. So then you explain it at the end of the video. It doesn’t have be long at all. At the end of the video you say, so hopefully that addresses your concerns. If you any questions, let us know. Otherwise, fill out the form. We can’t wait to talk with you soon. Unbelievable results. Generally, like I said, 80 to 90%, I’ve seen a bunch that were.

42:28
between 150, 200 % lift to conversions. So those are magical. You see very, very few companies doing that right now. It’s a major opportunity, Would you suggest doing this on like an e-commerce checkout page though? Absolutely. Absolutely. All stinking day long. And again, the beauty behind this guys is we can split test this stuff. So you don’t have to take my word for it. If you doubt it, split it. And then you’re like, oh yeah, dude, pool guy was right.

42:58
Test it because I’m happy to you know to there might be situations where it’s more effective 90 % of time But 10 % of time that’s okay. Let’s use it for the 90 So just to kind of reiterate what you said so in the checkout process you want to just kind of outline the forms that you will experience what the outcome is going to be and Reassure them that you’re not going to sell their information and that sort of thing. That’s right overcome those four major fears major conversion lifts, buddy Interesting. Okay. I’ve never thought to do that

43:28
at all. That’s why we’re talking bud. I know. Seriously, what else you got Marcus? I got lots of stuff. We got five minutes left or whatever. If got anything else, that’d be great. These have been awesome nuggets. Yeah, well and hopefully, everybody’s listening to this. Look, if you get the book they ask you answer, it’s on Amazon, Barnes & Noble, all the stuff. It was rated the number one marketing book in 2017 by Mashable and it really breaks all the big five down. It talks about this really, really well. All the principles

43:57
definitively apply to e-commerce. mean, it really, really does. know, one thing that I would suggest to people too to consider doing, if you are not using some of these simple personalized email video marketing tools by now, you are behind the eight ball for customer service and e-commerce. They are unfreaking believable. So an example of these tools would be GoVideo by Vidyard.

44:25
or Soapbox by Wistia, or there’s some others out there. as, you know, many people, when a purchase is made, they’ll send some automated, thank you. But even better, especially if it’s a, if they spend a bunch of money with you, if you create a quick personalized video that says, you know, hey Steve, you just went on the site and you purchased this, man, I’m so excited for you. I just want to thank you, but.

44:55
If you do that and they see the thumbnail of you holding up a car that says, thank you Steve for your purchase, and it comes to them the same day, they’re gonna be blown away. This is stuff that Amazon isn’t doing yet, right? And that is the power of personalized video. It’s free. If you go video right now by Vidyard is the company that makes it. It’s a free Chrome extension. And anybody that is not technical can learn how to do it in about 60 seconds. Everybody that’s listening is right now.

45:25
for that ultra-powerful customer service experience should be sending out personalized email videos. And it makes all the difference. And so just to be clear, this service, so I’m not familiar with the service, you can actually personalize a video and generate it on the fly? Yeah. Yeah. For your customer. OK. Yeah. Super, super fast. So it’s like, if I wanted to, and I might even do it after we’ve

45:52
we get off this, I might just send it to you directly, just because it is amazing. There’s two major problems with emails that we have. Number one, do they open it? Number two, do they consume it after it’s been opened? So those are the two major problems. So how do you do it? You got a subject line that says something like this, hey Steve, I made this video for you. Now, as soon as you see that, you have to open it. Psychologically, you don’t have a choice. You don’t have a choice.

46:22
Then when you see a thumbnail of a video and on that video I’ve got this little whiteboard or note that’s saying, hey Steve, I just wanted to thank you or whatever. Hey Steve, or whatever it says, or just Steve exclamation point. Once again, you can’t help but to click on the video and watch it. And the whole thing oftentimes will take me less time than actually writing out an email. And it’s so outrageously personalized and it’s just.

46:51
Different than what anybody else is doing again go video by video artists free Chrome extension guys get it right now unless you’re using some other type of personalized video Program I love it Marcus. Hey, I want to give you a chance to talk about your services and your books and all the other services that you have to offer Yeah, well, I’ve got an agency. It’s called impact brand and design impact BND Bravo Nancy David impact BND comm

47:19
is my agency but my personal site is marcusheridan.com and I speak all over the world and if you’ve got I know there’s a lot of soul-prenees here that don’t necessarily need a workshop but if you know it’s like if you’re thinking about somebody for a conference or whatever recommend me because this is what I do and I have a lot of fun with it and my obsession is the audience and their takeaways and hopefully that’s what

47:47
This audience has gotten today Steve. They’re like man, that’s a clear nugget. That’s a clear nugget. That’s a clear nugget. Not a bunch of fluff, not a bunch of hypothetical jargon. They’re like man, this is actionable and I can take it and apply it to my business tomorrow. That’s always my goal. Absolutely. And in fact, Marcus, I may not publish this episode and keep all these nuggets to myself. That’s awesome. But thanks a lot for coming on show, Marcus. Really appreciate your time. My pleasure. All right. Take care.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

436: The Disturbing Truth About ChatGPT And The Ugly Side Of AI

436: Do This NOW Or Else ChatGPT Will Disrupt Your Business And Your Career

This isn’t going to be a rah rah ChatGPT episode. Instead, I’m going to provide my thoughts on how AI will disrupt jobs and content businesses worldwide and what you can do to stay relevant in the next 5-10 years.

Enjoy the episode!

What You’ll Learn

  • How ChatGPT is disrupting major industries
  • How to combat the impending flood of regurgitated content
  • What you must do now to stay relevant

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I’m doing a solo episode and I’m going to be talking about AI and chat GPT. But this episode is not going to be about gushing about the features and how powerful it is. Instead, I’m going to talk about what you need to start doing right now in order to not go obsolete yourself. People are going to lose jobs because of chat GPT and companies are going to go out of business because of this and you need to prepare yourself now.

00:30
But before we begin, want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all probably know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and this is a small intimate event.

00:58
Everyone eats together and everyone parties together every single night. I love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room and help each other with our businesses. Now, the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. Go to sellersummit.com for more info. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

01:26
Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for ecommerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people will want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Postscript specializes in text message marketing for ecom and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-G-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

01:56
And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner Tony. And unlike this one, where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:23
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast. In this episode, I’m gonna talk about AI, chat GPT, and my thoughts on how AI is gonna disrupt this world. But specifically, I’m gonna talk about how AI can disrupt your business, your career, everything that you do to make money if you do not take these steps right now. Now, by now, you’ve probably all heard about chat GPT, and in case you haven’t, chat GPT is an artificial intelligence chat bot developed by OpenAI. Now, if you’re anything like my wife, you’re probably skeptical.

02:54
But after playing with it for the past week, I can say wholeheartedly that ChatGPT is gonna disrupt major industries and possibly even upend Google in the coming years. It’s seriously that big. It’s literally as big as when the internet got started or when Google got started or when the iPhone came out. No joke. Here are just some practical applications that I’ve tried using it for this past week. Now, first off, ChatGPT just puts out amazingly well-written content.

03:22
I actually recently used it to draft an email for my autoresponder sequence for Bumblebee linens and here’s what I asked it to do. I told it to write a brand story for Bumblebee linens, which is my online store that sells handkerchiefs and linens. And then I told Chad GPT to just mention that we started it because my wife cries a lot and we couldn’t find high quality hankies for our wedding anywhere. And then I told it that our value props so that you can add a monogram and a personal message and that we have the largest selection and we embroider everything in house. Now it took a couple of iterations of me teaching the robot.

03:53
But for example, I told it to write it in first person. I told it to make it a little bit more heartfelt. I told it to make the language a little bit more casual and informal. And this is what it came up with. Hi, my name is Jennifer, the owner of Bumble Bee Linens. And I started this store out of my passion for creating meaningful keepsakes and gifts. Now, the original idea behind Bumble Bee Linens began when I was engaged to be married. Now I’m the type of gal who cries all the time. So I wanted something to drive my tears of joy at the altar. As a young bride to be,

04:22
I spent countless hours searching for the perfect handkerchiefs for my own wedding, but no matter where I looked, I just couldn’t find anything that met my high standards for quality and design. That’s when I decided to take matters into my own hands and create my own collection of handkerchiefs. I poured my heart and soul into sourcing each one using the best fabrics and the most intricate embroidery techniques. I also learned how to embroider in order to add monograms and personal messages to our linens. At Bumble Bee Linens, we offer the largest selection of handkerchiefs and linens on the internet. Our collection includes a wide variety of styles and designs,

04:51
from traditional embroidery to modern prints. And you can customize our linens with a monogram or text of your choice. Because we embroider everything in-house in the US, we can offer fast turnaround times on personalized orders. I am truly grateful for the opportunity to share my passion for beautiful linens with others. I invite you to visit Bumblebee Linens and discover the beauty and significance of these special items for yourself. Thank you, Jennifer.

05:16
Pretty amazing, right? Here’s what’s even more amazing. ChatGPT can even write code. Now, I was recently writing code for my website, and it had this weird compilation error where it wasn’t really obvious what the problem was. So what I did is I cut and pasted the code into ChatGPT, asked it what was wrong, and it told me the answer. And in fact, you can even use ChatGPT to write your code for you. I had it code up something quick and dirty that would make images spin on the screen, and it actually output code that worked.

05:46
In fact, I saw a video on YouTube, I think, where a programmer had ChatGPT write code to track faces on video. This is nothing short of amazing. Anyway, so now that you have an idea of what ChatGPT can do, let’s talk about the implications and why it’s going to disrupt major industries. Right now, freelance writers are up in arms because ChatGPT does a pretty good job of writing articles. You know, and as a content creator who has writers, why pay 10 cents per word when you can have a robot write the post for you?

06:16
Here are some nefarious ways that ChatGPT is being used right now in the content space. Some people are taking an existing blog post written by a human, copying and pasting it into ChatGPT, and simply asking it to just rewrite the article in a different tone. For example, you could just take a New York Times post, ask ChatGPT to break it down into bullet points, and then ask it to generate an entire article covering these exact points in an authoritative tone. And this works surprisingly well.

06:46
Is this plagiarism? It’s definitely a gray area, but you can see why authors are furious over this. And it’s only a matter time before the web becomes cluttered with just a bunch of regurgitated junk. And in fact, arguably it already is. And Google has put out a statement saying that all AI content will be penalized. Artists all over the world are also angry because AI-generated images are being generated from the techniques of human artists. Recently, someone submitted an AI-generated piece of art

07:13
that actually won an art contest against humans. So is AI-generated art plagiarism, since it mimics techniques that were invented by humans? Again, this is another gray area. This past week, I used ChatGPD to write jokes, write scripts for certain sections of my YouTube videos. I even had it draft a heartfelt note to my wife, just for fun. And it takes a while to get it right, but the AI eventually outputs something that is pretty darn good. And what’s scary is that you can even have it create content in the style

07:43
of someone else. So for example, you can ask to write a joke about math in the style of Louis CK and it does a pretty good job. In terms of code, millions of people have been uploading code snippets and answering questions on the popular tech site Stack Overflow, which has flooded that site with regurgitated junk. Now are the lives of content creators, artists and software engineers in trouble of becoming obsolete? Well, the answer is yes and no.

08:11
So first off, AI is still a ways away from replacing humans. The content that it spits out is often inaccurate. So for example, in a post on strategicre.com, the author used ChatGPT for fun to help his daughter with her term paper on Thomas Hobbes. Now, even though the essay created by ChatGPT was written very well and in an authoritative tone, it was actually completely factually incorrect. And incidentally, education is honestly where I’m most scared about ChatGPT right now.

08:40
What if every kid starts using chat GPT to write essays and term papers? It is literally going to make our next generation incapable of thinking for themselves. Anyway, that’s a topic for another podcast probably. And the reason I think about it is because, you know, I have two kids and myself, but let’s fast forward five years when this technology becomes much better and more accurate. Are we all destined to become couch potatoes with screens over our eyes hanging out in the metaverse? Now to give you my point of view,

09:10
I want to tell you a couple stories based on my own experiences. Now, in the early part of my career, I was an electrical engineer in the Silicon Valley. And during the early part of the 21st century, there was actually a huge movement towards outsourcing engineering work to India, where you could literally say between five and five to 10 X on your costs. Now slowly, but surely companies in the Silicon Valley started moving their entire teams to India, entire engineering teams, I should say. And my company,

09:38
we nearly stopped hiring people in the US at that time. And we focused our efforts in building a team in Pune and Bangalore. Now people at my company were worried that we’d all be outsourced to cheaper labor overseas. But me, I was actually never worried about getting outsourced. And here’s why. Even though the engineers in India could do some of the work on my plate, I had the knowledge and the relationships in my company to get things done far faster than anyone in India. Now in the engineering world,

10:06
I’m pretty sure not many of you guys listening to this are engineers, but it’s actually rare that you can lock yourself in a room, code, and develop in silence. To get things done, you often have to communicate with your peers, work together, and a lot of times it’s give and take. So for example, I might say something like, hey man, I’ll get this part done for you quickly, but I need you to do this for me. Plus, because I was at headquarters, I could actually move much quicker than anyone in India. And furthermore, and this is not really to brag, but I simply put out better work.

10:36
Not because I was necessarily smarter, but because the communication was better. Now, when I started Bumblebee Linens back in 2007, it was extremely difficult to start an online store. There was no Shopify, no BigCommerce, no Amazon. If you wanted to shop, you had to jump through some hoops, be familiar with code to a certain extent, and integrate all of your own apps. Now today, companies like Shopify and Amazon make it way easier to get started. And today, you’ll find hundreds of…

11:03
thousands of independent shops selling random things online. Sellers from China routinely copy and rip off products and sell them at lower prices and there’s rampant competition. I’ve even had people start competing sites to Bumblebee linens. The one I can think of right off hand is called Hummingbird linens where they knocked off our site completely. But am I worried about the competition? Now the answer is yes to a certain extent, but I have confidence that I can adjust quickly and be a step ahead of the competition.

11:32
After all, I have a couple of things that my competitors do not. I have a strong following and a solid customer list to market to and people who are loyal to the brand. So what is the point in me telling you all this? After all, outsourcing to India and Chinese knockoffs isn’t exactly like AI, but it’s actually pretty close. The key point is that we are all humans and AI can’t take that away. And as humans, we all feel the need to connect with one another.

12:01
Now, at my day job as an engineering director, I wasn’t worried about getting replaced because I developed real human relationships with the people at my company. I had the necessary people skills to get things done far faster than employee tens of thousands of miles away. Now, even if the engineering staff over there could code better than me, which was possibly the case, they would never be able to replace the human aspects of my job. Now, how do you get a whole bunch of disparate groups in a company to work together? You got to take them out to eat, you got to do them favors.

12:29
You get them to like you and you kinda have to grease the wheels. Now in terms of e-commerce, it’s extremely difficult to replace your brand and the community that you’ve created. So for example, the other day I was looking at buying wireless microphones. am I gonna buy the cheap Chinese knockoffs that are half the price or am I gonna go with a Rode or a Schanheiser? I ended up spending 2X the cost to get the Rode microphone and not the cheap Chinese knockoffs. So overall,

12:59
Chat GPT is going to disrupt people who are either not great at their work to begin with, or people who aren’t making connections with real people. My buddy Jim Wang recently introduced me to the blog, strategery.com, which is a blog that I highly recommend that everyone check out. And if you read this guy’s writing, there’s no way in a million years that an AI robot will be able to replace his writing. Now for myself, I think I’m going to be okay. Not necessarily because my content is better than anyone else’s in particular.

13:27
but because of the real relationships that I’ve developed over the years with all of you who are listening to this podcast and all of you guys who read my blog or watch my YouTube videos. Everyone who I personally met at the Seller Summit, which my annual e-commerce event or every event that I’ve ever attended will continue to follow me because of our connection. So whether you’re a coder, a writer or a podcaster, it doesn’t really matter what you do. You’re a human with connections. And even if AI were to copy you,

13:56
They can’t copy the community that you’ve built up over time. All right, so how do you compete with AI as an e-commerce store owner or a content creator? Number one, you need to establish real human connections with your audience. If you run an e-commerce store, start taking phone calls, provide great customer service, put out videos, TikToks and blog posts to get people to follow you. And I would say of the three videos, probably the best medium, you know, out of blogging and podcasting.

14:26
Number two, don’t hide behind your computer all day. Actually go out and talk to people. Build a community. Recently, I’ve actually started going down my phone book and randomly texting people to reconnect. Take Zoom calls with people who follow you or buy from you. Create a group, whether it be Facebook, Discord, or Forum, where people can hang out and chat. So bottom line, in order to succeed in the AI world, you have to leverage your strengths as a human.

14:54
And since humans are the ones programming the bots, you’ll technically always be one step ahead, but you must adapt to the circumstances as they change. Recently, I was in a mastermind group meeting, and we were talking about AI. And one person was like, ah, you know, I’m always going to be one step ahead, and I know how to rank in Google compared to other people, so I’ll be OK. And my response to that was, what if Chat GPT replaces Google, and all of a sudden, people are just getting their answers without having to click on any links?

15:23
You’re going to be completely disrupted at that point. Anyway, I started out in my own journey as a blogger, but I’ve evolved to podcasting and YouTube because I feel that those mediums are better for establishing connections with others. Now in the world of e-commerce, I focus all my efforts on building an email and an SMS list. Your customer data is the lifeblood and the secret to longevity for any business. And for those of you guys selling on Amazon,

15:51
Selling on Amazon is just a short-term fix and just a place to generate cash flow. And in fact, the best comparison that I can think of for AI is how Amazon disrupted e-commerce in the past decade or so. Focus on being a real person and you’ll never go obsolete. By the way, this entire episode was written by AI. I’m just kidding. Anyway, now that you know what you need to know to stay ahead, make sure you start getting yourself out there, putting yourself out there.

16:20
And if you can, and if you had the courage, use video. Hope you enjoyed that episode, and I hope it provided you with some clarity on where the world is going and what you need to do to prepare. Next year is going to be crazy as this tech proliferates to different applications. For more information about this episode, go to mywebcuderjob.com slash episode 436. And once again, I want to remind you that my annual e-commerce conference will be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida on May 23rd to the 25th of 2023. I really want to hang out with you guys in person next year.

16:50
and this is kind of in the vein of this episode, so let’s meet up. Go to Sellersummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now, when I talk about how I these tools on my blog,

17:19
And if you are interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifequaterjob.com and sign up for my free 16 mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

435: From 0 to 3.2M Subs On YouTube: How Philip Wang Grew WongFu Productions

435: Surprising Facts About Growing A YouTube Channel From A Seasoned Pro With Philip Wang Of WongFu Productions

Today I have a special guest on the show, Philip Wang Of WongFu Productions. If you’re Asian, you probably know exactly who Philip is and he’s one of the OG YouTubers on the Internet. The WongFu YouTube channel has over 3.2 million subscribers with billions of views.

WongFu’s films have been featured in a number of international film festivals like the LA Film Festival, the San Diego Film Festival, and the Cannes Film Festival.

In this episode, you’ll learn exactly how he grew his channel into a media empire.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Philip Wang and his partners started their YouTube channel
  • How to go viral on YouTube
  • Philip’s strategies and techniques for creating content

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have a very special guest on the show, Philip Wang of Wong Fu Productions. Now, if you’re Asian, you probably know exactly who this is, but in case you are not, Philip Wang started a YouTube channel a long time ago with two of his buddies, which has become a successful production company. His story just goes to show that if you’re willing to put content out there, good things will happen. And in this episode, we’ll learn exactly how he got started.

00:30
But before we begin, want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all probably know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people and it’s a very intimate event.

00:58
Everyone eats together and everyone parties together every single night. I love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room, cater in food and help each other with our businesses. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. So go to SellersSummit.com. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

01:28
Now if you’re on an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store, and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores, and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience

01:54
based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows going to banding cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too. And SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot IO slash Steve. Finally, I wanted to mention my other podcasts that I released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce,

02:19
The Profitable Audience Podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now on to the show.

02:40
Welcome to the My Wife, Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Phil Wang on the show. Now, Phil and his partners, Wesley Chan and Ted Fu, started Wong Fu Productions back in 2004, and their YouTube channel today has over 3.2 million subscribers with billions of views. And their films have been featured in a number of international film festivals, like the LA Film Festival, the San Diego Film Festival, and the Cannes Film Festival. Now here’s why Wong Fu is meaningful to me personally. Now, even though I’m older than Phil,

03:10
I feel like I grew up with Wong Fu, like the stories that he tells in his videos are like stories of my youth, especially the romance stories and the angst of growing up as an Asian American. And I actually binge watched a bunch of the older hits right before this interview. Now, most of you guys listening probably don’t know this, but I actually made a bunch of films with my friends with a Fisher Price PLX 2000 camera when I was young, and actually wanted to make films growing up, but decided to pursue engineering out of

03:39
practicality. Now, Phil did not pursue one of the Asian big three, engineering, law or medicine, and decided to pursue his passion in a way. Phil has paved the way and has given permission for Asians to go into the arts. Now my YouTube channel just hit a hundred K subs last week and I actually owe a small piece of that to Wong Fu. So welcome to show Phil. Oh my gosh. Thank you. Do I get my royalty checks? If you said you owe me, I’m just kidding. Thank you for the kind words, man.

04:09
We’ve been doing this for so long. I think like, you know, since we’re so deep into it, it’s kind of crazy to see like the ripple effects of what we were doing kind of just casually or just what we thought was just for fun in those early days. And just to see like the effects of it, you know, 20 years later, it’s really incredible. And I feel really grateful that we got to do what we did at a very specific period of time. I don’t know if we would be able to survive and if we were to start now. So

04:38
It was a very, very unique period of time for Asians and media, for social media, for digital content. Like it was, was, it was such a, such a strange time. I mean, you’re definitely changing lives. mean, I mean, you influenced me for one thing too. And Phil, it’s funny. I know you’re Chinese. How the heck actually did you not end up as an engineer, doctor or lawyer? Were your parents on board with this decision that you made long ago? Well, it helped that my sister

05:06
It was a doctor and pre-med. But you know, yeah, like my parents, you know, they immigrated from Taiwan, you know, after college and they pursued higher education here. And they went down, obviously, like they went a very more structured route of just trying to, you know, create a better life. And they were computer programmers. So I was around like engineering and just like the

05:34
the typical Asian American upbringing from an immigrant experience very early on. school was, yeah, academics was always very important. I did Kuman, I did so many extracurricular activities. My mom was a super mom. She worked full-time and still found ways to take me to piano lessons, violin lessons, dance lessons, and still have dinner cooked. So really fortunate. But yeah, when it came time to…

06:02
choose a major for college, I actually went into UC San Diego undeclared. And I guess, I don’t know, maybe my parents, maybe there was a little bit of the younger son mentality, like them just babying me a little bit, and my sister definitely shouldering a lot of that academic weight. But I went in undeclared, I had no idea what I wanted to do. I thought I should do business, you know, so I went to like econ, because I knew that actually I was not good at math, I already knew that.

06:31
I knew that I was not going Actually, I didn’t know that about you, Phil. Yeah, I’m terrible. I’m terrible, man. I didn’t even like in senior year when all my friends were taking like AP Calc, I took like a stats class because in senior year, was like, I can’t do this. Yeah, science I was not very good at. I was like, okay, maybe I think I’m a good talker. Maybe I can go into business or something. And then when I get to college and I take my first econ class, was…

07:01
find out that there’s so much math involved and I was like, all right, this sucks. So at that point, I got really lucky that I was already making videos just for fun. UC San Diego has just a bunch of like prereqs that you have, or sorry, yeah, prereqs that you have to take. So I was just doing that and then I was making videos for fun. And one of my friends was in visual arts and she’s like, why don’t you just do this? You’re making videos already just on your free time where you can get credit and you can actually make this your major. so I didn’t…

07:27
think there was never like this moment where I’m like, I’m going to be a director or like, I believe that I’m like, this is my path because as an Asian growing up in America, you don’t really see that. Yeah. Especially in the nineties, right? Like there was no one that I could say like, Oh, I it’s possible. Like it was only Jackie Chan and Jet Li, Chow and Fab, but those were all imports, right? So in America, I wasn’t like, Oh my God, there’s this director that I can be like, right? So it was very just happenstance. I was like, okay, I’ll just make that my major. And I,

07:57
what I told my parents at the time was, hey, entertainment is a business. So it’s like, if I go into this industry, it’s like I’m going into business. I’ll find a desk job somewhere. So even in my biggest dreams, you know, declaring visual arts as my major, I still saw myself as a desk job. that’s interesting. Like, you know, the Asian mentality where it’s like, yeah, there was, there was really, I didn’t have this dream that I felt was possible. Yeah.

08:26
Sounds like your mom is more supportive than mine. I actually just told her about my milestone last week and she was like, what? 100,000 people watch, what are you talking about? Why would 100,000 people want to even listen to you? It’s a learning curve for them. It’s funny that she’s feeling that now because now she should have enough examples of like, she’s probably watching YouTube herself, right? So she should know what’s out there. But when we were first starting, my mom was like, you got to get off the internet. You’re going to get sued, you’re going to get viruses.

08:56
upset about it. And my dad for a very long time, even after like the videos were going and we were, set up our business. My dad was like, Hey, you know, law school is also, you know, you you should go to law school. All you got to do is read. And I’m like, I’m sure it’s more than that dad, but he was pushing law school for a very long time on me. Yeah. Yeah. Did you ever have a job full-time job or was like one for your first thing? Right. I might.

09:21
My first job ever was at Target. I pushed carts in high school and I was a cashier and yeah, I was the guy that collected all the carts at the end of the day or throughout the day. So if anyone’s listening out there, if you only have one bag in your cart, just leave the cart in the store. Okay? Don’t bring the entire cart out for one bag. I’m actually very conscious of that myself. I always put it backwards, supposed to Thank you. Yes. And then in college, I worked at a boba shop for three years.

09:52
Also part-time and we can talk about that because that obviously we’ll get to that into my business now. So to answer your question, no, I actually have not had a full-time job. I’ve never had to like have a formal, formal interview. And I, that’s something that I do feel is a huge blessing and a huge privilege. You know, like not ever having to like do that at the same time, like it comes with different challenges and struggles also. I’ve been my own boss technically since the beginning, but

10:21
You share all the successes, you get all the successes 100 % on your own, but all the failures are also 100 % on you too. So it’s a different kind of level of stress and there’s no clocking in or out. There’s no benefits in the beginning. You just got to believe in what you’re doing and hope that there’s a light at the end of the tunnel. So let’s talk about the early days. How did you actually create such a large following on YouTube? And what was it like in the very beginning when money probably wasn’t coming in?

10:50
Yeah, no, for sure. There was. Yeah, that’s a good point. There was no money for many years in the the YouTube digital space. And the reason why I’d say digital space is because YouTube technically wasn’t even around when we first started. That’s how old I was. predate YouTube. didn’t know. Yeah, YouTube was 2005. And our first like video came out in like 2003. Like I was a freshman in college. And this was you. You’re of the right age. You remember like Evon’s world? Yeah, of course.

11:17
Break.com. This was the era that the videos that we were making were kind of coming out. We had a website we had to build with GeoCities. We had to buy server space. So when you asked how do we find success in the audience in the beginning, it wasn’t that conscious. I think you have to remind yourself at that time, even saying that you had an online video was like weird two words to put together. There was no expectation of building a brand online.

11:47
there was no formula, there was no expectation. That’s really what it came down to, to like say, hey, I need to get a bunch of views so that I can create a business. We were just doing it for fun. And so like, I think there was a little bit about it that was just novelty of just like, hey, here’s a new format that some young kids are taking advantage of or having fun with. And then the other aspect obviously is the fact that we were Asian, Asian-American students. And I think at that time, you know, there was even less,

12:17
you know, then then what we there was so much less so far less than what we see now of Asians on screen. And back then it was just only TV or movies. It’s not like you even had social media to see influencers or YouTubers. So I think seeing even us on a small 240p, you know, Windows Media Player file was already representation for like a lot of students. And we I always say we were at this crossing point of

12:44
of technology being available of like high speed internet and also like digital camcorders and just like, you know, culture just ready to consume, you know, digital content as well. And so we were, we were right there and our stuff just started getting passed around college campuses first because that’s the only, the only places that had high speed internet. So it’s all word of mouth. All word of mouth. All, all it started with like instant messenger, like

13:09
And we would just put it in our bio or our away message. Like this is old people talk right now. And we would just go down our buddy list and send it out to people. And we had a guest book and we’re like, oh my God, people are watching from Canada. People are watching from this other school. If you think about it, this was also when Facebook was only invite only, you know, like on the college. So it was cool just to see like our links get passed around and yeah, just a very different time. So was all word of mouth. And by the time we graduated, we had a pretty substantial following.

13:39
of just college students and, you know, the college students would share with their friends and family back at home. And when we graduated, we’re like, man, I think we should probably try to take this seriously. Like this is lightning in a bottle. We shouldn’t take this for granted. Let’s see how far we can take this. And again, this was still before YouTube had their first ads, you know, program. I remember in 2009, that’s when they had the beta version of their AdSense.

14:09
Google didn’t have ads for a very long time. It’s insane to think about that, right? And people were actually really upset when YouTubers started putting ads on their videos. They thought that they were selling out. People would say, oh, I’m clicking away if I see an ad. Now, it’s funny, fans get mad at YouTube for not giving them ads because they want them to support their content creators. So the culture really shifted in an incredible way to actually make this

14:39
an industry like it really matured over the like definitely in the 2010s. How did you survive? What is it like five years of not making money until? Yeah. So it’s funny. I mean, you have you have a you know, your e commerce, you know, guru here, right. So when we were first starting out, so we graduated in 2006. And yes, no money was coming in through our videos. So on a more like just trying to be stable way we did like

15:08
little commercials for local TV stations, like a few hundred bucks here and there. We did wedding videography for a couple of years. And this is like not like, nowadays if I say wedding videography, people are like, whoa, dude, that’s like thousands of dollars. No, this was like early days. Like when we were college students, we did one wedding video for like 500 bucks. so. Wow. Okay. That’s really inexpensive. That wouldn’t be unheard of in 2022. And we did like club.

15:35
videography. So if you ever went to like a nightclub and saw people with video cameras, like that’s, that was us for like a, for like a couple of years. But the, but the big turning point was actually when we realized that we were getting emails and people were leaving comments on like our guest book and videos that were saying, Hey, what’s this t-shirt that you guys are wearing in one of your videos? We had this one t-shirt that

15:59
It’s a pretty problematic t-shirt now if it came out now, but it basically in Mandarin said like, white people can’t read this. It said like buyer and can’t And it was just a funny t-shirt like back in the 2000s and everyone was like, where’d you get that? Where’d you get that? And it was just gifted to us by another fan. And I just wore it in a video and I’m like, oh my gosh, what if we design our own shirts and we sold them because we have all this viewership. Let’s at least parlay this audience into some type of goods or product, right?

16:28
And so we launched a merchandise line. I would say, I would say that we were probably one of like the first like YouTube channels to create merch and create a business around our merch. Was this print on demand or were you actually physically? We actually had inventory. So it was very scary. Yeah. We would print like hundreds and we would, and slowly in that business really matured as we learned more and more like, you know, of just like different quality, different, you know, price points.

16:57
fulfillment issues and it became like like that was actually like a very big part of our revenue stream for a very long time. Ted, who is still actually in e-commerce, like he really took over it and he got us to a point where we had a warehouse and we had a fulfillment center. But for a long time we were packing things in our living room. We were too. Yeah. And we would have to just buy like big orders from Uline, just boxes and we would take big shipments.

17:23
or big orders out to the post office, you know, and like, and go straight to the back, you know, and drop them off in the bin. And then we actually started getting into like toys, you know, like we were thought, okay, apparel is actually really, really difficult because you have to have like sizes, you get like returns, things like that. But if you have like products that are just like one size fits all, or just like, no, no size, you know, it’s just like, it’s just the product that you can sell. Like we actually really had found a lot of success through that. It was called Awkward Animals. And it was just like this plush line.

17:53
So that’s how the money first came in. then on top of that- still around by the way? I think it’s dormant right now. Ted is kind of in charge of that and he has like his own like e-commerce kind of a business. But on the Wang Fu side, so not the pleasures, but the Wang Fu side, are still doing merchandise, but it’s a little less of a focus now because other parts of our business have matured. But we also did like speaking engagements.

18:23
year after we graduated, made this feature film and the only way to watch it was if people booked us to go to their schools. So we toured like 20 plus universities in the first six months after graduating. And that was actually what really opened my eyes to see like, hey, this is something really special. We have people that are driving in six hours to watch our movie.

18:47
you know, in the middle of Virginia or Pennsylvania. that’s one it’s one thing to see like a web statistic of like, hey, thousands of people are watching. And there’s another to actually go out into Calgary, Alberta, the middle of Canada in the snow and see a line in the snow of people that just want to watch, you know, that they were craving and starving for like Asian faces and media. Like that’s how much they were willing to watch. And that’s when I was like, OK, you know, just fresh out of college. I’m like, we got it. We got to keep this going whatever way we can. When you were toying the colleges, were you charging?

19:16
people to watch or were you just? Yeah, we had, mean, yeah, so we, we nowadays we still, so we still do a speaking engagements and we have like, you know, upfront speaking fees and honorariums. It’s been like that for, for over a decade, but in the early days, like, you know, lot of these colleges and we were like, who are we? We were just like other college, we were just fresh out of college. We were basically their age. Um, we, we, we didn’t feel right saying like, you know, here’s our fee. So we did say, Hey, let’s just, let’s just sell tickets. We can split the profits and, um,

19:45
like some of the tickets were like $5 a pop, you know, and, it didn’t barely covered our travel. We like, would actually, we stayed in some people’s like, like, um, dorm room suites, the couches and stuff. was, it was, we slummed it out for a little bit. Like we were definitely paid our dues as like these, these, these starving artists for sure. I love it. It’s the twenties. It’s what they say. Like when you’re in your twenties, that’s the age where you, it’s acceptable to do these kind of like, you know, grungy things to make your business happen. Right. Yeah. Absolutely.

20:16
If you’re looking to start an online store, you’re probably deciding which e-commerce platform to go with. And the problem is that there’s hundreds of choices out there and they all start to blend together after a while. So I want to save you time today and tell you about BigCommerce, which is one of the platforms that I recommend. And here’s why. BigCommerce does not nickel and dime you with apps like other platforms. Once you sign up, you get a fully featured shopping cart with the features you need built right in. If you want to run a WordPress blog and an online store on the same exact domain for search engine optimization,

20:45
BigCommerce has a nice WordPress integration that allows you to do exactly that to maximize your SEO. And then finally, you have the right to use whatever payment processes that you want without paying any transaction fees, unlike other shopping carts out there. Now for geeks like myself, BigCommerce offers a powerful API which allows you to scale your e-commerce store to seven, eight, and even nine figures and beyond. In fact, BigCommerce runs huge stores like Sony, Casio, and Ben & Jerry’s. So if you’re interested in looking for an e-commerce platform,

21:13
go to mywifequitterjob.com slash BC and check it out for free for 30 days. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash BC. Now back to the show.

21:26
All right, well, okay, so we talked about like the past and when you got started, let’s say someone wants to get into what you’re doing today. You mentioned it would be a lot harder, but I’m just curious what your thoughts and what steps you would take for the people listening. Yeah, it’s a totally different game now. And in some ways, like it’s harder, in some ways it’s easier, right? The ways that it’s easier is that there’s ecosystems, there’s a culture of understanding of what you’re doing and what you’re offering that’s built into our DNA now, right?

21:56
when you go on your phone and any app, like people are ready to consume. People understand advertisements. People understand online courses. They understand e-commerce. They have their wallet already saved on their phone. I remember like back when everyone just still had desktops, right? This was before smartphones. We were on razor phones, okay? And I was like, it would be so cool if someday you could just put a quarter into your desktop or something, or you could scan your credit card just to watch one of our videos. Imagine if the technology for that existed. We would be millionaires.

22:25
And now that literally exists, you know, like it’s crazy, like what is already built into like the infrastructure of just digital content consumption, right? So that’s where it is quote unquote easier. Where it’s harder now is everyone can do it, right? Yeah. So there’s so much more noise. There’s so many copycats. There’s so many, there’s so many just people that are just trying to just get your attention and basically like maybe you can even call them scammers. There’s people that are just here for clickbait.

22:55
So it’s really hard to break through and get noticed, right? So that’s where I would say it would be a lot more difficult. no matter who I talk to, no matter whatever generation of content creation they came up in, like whether it was the 80s and it was just film and television, whether it’s the 2000s and early internet days or 2010s and new YouTubers, it’s still content is king, right? If your content is good, like,

23:24
that’s what will always rise to the top. You have to make good, helpful, meaningful content and it will for sure find an audience. Of course, if you want to find your niche, that’s the number one thing you should figure out is like, what can I offer this space or this industry that I’m trying to get into? What can I do differently? Or how can I package it differently? And you got to get creative, right? There is so much

23:54
I see on Instagram, so many people that are doing the same type of content, but every so often, I’ll find someone that’s doing it a little differently. And I’m like, wow, that’s genius. There’s a reason why I decided to follow you and not follow someone else. You decided to do your content a little differently. So you just gotta be creative. And I would also say, have patience. I think a lot of times we’re in this,

24:21
fast instant gratification kind of mentality that people aren’t willing to put in the work. I know it sounds like really old and grumpy, like, no one wants to This podcast started to sound like an old grumpy hour. But it’s true. It takes time to, and not just necessarily say that you can’t adjust and pivot quickly, but just know that what you’re doing and if you want to find success, it’s going to take time.

24:51
adapt quickly, but also understand that it’s a marathon, right? And that whatever your business you’re building, it’s going to take some time to really catch on, or you have to like, re-strategize, try things different ways. This is speaking super broadly. would obviously like- Well, you I always tell people don’t do something unless you plan on doing it for at least three to five years. That’s general in my- Yeah. And I don’t know if you would agree or disagree with me with this, because you brought up passion a little bit earlier, but like, I would also say like, don’t do something unless you’re

25:21
willing and ready to do it for free for a little bit too. And what I mean by that is not to say like, don’t like just give away your work and service. I’m saying like, you might be at a loss for a little bit, right? Or there’s gonna be some initial investment or sunk costs or things like that. And so you should be ready to at least like put in your own investment of sweat or your own capital to like say, I’m putting in this time so that I’m building something bigger in the future is all I’m saying.

25:48
I 100 % agree. Free is actually the way I make money. Like you give so much away for free that people just want to support you, right? It’s probably the same way that you guys did it. Actually, speaking of money, I’ve just noticed over the years since I’ve been following you for a long time that the number of views for your short films has just been decreasing over time. Like how do you guys make money? It can’t be AdSense. Yeah, that’s a great question. I’m smiling right now as you’re being very critical and Asian dad of me right now.

26:16
Hey, kiddo, your views are actually nothing to do with the quality, man. The quality is better than ever. No, so I mean, even when our even at the height of when our videos were like, you know, getting hundreds of thousands, millions of views, it was still not our main source of revenue. And this is why actually, like, I actually think I’m not a great person to talk to in terms of YouTuber success. People like I mean, yes, like they categorize me as a quote unquote YouTuber. But I think I think I’m actually a terrible YouTuber because

26:44
Um, our Wong Fu’s model, um, if you’ve been following has never been never really taken strategy out of what, uh, what YouTube, the algorithm, whatever YouTube has, has said, which is like, you know, daily, weekly, you know, scheduled content, um, you know, make it quick, make it short, now make it long, make it, you know, uh, whatever. We just always made what we were passionate about, what we thought we wanted to make. And, and that’s actually a testament to how great our fans have been and, and what our, our purpose.

27:13
as a channel has been, people were following our purpose. They weren’t following us for just some trendy thing. I think like, if we were trying to be a YouTuber, we would be doing things a lot differently. Our content would be a lot different. So because of that, we were never reliant on our AdSense because we didn’t make weekly videos that were getting millions of views. We weren’t trying to hop on the latest trend just to make sure we got in front of the algorithm. That was nothing we were doing. We were always…

27:42
using our audience and using our viewership to get other business revenue streams, whether it’s the merch, whether it’s the speaking engagements, whether it’s commercial brand deals, that’s what was more important to us to have quality, not quantity. think that’s like a super old adage, right? but that’s really what was driving WongFu and so is like, so now just to answer, I want, it’s great to address this because I actually don’t really talk about this, but yeah, our views are not anything close to what we were in like, you know, the earlier days.

28:12
or just like a few years ago, but we’ve actually been generating more revenue than before because we are now as a brand known as a production company, we have this built-in audience and we have this, again, quality that other platforms and brands or companies are coming to us. We’re doing more commercial shoots. We’re making, we’re doing productions for

28:37
other platforms. For example, we just did this huge campaign for Vicky, which is a Korean content platform. Yeah. just, and they want to do like, they want us to like make an entire like series for them. We we’re doing a web show for Netflix’s YouTube channel, which is called spill the boba tea, where I interview Asian American or Asian guests at my boba shop. And that’s its own budget too. So yeah, we basically diversified. And also what one thing that’s important to say too, is that

29:06
the early days of YouTube, everyone had more views. And the reason why is because if you think about it, that was the only place to watch video content. It’s kind of like a freeway. All the cars are on one freeway. So if you have a billboard, everyone’s going to see that billboard. But now as the industry, as digital content has sprawled out, and we’re not in just this one little urban area, it’s sprawled out now, there’s more freeways, there’s more avenues.

29:34
your billboard on that one freeway is not going to have as much traffic. Now you have to actually have billboards and you have to have content on all these other platforms, all these other freeways, right? And so our viewership across other social media channels is just as strong as ever was before too. just on YouTube, it’s just been diluted. That’s kind of what’s happened. Interesting. Well, I noticed your other channel, More Wong Fu, that’s more like the YouTube style. Right? A little bit. Yeah. And even that, we, like we’re…

30:02
We’re kind of like, ah, we’re kind of over this or maybe we’ll find another purpose. Like there was a period of time where second channels was a very YouTube strategy thing. And it’s like a little less necessary these days. That’s all. Like, so that’s us just trying to like kind of keep our eyes and ears open to just what, what like the culture and trends are. Yeah. I kind of like that channel too, cause it’s like more of a behind the scenes about how you guys are like as people, right? Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. I think like that was another thing too. I think.

30:31
you know, when people, when we were first starting out, there were a lot of most, when you think of YouTube channels, you think of like actually like a personality, right? Even, yourself, right? And so we actually started off like not wanting to be in front of camera. Like we wanted our content, like we were, and that’s actually, think one reason why Wong Fu’s longevity has been what it is like this long is because it wasn’t so reliant on a single person continuing to make the same type of content.

31:00
because that can get old and that can get tiresome or boring and people lose interest. But because we have short films that have other actors or a variety of content or messages, people know Wong Fu maybe for something that I’m not even in. And I love that. Essentially we created a brand and an identity that’s not necessarily associated with me. Of course, the big fans will know me and Wes and the team if they want to go deeper.

31:29
but it’s the stories that I think can last forever. Yeah, I mean, I just love all the stories. And you’re right. I’ve actually come to follow a lot of the people you’ve had on these in your movies. Yeah. Like Keena Grannis, for example, like I listen to her music now. Yeah. I am curious, what are the economics like? Let’s just take Single by Thirty, which you guys did a while ago. Yeah. Like what are the economics? Like it was a real production. Right. You had actors and whatnot.

32:00
I vaguely remember you charged, like if you want to binge watch them, otherwise you get them for free. how did that make money? So, so with Sing by 30, that one was specifically for YouTube Red, which is now YouTube premium, but they were trying to basically, you know, in 2016, everyone was trying to make their Netflix play. This was like still when Amazon and Apple TV hadn’t even really started releasing anything. So everyone was just trying to make their own premium content. So YouTube actually paid us a fee to make this, this series.

32:29
And then they had a paywall for their own platform of YouTube Red or their own membership of YouTube Red. But we did take a page out of that and our own independent projects like for Yappy, for Dating After College, and even for some short films, we started experimenting with actually just charging quote unquote like ticket pricing. Kind of like what I joked about like in the beginning of like, when we had desktop and me imagining this technology, I wish people could just pay to watch. And now that exists, you we use Gumroad, we used

32:59
Indiegogo, used Vimeo Pro and actually had people. I think we got to a point in the maturity of our audience and our content where we’re like, hey, I think there’s a sector of or a higher tier of our fans that are in a position where they have expanded income. They want to see us shine and keep going. They’re willing to pay $10. They’re willing to treat us like as if it was like a movie ticket. And so

33:24
we did put some things behind paywalls so that people could watch for free. And if they were of this tier of fans, then we could basically, you know, utilize them and service them. And then for the rest of the fans and to also keep our brand and keep our engagement up, we released it for free maybe after a period or a certain window. So this is, it’s really nothing different from just like, you know, even just like old traditional media where you have a theatrical release.

33:52
then you have the home video release, then you have it for free licensed on TBS on, you know, on Saturday. So it’s just, we were just taking similar strategies, but just applying them to our YouTube channel. So maybe Single by 30 is not a good example, but like when you put out like a short film, I think you just released one relatively recently. It’s just like a singular, you know, one video. I mean, does that make money or is that just to basically build

34:20
It’s a little bit of both. Part of it is to recoup. at the very least, if you’re not losing money on your content, that’s already positive. But luckily, most of our stuff, we would actually make a profit on. It’s not enough to have us go be like a movie studio or whatever, but it’s enough for us to feel like, that wasn’t a loss and we can reinvest into the company. But like I said, most of our income and revenue right now is still from

34:49
you know, commercial gigs and branded deals and collaborating with other studios and other platforms and utilizing, you know, our talent and skill set. And that’s actually what I think that I would rather I’d rather make money that way than like, you know, just be like, aching for views and ads, you know, like, know, absolutely, absolutely. So is all of the deal flow inbound? Like, do you have are they just all coming to you for the most part?

35:19
Um, it’s a, it’s, would say it’s the majority is still coming to us. Uh, but I will, I will have to say like, yeah, there is still a lot of effort in terms of just me putting myself out there and networking with people, letting people know that Wong Fu is available to do things. Wong Fu is interested in collaborating with certain people. So you have to put yourself out there. Cause I remember there was actually a conversation that had with one producer one time where I was like, Hey, I’m totally down. Like, Oh, how come you guys didn’t call us for that? We would have been totally down to like, Whoa, I had.

35:48
I thought Wong Fu was just happy doing their own thing. Like now that I know that you guys are willing to collaborate, I’ll definitely give you guys a call. So a little bit of it is, like, you know, just almost like an agency. it’s Wong Fu has so many different facets and identities that have to kind of work together in order for us to just to, you know, make videos. It’s pretty interesting that a lot of people, yeah, don’t kind of see that back, you know, behind the scenes. And you’re acting yourself, right? Are you dabbling or?

36:17
I do, in Wong Fu stuff, I’ll do it as necessary. Like, you know, if they, if they need me to be in something or they need me to be the face of something outside and other people’s projects. I have like done auditions and stuff. I’m actually really terrible at auditioning. I mean, you did audition for Partner Trek, hear. Yeah, I did. You’re right. And I did terrible in it. And so yeah, like now if people, if, if people ask me to go cameo or something, I’ll do it. And if people ask me to audition, I’ll like, I’ll do it too. But.

36:47
Um, yeah, like acting is definitely not a primary. I don’t have this. I don’t have this, the, the, thick enough skin to, go do it. Yeah. Well, let’s switch gears now. I mean, you just had your first child and then you decided to launch two brick and mortar Boba shops. Yeah. Which is a lot of work. Yeah. Let’s talk about that. Um, well, we didn’t launch two at the same time we launched one and then, um, three years in, we were able to finally, uh,

37:15
open our second one and we’re in the works for our third one right now. yeah, I opened a cafe called Bo P’o Mo Fo Cafe. And for those that don’t know, Bo P’o Mo Fo are the phonetic alphabets of like Mandarin Chinese. And it’s just like, you when you went to Chinese school, you learned the Bo P’o Mo Fo is just like you learned the ABCs. So it’s like the ABCs, right? And that was actually like the inspo for like, you know, our identity as a cafe. We’re like, oh, this is kind of like, you know, our

37:44
a mix of Eastern, Western sensibilities. This is like, you know, I eat my traditional food at home, but then I go to school and I eat cafeteria tater tots and chicken sandwiches. it’s essentially like, yeah, like a fusion of like our bi-cultural upbringing here in America. originally we wanted to call it like, we were like, oh, it’s like kind of like ABC food, like American born Chinese. Like it’s like ABC cafe, but that’s such a boring name. like, oh my God, Bokumafua. It’s already taken too in Hawaii, right?

38:14
So yeah, yeah, there’s tons of ABCs, everything. But it all started with in like around 2016 where I was like, you know, like I, it’d be really cool. And honestly, I looking at like what Bart and Joe had done, like with their gyms and with like their, their products. I was like, I think I would, I think this was interesting. I would, I would like to explore starting a separate business and again, utilizing the audience into a more physical customer base, right? And

38:41
I mentioned earlier that I worked at a boba shop in college and just to really take it back and go deep into the meaning and why a boba shop versus Froyo or versus anything else. Boba is really meaningful to me in the sense that in the late 90s, early 2000s, like the special ASEAN era, for those that aren’t Asian, there was a very special time in the 90s and early 2000s where there was an Asian identity kind of movement.

39:11
Boba was just coming over to the States. And I remember going to my first Boba shop in 1999. It was in Berkeley. I grew up in Walnut Creek, but there’s this place like outside UC Berkeley. And I was like, this is so cool. This is like the first time I feel like I’m like in an Asian specific area. this is like Boba felt specifically Asian American culture. And I’m like, as a impressionable high schooler, was like, this is what cool Asians are doing. And so when I went to college, I was like,

39:40
I want to work at a boba shop because that’s where all the cool Asians hang out. That’s where can people watch other Asians and I can, you know, hang out with other Asian people. can, you know, uh, see cute Asian girls too, you know, like, you know, like crush on girls and stuff. And I can also, it unlocked his hospitality side of me too, where I liked talking to people. liked being, um, you know, in service in some sense too. And in college, I discovered that, you know, that little bit of a, I guess, um,

40:10
passion or it was growing. It was like a seed of like, hey, maybe someday I can actually have my own shop. And I imagine it like when I was like super, super old, but then, you know, like five years ago, I was like, Hey, like, what if I actually try to do this? I mean, my partner, we linked up and he was at a crossroads in his career too. And he’s like, Hey, let’s let’s do this together. We’re both first time owner operators and we got our asses kicked. Like it was, I didn’t hear this story. I mean, it’s just like,

40:39
You know, we thought like, you know, it would not, we thought it would be easy, but I think we just didn’t realize how much work it would be. Obviously we knew that owning a restaurant was going to be a lot of work, but I, but I think just like the incessant nature of just how many problems come up every day, you know, just having a physical store versus like an online presence is so different. Having staff that you have to like tend to and manage is it’s more like people management than it is even our product. That’s on many days, right?

41:09
And so, yeah, it was just us two and we probably could have had a bigger team when we first started out, but like, yeah, like we really grinded it out and we still are. But thankfully we’re now we’re getting more team members and more like leadership people around us that understand what we’re doing. But in the beginning, like people didn’t know what we were doing. Like they didn’t know if we would be good. They didn’t know if we would last. So even finding like a location was hard. No one wanted to give us a shot. We opened up in the San Gabriel, in San Gabriel where there’s

41:38
you know, dozens, hundreds of boba shops. like, you landlords were like, why do we need to give this to you? you know, so interesting. Yeah, was surprised. Yeah, it was really, really hard to even get started. mean, to me, renting to you would be a no brainer. think I think I’m proven in one area. But you know, as a as a business, I think a lot of people that I think that’s what was frustrating to me. I think I saw and I was trying to convince people guys, like, it’s going to be good. We’re going to be we’re going to have lines out the door. But

42:08
But people that are not as maybe savvy with what I’ve done online or with social media, that might not translate. mean, you are like, hey, look at look at me. No, I’m not that cocky. I was definitely was like trying to sell myself. I was like really trying hard to sell myself. was was it was like trying to convince people landlords. But but thankfully we lucked out with one spot and and it was like a restaurant that was on the way out.

42:38
And again, we put in a lot of money just to get it going. I bet. Yeah, I bet. This is a passion project for you, right? I mean, it’s not for the money. Per se. I think the funniest thing that I heard when we when I announced, you know, on social media that I was doing this, all the comments that were like, oh, my God, what a money grab for Phil. Really? Dude, I mean, there were several comments that were like, oh, my God, of course, Phil’s going to do this is such easy money, blah, blah. And I’m like,

43:08
No, this is not easy money. This is the hardest thing I’ve ever done. This is harder than Wong Fu. With Wong Fu, you know, like you make something and it’s like, there’s a wrap date, you dust your hands, you’re like, hey, that was great. Onto the next project. With Bopo, it’s every day and in theory for the rest of my life. You know, like it’s scary to think about it. I remember the first day of our grand opening of the first location, I sat up in bed and I’m like,

43:35
This life’s never gonna be the same again, because now this business is alive. I will never have a weekend again. I will never have a moment of silence where my phone’s not going off of some problem. yeah, people think that it’s like, I’m just there to collect a check. No, I haven’t collected very much from this yet, man. And I’m the owner and I’m there a lot serving drinks. Are you really? I didn’t know that. Okay. I’m there a lot, physically there a lot.

44:04
And we’re three and a half years in and I foresee it still being like this for a little while. But yeah, this is not easy money. To anyone that wants to open a brick and mortar, it might seem like very, very glamorous from the outside. Like, oh, it’s so cool. You have a physical space. have people coming through. Man, it’s really, really hard. Really, really think about if you find that hilarious that people are thinking this is a land grab. I mean, of all the things you could start, this is like the hardest money. Right?

44:30
I would say, yeah. It’s not like I got an NFT project guys. I’m not trying to sell you guys crypto. Sheesh. Actually, when you were describing BollPoll, I was just thinking about like, this is what having a kid is like. You’re never going to have a weekend free again. But guess what? I would say it’s even harder because you can’t give your store to a babysitter and just be like, all right, I’m leaving for a little bit. And also Yelp can’t review your baby. So people that

45:00
are just passing by that don’t know you, don’t care about you, can leave a review if they had a bad experience or even if they didn’t have a bad experience, but they’re just having a bad day and really negatively affect your business by leaving a bad review. Your baby doesn’t get that. So I, in the early days, I was really, really upset with Yelp just because it’s like, people had no idea how much work was going to it. And like people just like coming by so passively, just leaving like,

45:24
negativity is like, was that necessary? Do you guys know how this actually like really hurts people? You know, like we’re not doing this maliciously. Anyways, I don’t want to get. even get me started on Yale. yeah. All right. Well, last question, since I know you have to go pretty soon. You have all these projects, you have two locations, you have Wong Fu, you have a child, you recently got married. Like how do you balance all of that? I’ll be honest, I don’t think I balance it well. I don’t think I’m as graceful as, as I think I could or should be. And I’m trying.

45:53
to get better. I’m trying to set up systems and schedules and stuff. right now, on some days, I within like a 30 minute span, I feel like a, like a headless chicken, like I’m like, I’m jumping from one email to a text chain, to a phone call, to a zoom podcast interview, podcast interview. Literally, I’m jumping onto another call for Wong Fu after this. So the thing is, is I have to give full credit to the people that are making it possible, which is my teams, right? So

46:22
Wong Fu, definitely handed off a lot of responsibilities to a couple guys that I promoted into manager positions, Taylor and Benson, who now run a lot of, have a lot of responsibility of running that show. My co-founder, Eric for Bopo is incredible. And he does so much of like the, the operator duties to, make the, the, business run there and, our manager, Gene on the ground there when I’m not able to be there.

46:51
He’s there all the time. So those guys are amazing on the, with the kid coming. Yeah. That’s, mean, that just threw in a whole mess of, you know, messes and time. I have to, you know, I’m not going to act like a super dad. Like, you know, we, have had help from her mom and my mom who her mom’s in Boston. My mom’s in NorCal, but they fly in and they stay with us for a couple of weeks at a time. And they’ve just been kind of.

47:21
ping ponging back and forth. And that’s been a huge help. We literally have been having, you know, a stay in, you know, someone staying with us for the majority of this time. And it would not have been possible because Helen’s also full time, you know, owns her own business and she’s trying to balance that too, right? So both parents working, trying to keep these businesses alive. So I have to give credit, you know, to the village around me. Yeah. Oh, also I don’t take a moment to thank Helen also.

47:51
Yeah, Helen’s been great. Our moms have been great. Also, I just don’t, I don’t watch a lot of TV. I don’t have a lot of hobbies right now. Like once the kids down at night, that’s when I, that’s when like I put another like six, seven hours of work, you know? Wow. Okay. when I’m, that’s when I’m working on. Actually, I feel like a nine o’clock. I’m like, Oh my God, it’s, it’s early. Like I could do, I could do like catch up on emails. I get to write scripts. I get to brainstorm. That’s that. That’s actually when I do like my more of like the creative stuff. Like I’m like developing like, you know,

48:19
five different scripts right now. I have to like, basically like those things would be moving a lot faster if I had, we’re spending more time, but it’s moving slow because I’m balancing everything else. So, which is why I said I’m probably not as graceful as I could be, but I’m just trying to, you know, do as much as I can. I’m only creative for about three hours in the morning. I can’t do anything at night. I’m a vegetable. Yeah. want to get to that point. We’ll see. Well, right now I feel like there’s,

48:47
there’s too many things that people are relying on me for. So I just kind of feel like I have to deliver. Yeah. Cool. Hey, well, Phil, this was great. Thank you so much for coming on despite your hectic schedule. Where can people find you if they want to see your works or if they want to get in contact with you or hire you? Well, you can find me on Instagram, Wong Fu Phil, and my cafe is located in San Gabriel in Artesia. And that’s Bopomofo Cafe. B-O-P-O-M-O-F-O.

49:17
love to serve you and maybe I’ll actually be the one handing you your order. yeah, you can just DM me there, leave a comment and we’d love to meet. And Steve, it was great to meet you too. Congratulations on what you’re doing as well and taking control of your own career narrative. Thank you. I’m going to show my mom that statement coming from someone who has a big channel.

49:41
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now if you’ve never watched one of Wong Fu Productions short films, go to their YouTube channel right now. Now I rarely get emotional when watching a film, but they just have a way of tugging at the heartstrings or making you laugh. More information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 435. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base.

50:08
SMS is next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postcook.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. I also want to hang out with you in person next year in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. Grab a ticket to Seller Summit and let’s meet up. So go to SellerSummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T dot com. Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequit.com and sign up for my free six day mini course.

50:38
Just type in your email and they’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

434: The Sneaky Tricks Pro YouTubers Use To Grow Their Channel With Zach Mitchem

434: The Sneaky Tricks Pro YouTubers Use To Grow Their Channel With Zach Mitchem

Today I have my friend Zach Mitchem on the show. Zach runs a YouTube consultancy called We Are Video Makers and manages the YouTube channels for many famous creators with millions of subscribers.

As you guys probably know, I recently hit 100K subs on YouTube and it took me about 2.5 years to get there. But since then, Zach has been helping me with my channel and I have grown about 50k more subs in a span of just 2.5 months. Enjoy the episode!

What You’ll Learn

  • Strategies to grow a successful YouTube channel
  • How to create engaging YouTube content
  • Fastest way to grow your subscriber count

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

SellersSummit.com – Sellers Summit is the conference I run every year that caters to ecommerce sellers all over the world. Click here and grab your ticket.
Sellers Summit

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I my friend Zach Mitchum on the show. Now as you guys probably know, I recently hit 100K subs on YouTube and it took me about 2.5 years to get there. But since then, Zach has been helping me with my channel and I’ve grown about 50K more subs in the span of just 2.5 months. So in this episode, we discuss the strategies to grow a successful YouTube channel fast.

00:28
But before we begin, want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are on sale over at SellersSummit.com. It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all probably know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people.

00:54
And we all, and by all, we mean that everyone eats together and everyone parties together every single night. I personally love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance. Now you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room, and help each other with our businesses. Now the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. For more information, go to SellersSummit.com.

01:24
Now I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for ecommerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Postscript specializes in text message marketing for ecommerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash div.

01:52
That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcasts that I released with my partner Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:24
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Zach Mitchum on the show. Now, sometimes in life you just get lucky. I met Zach at the Sellin’ Scale Summit last week and we sat next to each other at Gary Vaynerchuk’s keynote speech. And that’s when I found out that Zach runs YouTube or helps out with YouTube for famous people like Evan Carmichael, who has a channel with millions of subs. And so this guy’s an expert at YouTube that you never know

02:54
you’re going to meet at whenever you attend one of these events. And what’s funny is I ended up chatting with Zach more than listening to Gary Vee, of all people. Now, Zach runs We Are Video Makers, which is a YouTube strategy consultant. And he’s also the chief social media officer for Seller Universe. And what I loved about meeting Zach was that he was just so open and honest with his knowledge. And I knew I had to have him on the show. So welcome, Zach. How you doing, man? I’m doing great. Thanks for the intro. And thanks for having me on. I’m

03:24
Super pumped. I love your channel all the things that you’re doing and really impressed by a lot of things you’re doing So I’m excited to dig into them a little bit. Cool. Thanks I would love to get your perspective from you know from someone who runs a lot of large YouTube channels But give us a quick backstory first like how did you get into YouTube? And why did I see you at the cell and scale summit of all places? Yeah Yeah, so quick quick version of the story is that I was actually trying to be a physician assistant believe it or not and I found a couple of

03:53
YouTube creators that it just looked fun what they’re doing. I like, this is really cool. So I reached out just wanted to learn more. Um, and the one person out of like the 10 I reached out to, it’s like, well, I’m actually about to quit my full-time job. You know, just making, you know, low to mid six figures doing international sales. like, how are you quitting your job at 50,000 subscribers? Like, well, you know, it’s replaced my income. So I’m just going all in. It’s like, this is crazy. And so got some exposure there, worked with some YouTubers that way. Uh, but it wasn’t really until pandemic hit where like I was studying, I was looking at it.

04:23
I like, I gotta go all in on this. Like the things that I’m doing now as a consultant, they’re okay, but YouTube is just going crazy. And so spent eight months really diving in, spending a lot on courses and getting mentored. And I just reached out to a couple of companies like, Hey, here’s a few things I feel like would help. And I honestly was just sending feedback cause they were local and wanted to help out like, Oh, what do you charge for your service? Like I hadn’t even thought of that so quickly, but together like a little pitch and a working part-time I was making more than.

04:51
the best full-time job I had before college. And so I was like, there’s something to this. And, um, I just did a good enough job that word of mouth. went from, you know, small businesses to larger YouTube creators, to marketing agencies and fortune 500 companies. And it just kind of kept going. Um, and eventually now, um, you know, you mentioned Evan Carmichael. we had him on a while ago and then we’ve really hit it off and just, he’s likes what I’m doing and, I can really use his wisdom, knowledge and all that good stuff. And so we’re, we’re working together now and helping.

05:21
Really my focus, want to help those who have really done well on podcasts do well on YouTube because you already have all the skills. You just need to know how YouTube works and get your message out to the world. And you asked why I was at selling scale. chief social media. So nothing to do with social media. was one talk about social media there though. I was really there to film, to get footage for our social media, to.

05:47
do some interviews. One of the things that we found was actually really helpful. And if you go to more conferences, this was a great thing. We walked the floor and just interviewed people at, you know, kind of lurking back, kind of not engaging as much. And we met probably some of the best connections that way, because we just said, Hey, why are you here? What are you looking for? And just interviewed and it’ll make amazing social media content. But more than that, the connection is there because we are genuinely interested in that person.

06:13
you know, if we could help, we wanted to offer help. If not, hopefully, some of those videos and reach out and help them. Yeah, absolutely. And how did so you actually went all in on this during the pandemic, which is 2020. Actually, I’m just curious how you landed some of the larger clients. Was it? Yeah. Was it a gradual process or? No, it was kind of just accidentally on purpose is the phrase I like to use. Okay. Worked with some smaller clients, and then I had some connections that just had, you know,

06:43
And we were starting with, you know, they had like two or 300 subscribers, helped them 1500, helped them 130,000, helped them 265, got them up to 300. And it just, it was huge jumps. And after that, was marketing agencies sent over some, it was a resume when we were moving to Denver to a marketing agency for a job and didn’t pan out that a couple of months later, like, Hey, we have some Fortune 500 accounts and we don’t have anyone that can handle them. Your resume kind of looked like it would work. Can we, you know,

07:12
do an interview, can you send an update resume? It’s like, I’ve just been word of mouth for the past year or so, so I have, I make a resume. But they’re like, can we just do a test? I’m like, yeah, absolutely. like, you’re literally the only person on the skill level we can find. When can we start? It’s like, nice. Right now, sure. So it’s been huge jumps, but it’s been So what I’m hoping to get out of you today, Zach, you’ve helped people with small channels and you’ve helped people with large channels. So let’s, I want to take it from both perspectives here. So let’s say you’re a brand new person on YouTube.

07:41
Yeah, zero subscribers. What would you recommend that they do to get like their first 10,000 subscribers? Yeah. Yeah. So the first 10,000 really is difficult because not that creating the content is difficult, usually, and this is why like working with people that have a podcast. Usually the hard part is figuring out what your message is, what it is that you want to share with the world. And you kind of go back and forth trying to figure it out. And a lot of that.

08:08
Not that it wastes time, but it just, makes the process a lot slower because one of the things you need to do is train YouTube. Hey, here’s my audience. Here are the people I’m talking to. And so it can continue to share your videos with those people. Cause if you look at your analytics, you know, you’ll see, there’s a place where you can see who subscribed, who’s not. And I don’t care how big or small you are. Most of the people watching your videos are not going to be subscribed. And that’s a good thing because it’s a new audience. And so you need to tell YouTube.

08:36
who that new audience is that you want it to show to. And if you’re creating a video on say e-commerce and then the next day you’re talking about relationships and then you’re talking about like if you’re all over the place YouTube’s confused. And as a big channel that’s okay because it has lots of data. You’ve had a lot of views, it kind of knows your audience and it can kind of find those overlaps. As a small channel you can’t. So you really need to focus in on what’s your message, create a lot of videos sharing that message, better at being on camera.

09:05
There’s kind of stages. That first 10,000, if you’re creating videos that are very search-based, you’re do better. As you get bigger, you wanna get away from those more. But how to do X, whatever it is that your message is, those are going to help because then YouTube knows we’re gonna catalog under this category. And maybe So you wanna be very specific and very niche-focused when you’re first starting out is what I’m hearing. Yeah, absolutely. And you are also recommending being search-based.

09:34
For a little bit. Yeah. That is definitely not where I want you to be, but it’s easier to grow at the start by search based, but you, really want, you want to get out of that place as quickly as possible, but it does help when you’re at zero. When you’re first starting, that can absolutely help. Okay. So walk me through like the search, the keyword research. Yeah. Yeah. So keyword research, there are a lot of tools out there that you can pay for that you can use. The easiest thing that I recommend you do is figure out what it is that you want to talk about.

10:04
go to YouTube and search that thing and try to find videos that have more views than subscribers. If you can find, it doesn’t matter, I don’t care if the channel has 1 million subscribers and it gets 1.5 million views, or if it has 1,000 subscribers and gets 2 or 3,000 views. If that video has more views than subscribers, it’s a good topic. It’s something that people aren’t able to find easily and use that title, a variation of that title, something similar. this will help you get suggested after that. But if it’s also a good search topic,

10:34
If you’re search and you can find it, um, you kind of hit both at the same time. So I added suggested in there. We probably should dive into that later, but keyword research. What’s your tool or choice tool of choice? I love to buddy, um, because of some of the other tools it has, but if you want the easiest to use keyword research, vidIQ is free. I would probably just use the free version of that. I do have the paid version, but I don’t think you need it, especially when you’re first starting. It’s funny. I have the paid version of vidIQ. I didn’t realize that there was a free version. Yeah. Yeah, there is it.

11:04
It’s okay. Both of the analytics that you get, like the scores and things and suggested tags, like the free version doesn’t give you, but you don’t have to have it, especially if you’re just getting started. Yeah, what I noticed is I do a lot of SEO work for my blog and I’ve noticed that the YouTube tools are just very different. They are. They are very much. The keywords are just very broad based. Yeah. And the volumes are ridiculous. They are. And if you compare Google and YouTube,

11:34
SEO a lot of times will be similar, but they’re going to be different. And part of the reason is Google is, is very SEO, very search-based. Like that is its thing. Google does not suggest to you, Hey, you probably want to, want to visit this website next. Like that, that would feel really weird to you. Whereas YouTube, even though it is the second largest search engine on the internet, 70 % of views come from suggested 70 % of the views come from it saying, Hey, we’ve, you know, analyzed all the videos you’ve watched and we think you’ll like this next.

12:03
And you appreciate that as you’re like, yeah, actually I like that. And you’ll watch it. Google doesn’t do that. that’s where you kind of see the differences there. when it comes, well, how do you rank for a keyword then? there any things that you can do to rank higher? Yeah, you can. The problem here, and I’m not saying you can’t do this, but the problem I’ve seen with search based channels is in fact, my first channel I ever grew, I let it die. I tried to let it die, but here’s the moral of the story is that

12:33
It’s search based and so it was slow to grow, but it’s slow to die as well. And so it’s just, it’s plugging it along. I’ve only posted four videos on there in past year. I’ve just kind of, like, I don’t have time for it and it still gets about 21,000 views every month. It’s got, it’s grown from 1800 subscribers to 2800 subscribers in a year without me doing anything. Like I was like, it’ll die. I’d like whatever it’s fine, but it’s grown because that search base is there. So that’s good. Um, but if

13:00
Like the videos that really grow the videos that in fact I had a video on that channel that made me $15,000 before I ever hit a thousand subscribers. And it was suggested. It was getting suggested to other people and that’s how it grew. So you can get ranked for these keywords, you know, making sure that when you’re doing that, that search that has low competition and high search volume, you know, low supply and high demand is a great way to get ranked that way. And as you get views, it’ll bump you up, but it’s, I wouldn’t focus on it.

13:29
It’s not as important as it used to be. Okay. So, but you recommend starting out on search to get some initial traffic. When do you start not paying attention to searches? Yeah, I would say, especially at the 10 K, you really just want to be all suggested as you’re beginning those first couple of videos, doing that search, the way I told you how to do that search will kind of hit both. If you focus solely on using tools like vidIQ, there’s morning fam, TubeBuddy, you’ll get away from the suggested a bit. Um, and so

13:59
when you’re looking for keywords, actually look on YouTube. And that way you’ll rank for keywords, but you are going to learn how to get suggested that way. it’s kind of this balancing act of you’re not starting where you want to be, but you’re learning a couple of skills that I’ll apply later. It’s the basic math that doesn’t really matter as much, but it’ll apply a little bit later. So how do you get mentioned in the suggested? Yeah. So there’s kind of a

14:26
journey with this. First, you want to get suggested on your own content. And like if you look at, know, in your analytics, you can see this, you’ll see where all the traffic’s coming from. You’ll see search, you’ll see browse, you’ll see external suggested. That’s what you want to look at. You want that to be as high as possible. You want it to be your number one source of traffic. And the first thing that you can do to get suggested on your own videos is actually to have thumbnails that are uniform thumbnails that if I see, you know, your thumbnail, Steve, like

14:56
I know it’s your thumbnail. I know that that’s a Steve video because if I like your channel, I’m going to click on that next. And so if you’re training YouTube that, you know, people don’t watch a video of yours after. So for example, um, you could tell people to leave in the video. You could not have uniform videos. So they are getting suggested, but they just don’t know what your video, if people’s behavior is not to watch another video of yours, you’re training YouTube to think.

15:23
people don’t watch multiple of these videos. Maybe it’s a terrible example, but how to unclog my toilet. I’m not gonna watch multiple videos on that topic. Hopefully I’m going to have my problem solved. So those types of channels, YouTube says, okay, they don’t watch multiple videos. If you can train people at the end of your video and you say, Hey, we covered this problem, but the next thing you want to do is actually do this. And here’s a video for that. And they go watch that you’re training YouTube to say, Hey, they watch multiple videos. We’re going to suggest down the side, you know, in their search.

15:53
more of these videos because we’re seeing they’re keeping people on much longer. Okay, so what you’re saying is towards the end of your video, end with like, hey, now that I just taught you this, there’s a lot more to it, go watch this video and you get people to just watch your videos for a long period of time. Yeah, absolutely. All right, and then I guess if you just do those two things, you’ll hit 10K. If you do that, you’re consistent with your content, you know, posting at least once a week and

16:22
I would say focus on one thing, make it 1 % better in your videos. Cause it is that most people don’t have a background in any kind of production or editing. so your first 50, 60 videos, they’re going to be terrible. Mine were, mine were awful. Like I show people sometimes like, man, I still cringe. It’s just, it’s really, really bad. So you’re learning all those things. Um, just be consistent, keep going with it. And you’ll see that once you start getting suggested growth, we’ll start picking up. Maybe that’s at a thousand subscribers. Maybe it’s at five, but.

16:51
it’ll start just climbing. And when that happens, you know, you’re teaching YouTube and you’ve told it that people stay on your videos and you’re doing at least a few things right to be able to get there. How do you get suggested under other people’s videos? Are there any tricks? There are, yeah, a couple of them. Kind of that similar that what I mentioned earlier, finding those videos that have more views than subscribers do that, but find a channel bigger than yours. And same thing, but

17:21
copy of their title. And I know that sounds weird, but you’re linking in YouTube’s mind, these two are the same thing. So let’s test them against each other. And as long as you’re talking about similar things, you don’t have to watch the video. You don’t have to like try to one up that video, right? But if it’s on a similar topic, the title’s the same, they’re linked together. And so other videos that are like that video will suggest your content. And hopefully like the goal is to get suggested behind that one video because it’s, getting a lot of views. It’s a bigger channel than yours as the potential to do it that way.

17:51
And so your goal is to get suggested after that one video. If you can do that, YouTube will suggest you after quite a few more. Do tags matter? They don’t. A lot of people want to say they do, but there there’s a very, very small percentage of time where they do. That is if something is commonly misspelled or a technical term. So if you’re doing some sort of medical video and there’s this.

18:17
Disease that is hard for the algorithm to understand putting something like that in it could help but aside from like things that are commonly misspelled or Like you would think that the algorithm is not really gonna understand when it hears it. It doesn’t really do much Okay, so don’t spend too much time on now throw a couple in there It’s not gonna hurt but it’s also it’s not worth your time to like really meticulously choose which tags go in there. Okay

18:46
Let’s say you want to grow your channel as fast as possible. And I know you work with these large YouTubers who just put out insane amounts of content. What is like a strategy assuming like speed is your main goal? Yeah, so the more content you can post, the better up to one per day. I wouldn’t post any more than one per day because if you see the browse traffic, that’s actually YouTube will have one of your videos in people’s homepages or other places where it’s being suggested.

19:15
post too soon, it’s going to kick that video out and you don’t want YouTube to do that. So say no more than seven a day, but honestly, the best play right now, this wasn’t six months ago. I wouldn’t have said this best play right now is our plus long videos. Um, they do take a little while to take off. Um, give it 60 days before you’re really looking at the analytics, but YouTube can play a lot more ads.

19:43
They can watch a lot longer, getting a lot more watch time and people are building a connection with you better. So if I watch a two minute video, I may or may not watch another video from someone else. But if I watch a two hour video and I watch the whole thing, I’m likely coming back to that channel. And so it does a lot of things right that way. It is harder in some respects to make an hour long video that is that engaging. But if you created, and this is not going to be realistic for a lot of people. If you created an hour long video, seven days a week, every single day.

20:13
Give it four, five, six months and you’re gonna see some crazy, crazy growth. Again, that’s not easy to do and you do need to pay attention to improving things, improving your intro, your thumbnails, all that stuff. But that’s what I’m listening to this probably have podcasts and that’s easy way to hit an hour. But how would you launch like a podcast like channel? Yeah, no, I love that question. So the thing about podcasts is you already have the content, you already have the audience, you already have so much right.

20:43
that you just need to make it work in video form. And so, I mean, one that is going to include recording the video, because I think a lot of people do record the video, but they just pull the audio. They want to be able to see who they’re talking to, but they don’t use it. And so just start using the video one. You do have to make it a little different though, because on a podcast, people are used to the ad at the beginning. you know, getting into it a little slower. Introduce maybe…

21:10
catching people up, introducing things. On YouTube, you really can’t do that. There are a couple of ways you can do this. I’ll give you one example. You can pull a clip from near the end and put it at the beginning, 15 seconds, 20 seconds, coming soon, kind of like a gold nugget, like everyone needs to hear this. Have that, and then really, really quickly, as fast as you possibly can, make sure there’s any context given, but you get right into the value of the interview. So you do have to change things a bit.

21:39
If you’re looking to start an online store, you’re probably deciding which e-commerce platform to go with. And the problem is that there’s hundreds of choices out there and they all start to blend together after a while. So I want to save you time today and tell you about BigCommerce, which is one of the platforms that I recommend. And here’s why. BigCommerce does not nickel and dime you with apps like other platforms. Once you sign up, you get a fully featured shopping cart with the features you need built right in. If you want to run a WordPress blog and an online store on the same exact domain for search engine optimization,

22:09
BigCommerce has a nice WordPress integration that allows you to do exactly that to maximize your SEO. And then finally, you have the right to use whatever payment processes that you want without paying any transaction fees, unlike other shopping carts out there. Now for geeks like myself, BigCommerce offers a powerful API which allows you to scale your e-commerce store to seven, eight, and even nine figures and beyond. In fact, BigCommerce runs huge stores like Sony, Casio, and Ben & Jerry’s. So if you’re interested in looking for an e-commerce platform,

22:37
go to mywifequitterjob.com slash BC and check it out for free for 30 days. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash BC. Now back to the show.

22:49
Let me ask you this, Zach, before we started talking, I gave you like a quick 10, 15 second intro. Is that too much talking for an intro? I don’t think so. One thing I want you to do is go watch a YouTube video and then come back and watch that video. Do you feel like you would click off if you lost? I noticed that the more I watch YouTube videos, the more I’m realizing.

23:13
people are doing what worked well in 2016 where it’s like, hey, I’m gonna hook you and then I’m gonna explain the video and then I’m hook you. Like it’s just getting, it’s taking too long to get in the value. If you’re into the value between 30 seconds and a minute on an hour long video, you’re doing well. Like that’s absolutely just fine. The thing you don’t wanna do is you’re not getting into value until minute 30, two, three minutes. just, wanna make sure people know they’re on the right video.

23:38
because on a podcast, know I’m on the right podcast. I like your show. You are my Tuesday show, whatever it is, right? YouTube, it’s I’m trying to answer a question or get a specific type of value. And so if you’re taking too long to make me understand, I’m going to get that from this video. I’m going to leave. And people are willing to watch an hour long video. Yeah. A couple of not clients that I work with, but a couple of clients that someone in a group that I’m in with Evan works with.

24:06
their fastest growing segments, like eight hour videos and they’re just demolishing. Yeah. And the thing here is your ad revenue goes way, way up because on an eight minute video, you might get a couple of ads. You’re going to make very, very little per video. And if you get a million views, this is not accurate data, but let’s, call it 20 grand on an eight hour video. You are 10 times that because of the length and you’re, it’s going to vary based on your.

24:35
watch duration a lot of different things that way but you can’t get on an eight minute video even if everyone’s watching the entire video at a hundred percent you can’t even get close to the watch time of eight hour video so yeah YouTube loves loves those long videos. imply then like I should put together all my videos in a compilation that’s eight hours long? I would say one thing you could do is do mashups so if you have all of your videos and you have people that talk on similar topics absolutely if you

25:03
you have the bandwidth to do that? Yeah. fact, one of the things we do is we offer services to help with creating mashups because they do well. Now, there are certain ways you want to do that and lengths and things like that, but that is a very, good strategy. Do you recommend putting that on your same channel that’s already successful or a separate channel for those long ones? So the question here is, is it the same audience? So for you,

25:30
what I know of your YouTube channel and your podcast. And we talked about it when we were not listening to Gary V. It sounds like the same audience. sounds like shorter videos are the, I’m going to solve a very specific issue for you. But the long version is let’s sit down and chat through my experiences on this. Let’s chat through it. Like let’s really dive into some of these things that you’re not going to get the same value out of an eight minute video. But if you just want your specific answer, those are great. And you’re going to have a big

26:00
portion of your audience is like, I want to spend more time with you. Like I really want to get value from you because you are my guy for this thing. And so those hour long videos for some of the audience is going to do well. And for the ones that doesn’t, it’s going to, that’s why it takes 60 days or so. It’s going to find an audience that really resonates with that video. You know, what’s funny is I’ve been trying to keep my videos under like 14 minutes. Yeah. But it sounds like after talking to you, I shouldn’t hold back. Like if my video is like 20 minutes, 25 minutes.

26:30
Yeah. Yeah. I would say don’t make, don’t make a 10 minute video, 25 minute video, just cause the length, like you need the value there. Sure. Don’t take a 25 minute video and say, well, it’s gotta be under six. Like there’s you’re cutting out so much of the value there and your connection with the audience. So absolutely. If some of these, want to go longer, absolutely do it. There are, there are benefits to having shorter videos. They do better immediately. Like if you want views now, those shorter videos are going to perform better. Now we can test.

27:00
more and get more data more quickly. But they’re not going to convert as well into people that are clients or people that go into your email list or courses or things like that. People that watch those longer videos, they’re trusting you. They’re I don’t know if you’ve read Daniel Priestley’s The Keepers of Influence, but he says seven hours of interaction and 11 touch points. Right. You watch seven videos, pretty much there and they’ll hop into your course or whatever it is that you’re. It’s funny that you say that because like the longer videos weren’t performing that well.

27:29
for me like the first couple days. But actually I look back now, some of them have taken off like after months. But that’s why I started doing shorter ones. So I guess I just had to be a little bit more patient then. Yeah, yeah, and it’s short tail and long tail. You have marketing and sales and then you have brand awareness. What’s the goal here? And so if you want short term views, you want like those quick hits, shorts, those can work. Like you can get views and subscribers that way. I don’t.

27:56
I’m not a big fan of them, especially in education or thought leadership space. Like it’s really hard. just gonna ask you about that. yeah, shorts, I know like some of the people that are in my mastermind group have taken off just by making shorts along with their long form video. Like subscribers just like up and to the right. You just mentioned that you don’t like them. I wanna get your thoughts on that. Yeah, absolutely. And they are, it’s more hit or miss, I feel like because some people, I know creators on TikTok.

28:25
several groups and helping a lot of them try to get on YouTube. Millions of subscribers are followers on TikTok and their YouTube short, which is the same video they got hundreds of thousands or millions of views gets two views. And they’re like, what is going on? And it’s different algorithms. It’s different audience. YouTube is their shorts algorithm is changing as well as like I used to like it when it first came out, when you had to put like hashtag shorts, like back in, I it was like 20.

28:54
Maybe 2020 loved it because it might did well. They don’t anymore. Some of them do really, really well. Some of them do really terrible. So you can, it can be a part of your strategy. It absolutely can. But the mindset of someone watching a short 30 second video nine times out of 10, probably more is not, I want to go watch an hour long video. And that’s really where you want the people. And so you can get subscribers, you can get views, but what’s the goal? Is that converting into.

29:23
whatever result you’re actually looking for rather than just a band-aid metric. For some people it will, it absolutely will. But I think more often than not, it’s not going to and you need a good way to measure that. Actually, that was my next one. How do you measure that? How do you measure the impact of shorts? Yeah. So shorts, one thing I would look at is if you’re gaining subscribers from, you know, you’re posting lot of shorts, getting a lot of views. If your subscribers are going up, your views and watch time hours should also go up. Not just the view count.

29:53
but watch time hours. So if they’re converting well over to watching an hour long video, you’re going to get a lot more views, like long views, hour, half hour, whatever the videos are. Maybe they only watch your shorter videos. And so maybe that is helpful. So you see a large bump in subscribers and a small bump in hours. And that can work. I actually did a video on my channel looking at Alex Hermosy’s strategy. just like surface level on his channel. His

30:20
top five videos. So I took his top 30 in different lengths because each length has a different like competitive watch time percentage. So I won’t get too technical here, but looking at this top 30 videos, his shorts, I believe had seven and a half million views with his top five shorts, but it had like 6 % of total watch time based on metrics that I’m guessing at because I don’t, I don’t have his actual data.

30:48
His top five hour long videos, which he only has five on the entire channel, was 55 % of his top 30 videos for watch time. So if he would make a couple more longer videos, even just one a month, I think he’d do a lot better. He’s, I mean, he’s killing it, but like the strategy here is that you need, you need both. I don’t think you have to have shorts. If you’re in education and thought leadership space, go and test them. It’s not going to hurt, but I don’t think she’ll Actually, I was going to ask you, like, if you were going to do shorts, would you

31:16
put them on a separate channel or on the same channel, assuming they’re kind of like the same topics. Yeah. So really depends on the person. Really depends on the goal. I think if you want to really like if you have a TikTok channel and you’ve created a ton of short content, make a separate channel and just post those like crazy because you only want to post one a day. So if you’re trying to post two, three times a week with your normal length videos, whether that’s hour, six minute, whatever that is, you don’t want to post a short within that 24 hours. So you’re only going to post a few shorts.

31:46
Um, so go, go create a shorts channel post. I’m post three times a day. It’s figure out what the data says. Um, but that’s not hurting your longer videos. advising people to put things on a separate channel, that won’t help your main channel then. Right. A little bit. The data is not great there though. I honestly, and that’s why I don’t love it because if you’re posting one, two or three shorts a week where like, if you only have four videos a week, you’re like, I’m not doing any more than let’s call it three. I’m not doing any more than three videos a week.

32:15
Post four shorts a week, that’s great. You’re getting a video out every single day, which is just fine. But if you’re like, really wanna double down on shorts, posting two shorts a day on top of your normal videos, that is going to hurt those views. So I wouldn’t do that. So basically you’re saying only one video per day on any given channel. I wouldn’t post any more than that. You know what’s funny? Something you said earlier, like a video, if you post another video even the next day, it’ll knock that other one out of the browse, right?

32:45
It can, yeah. that’s, won’t always, sometimes it’ll stick in there for part of your audience, but YouTube’s cycling through those. And so you’re risking a short kicking out an hour long video. I would rather someone watch for an hour than 30 seconds. So, um, you’ll see browse for a little while really take off and really help some videos and then you’ll see it die off. And sometimes later it’ll come back and you’ll get a lot of views that way. But YouTube just kind of not exactly sure how it decides how to cycle this, but it’ll, it’ll cycle those videos through browse.

33:15
Does that imply then that you shouldn’t post too many videos? because don’t you want a video to stay in the browse for a while before you post the next video? You can, there’s strategies that way. The data, if you’re posting once a week, the data is really, really good that going to two times a week is going to, depends on your channel, but it can double the ad revenue that you’re bringing in. So. Really? Okay. So, and really depends on.

33:42
Again, how big your channel is, what niche you are, a few different things. But generally speaking, I would say, you know, posting two, three times a week is where most people want to be. Okay. So let’s say you, you already on a schedule to just post one long form video per week. Would you recommend posting shorts the other days on that same channel? Or would you like, would you post six shorts and one long form video, or would you post like three shorts and one long form video to give that one long form video?

34:11
a better chance. That’s a good question. I think that one I would. It’s going to come down again to the goal of the person like who’s editing the video. How much are you paying for these these shorts? If money is not the issue and your money is not the issue. No, he’s not the issue. would honestly I would test both. think the problem is not every niche performs the same. Like if you go to the short shelf right now, you’re going to see a lot of bigger channels getting more views. You’ll see some of the smaller ones sprinkled in, but it’s not like Tick Tock where

34:40
It’s not the big people getting all the views. They do pop through, but it’s a really, really even spread. Whereas YouTube, they’ve proven that these bigger channels get more views. And so we’re going to give a little bit more, you know, show time or shelf time for those bigger channels. So I, I just, I feel like people get more frustrated than anything with shorts because a combination of, you know, shorter six, 10, 15 minutes on long videos with shorts, nobody has good data.

35:10
I mean, Evan’s testing, nobody has really good data on that. That shows that it’s beneficial. So at least that I’m aware of. Can you share with me like what a large YouTuber like Evan, I think he has millions of subs, right? Pretty sure he has millions. Can you just give me some insight on how he runs his stuff? I’m sure he puts out a ton of content every day. How much content is he putting out at what frequency? Yeah, so he, I don’t know.

35:38
every working because I’m not part of that team, but he’s he’s walked me through it. Sure. You know, he’s putting on about 20 videos a day. He has many channels, many channels. So this is not one channel. Right. The thing with his is he has I’m trying to remember how many honesty, like 30 people on his team, and they’re always running tests. And so I think he has like four people dedicated to A B testing thumbnails and.

36:04
Trying to find a template that beats his current template and when that happens they go and they update all of the videos to that new template and so, know with Honey, 20,000 plus videos. I don’t know how many videos he has at this point like that once you find a template that wins seven out of ten times and you have to go update everything that is That’s full-time job for a whole lot. You’re talking about like redesigning thumbnails and titles Yep, the entire library entire library. Yep. So

36:33
One of the beautiful things and one of the things that I do help do clients is that, you know, we use a different software. TubeBuddy does have a software where you can A-B test thumbnails. And so the goal thing I would encourage everyone to do because you can revitalize an old video with a new thumbnail. You know, a thumbnail is 70 % of getting someone to click the titles. is important. That’s why earlier we were like, well, how do you rank? like, that’s like a 30%, 30, 70, instead of, you know, close to 80, 20, but you want to focus on the thumbnail. And so.

37:02
The thing that we’ve seen is you can double or triple click through rates if you get a better thumbnail, if you figure out the principles that work well for your channel. But again, to get suggested on your own content and to have that congruency, people need to know what your thumbnails look like. And so if you find a template that’s 250 % more click through rate, you know, so 2 % to 5%, you need to update everything to that.

37:28
so that it looks similar. People that have watched before might be a little confused, but likely it’s not that different. And if it’s winning seven out of 10 times, you know your viewers like that better. So. Can you give me an idea of what a decent click-through rate is? Yes and no. Okay. mean, in the niche that I’m in, for example. Yeah. So the hard thing here is that it’s all relative to the amount of impressions the video is getting. So.

37:56
If you have a double digit click through rate, I’m worried because that means likely you’re not getting a ton of impressions. It’s doing really well with your audience is generally what that’s telling me. So if you have 13 % click through rate, you’re to go look and probably your views are down. Your impressions are down. It’s showing it to your audience who’s already subscribed. The subscriber to not subscriber ratio is going to be higher for subscribed likely on that video than your average. But if you’re at 1%, I’m also concerned because that’s, that’s pretty low.

38:26
I would say generally like three to six percent is where you want to be, it three percent’s not necessarily better than six because I’ll take three percent with two million impressions over six percent with a hundred thousand impressions. So the more impressions you get, your click through rates going to go lower because YouTube is finding new audiences, but it’s art, maybe a little more art than science when it comes to that, because there’s a lot of variables that go into that. OK, well, that’s good. Three to six.

38:55
general range, anything higher than that, which means you’re probably not reaching as many people. Anything lower than that, maybe there’s a problem. And it’s funny, you mentioned the thumbnail as being the main driver and not the title. So does that imply then, then that anything that’s clickbaity should go in the thumbnail? Clickbait, I feel like there’s a really big negative connotation with clickbait because it’s like, oh, I’m gonna…

39:24
I’m going to hook you in and just not deliver good click bait is finding the best, most interesting part or something that you can provide and then delivering on whatever that promised. And so you see some of these expressive faces and thumbnails. And part of that reason is those tend to work. Um, you know, you see, you probably see a lot of people doing screenshots from the video and putting that, and it’s not this Polish. not the LinkedIn photo. Those tend to do better. And so it depends on your niche, what’s going to work well.

39:53
but you do, your brain can process a photo. It’s like 20 times faster than it processes words. And so if you have too many words on your thumbnail, people aren’t able to process and know what the video is about. And then they’re not gonna read your title because you haven’t hooked them in. So if you have a thumbnail, three to five words, it looks engaging. It’s showing them something that’s going to be in the video enough that I’m gonna read your title. That’s the whole goal. And that’s why the thumbnail is more important because I’m never gonna look at your title.

40:22
until I’ve looked at your thumbnail first. And if you don’t pass the thumbnail test, I’m scrolling past to the next video. Okay. Okay. And then I would imagine all these larger YouTubers that you work with spending an inordinate amount of time on the thumbnail and the title. Sounds like. Yes and no. I think once you figure out that template, you copy it and you go with it. If you find your click through rates, it’s odd, too high, too low.

40:48
Something’s off. And so we want to test that. We want to do AB tests. We want to look at the video, see what’s going on. Maybe, maybe your intro was just abnormally poor. Like, like there could be things going on there. would say focusing on it more than the title. Yes. Significant more emphasis placed there more time and investment. Um, but he really want to be AB testing. would say create two thumbnails for every single video and always, always, always AB test because you might have something that works. Keep, keep your style now.

41:17
but try to find one that beats it and always focus on that. Whereas titles, you can do A-B tests with titles and that is a good strategy, but I wouldn’t do that until you’ve done that with the thumbnail first. When you’re talking about templates, what exactly do you mean? So, you know, one example is Evan’s style where he has, you know, person on the right side, zoomed in on the face, you know, three to six words and emphasized certain portions of the words, different like,

41:45
You’ll see if you go look at channels, they look similar to themselves. And so they have this format of what, you know, that channel’s template looks like. If you look at yours, yours is the same. You have not all of them are exactly, but they’re similar. And that’s what I call the template is your setup. Yeah. Okay. And then how far back can you change a thumbnail and have it make a difference? All the way back. Really? So I should go in my like,

42:14
videos that haven’t gotten views in a long time and just update them is what you’re saying. Yeah, absolutely. The best, fastest, easiest way to resurrect an old video, new thumbnail. OK. And let’s say you launched your latest video and it sucks. How soon do you make changes? Yeah, so I would not change anything until at least seven days. The first seven, I mean, you’re maybe you’re emailing people about it. You’re announcing on social media.

42:42
YouTube’s testing with your audience, first seven days don’t even think about it. If you’re a smaller channel, maybe the first couple of weeks, don’t even think about it. It’s really gonna depend on how many impressions and views that gets. One of the things you’ll see in TubeBuddy is it’ll say run the test for 14 days or run it till statistically significant. Always run it until statistically significant because that means it knows with pretty good confidence which one’s going to work. Sometimes for bigger channels, two or three days.

43:12
Smaller channels, that could be months. yeah. So if you’re like updating an older videos thumbnail that doesn’t get that many views, that’s split cast to tape forever. It could. Yeah, absolutely. And I think the nice thing there, if bigger channel, older videos, likely you’re going to see a bump in those views. And so, you know, that’s that’s where someone like me comes in and it’s like, hey, here are the most important ones to focus on. Let’s let’s A B test these and and go through that. So but it’s you’ll be surprised.

43:42
at what working on your thumbnails can do for your channel. So does changing your thumbnail get YouTube to display those videos again for a little bit? Typically, it’s still testing old videos, it’s just slow. And so if it sees a bump in how many people click on it, it’s like, oh, something’s changed here, let’s test it again. Still higher. And the more momentum it gets, the more it gets tested. And so…

44:09
Like if for whatever reason people just decided to click your video more because maybe there’s a world event that makes it relevant, YouTube will show up more. It’ll take off. That’s not super likely for most videos, but changing a thumbnail can do that because it’s always testing the videos. YouTube videos live forever. That’s the beauty. Podcast, you kind of have to build your own thing. You got to push people there. know YouTube does it for you. So that’s what I love about YouTube.

44:36
I mean, I have videos that have been around for like years and they’re still getting a lot of views. I don’t have to do anything. I don’t even know how they’re, I guess I should look at the stats, but presumably a lot of it is search. Well, and it’s usually if it’s still doing well for a long time after suggested it’s a big part of that. I do have videos that it is just search and you want to try to move them over to suggest it because it’ll, it’ll go bigger. But yeah, like usually the best performing videos to really go to top 10.

45:04
for channels over a year old, I would be shocked if you didn’t have one of your oldest videos somewhere in that top 10. When you say move over to suggested, you’re implying just like a new title and thumbnail. Usually, yeah, updating thumbnail, A, B testing that you can do title. Sometimes your title really was terrible. If you’re getting a lot of search volume, though, one thing to know is that it will recategorize it. So I had a video that was doing incredibly well with search and I was trying to get it to suggestion and

45:33
Yeah, I was like, okay, let’s just see what this does. Cause it’s my channel. I’ve destroyed my channel. My channel’s the crash test of me. So, but I was like, okay, instead of thumbnail, let’s change the title and see what happens. uncategorized it. got way less views and it just, wasn’t great. I did change it back. And so it started picking back up again, which is the beauty. It used to be a lot harder for you to do that, but it picked up views again and then kind of died. it really, the thumbnail, it’s not going to affect any search.

46:03
volume, but it will get you more suggested. I’m always paranoid about making changes like in Google land for the blog, like you change like the title. mean, that could drastically affect. Yeah. Uh, I mean, SEO is everything in blog land. I guess that’s the main difference. I think that’s the hard thing because I, I’ve been doing this for a while. And when I first started, there was no YouTube, like you could not find YouTube strategy jobs. Now on LinkedIn, I see hundreds of YouTube and podcasts related to work that I could fulfill, but it’s, you know,

46:33
And I should reach out and be like, Hey, I’m on contract. But the thing here is that it’s so different. People who know Google SEO. In fact, I worked with a company like, Oh, I know Google. It’s fine. I’m like, but your channel’s not doing fine. And you can see when I came on and when I left, like it, it follows that because it’s not the same. Like it feels, it looks the same, but it’s not.

46:55
What I’ve found actually is attractive titles always trumps SEO in terms of use. But what I do is I might insert the keyword at the very end, like in parentheses or something, just so Google can index it. You have your description there. Put those keywords in that description. Make sure they’re there. If you really want to put them in the title, if it makes sense to you, go ahead. But you’re right where it’s your title is again, the more you want to suggest, the more art is than science. The science is let’s get this.

47:25
suggest like keyword research. The art here is like you’re talking about something and you want to introduce it in a way that peaks curiosity doesn’t give the answer away, but still lets them know what the video is about. And that’s, that’s not an easy thing to do. So titles are important. It is that 30%. Um, but I feel like most people, unless you have a team really doing a lot of this, focusing on the thumbnail is going to give you more bang.

47:51
So let’s wrap this up. We’ve talked about a lot of different things. Okay, brand new channel. You said start with search just to get some initial traffic and then move over to suggested. You’re suggesting long videos if you can over an hour. And then when does it make sense to do shorts? So again, this is contextual for the topic. If you’re saying like how to fix a watch, how to fix a toilet, like it’s better not be an

48:20
It’s got to be short like sure if you’re reviewing products make them, you know as long as needed but as short as possible 15 minute review on a $2,000 camera. That’s great. You don’t want an hour-long video But if you’re in the education space, you’re in the podcast thought leadership, you’re you’re bringing a message Longer is better. So it depends on your niche. I don’t think everyone should create that but if you have a message to share, absolutely

48:46
And then the shorts, guess, haven’t been around long enough, but you’re saying it just, can’t hurt to do shorts and those people can lead to longer term subscribers. Yeah. Yeah. Just know that it’s a different skillset. It’s like the difference between creating a Tik Tok video and a YouTube video. You know, we have shorts now, so it’s not quite the best comparison, but it’s a different audience. They’re looking for different things, different mindset. What mindset are you in when you’re watching a Tik Tok? What mindset are you in when you’re watching a short? Like it’s, it’s different. So it’s not going to hurt.

49:15
but just know you’re now taking on another skillset. Don’t have any expectations for it. Data shows it can help grow, but it also shows it’s probably more of a vanity metric than actually getting people to do the thing you want them to do. But test it for yourself. Some people really are going to crush it with shorts, but I’ve seen that to be more the exception than the rule. Interesting, yeah. So I can tell you from my experience of selling courses, a lot of people say they found me through TikTok.

49:43
And then they came to my site and they just started consuming all the content like TikTok plus YouTube and whatnot. So I do think it’s good from a top of funnel standpoint because you get like masses of people, but I mean, the quality isn’t as good, obviously. Yeah. Well, I’m in a group of 60 coach creators for TikTok. The thing with TikTok is it’s a different platform. So if I’m on TikTok, there’s this expectation. But if I’m on YouTube watching shorts,

50:14
I’m a different type of content consumer. If I’m on YouTube watching one hour videos, I can’t watch one hour videos on TikTok. And so it is a different pool, so to speak. So it can work. they, I mean, they’re making five figures a month selling courses and coaching and things like that. Most of these people in this group, so that can work. It’s just, if you’re on YouTube and you’re avoiding long form videos, likely you’re the, I only want short content on TikTok and I only want short content anywhere else. Right. Yeah.

50:43
There’s just so many changes right now. guess it’s hard to predict. But shorts don’t make any money either from ads, right? They’re going to, starting 2023. I think you’ll see that it’s not as significant as YouTube AdSense. My goal for AdSense on YouTube is for it to pay for your team. I want that to pay for everyone working on your social, your editor, like everything, and for you to able to scale.

51:09
I don’t think shorts are gonna make a huge dent in that. might if you’re getting millions of views. Nobody knows what that’s gonna look like quite yet, but I don’t see it being able to even touch what an hour long video AdSense can do. Yeah, but it should help you get that gold plaque. It can. It absolutely can. And one thing here is the silver plaque, the gold plaque, it’s amazing. Like that is great goal.

51:36
But is that your goal? If that’s your goal, you want to make different content. You want to be more general. You want to do things that more people are going to want to watch. If you’re trying to sell a course, if you’re to build a clientele, be okay with like, I’ve made, you know, tens of thousands of dollars with a channel that has like 2k subscribers. that’s what your goal. Yeah. I mean, I, I just realized I’m kind of limiting myself reach wise by just talking more on e-commerce topics. And if I just talked about like personal development or something, it could be a lot bigger, but you’re right.

52:07
It’s this battle between ego versus what works, right? So Zach, this is very helpful, So happy that I met you at selling scale. I should go to more events because every time I go to an event, I always meet someone cool. And how lucky was it that I was sitting next to you at a Gary Vee? I mean, I guess I have to go watch Gary Vee again now. Yeah. We missed like half of it. Yeah, exactly. But I’d rather talk to you actually than listen.

52:36
appreciate that. Zach, if anyone wants to reach you for your services or find you, where can they find you? Yeah, so LinkedIn at Zach Mitchum is probably the easiest way to find me. You can find my YouTube channel. Like I said, it’s Crash Test channel. So there’s good stuff on there. Just don’t don’t judge my results based on that because it’s Tesla. Thanks. We are video makers. We can find me there. But on LinkedIn, I share my best tips. I have a newsletter on there and you can get on my email list. So let’s start there.

53:07
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now just to give you an update on my YouTube channel, last month I made $29,000 on just AdSense ads alone. So from a content perspective, I would say that blogging and YouTube are excellent channels to make money online if you can get through the slog. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecoderjob.com slash episode 434. And once again, I want to remind you that my annual e-commerce conference will be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida on May 23rd to May 25th of 2023.

53:34
I really want to hang out with you guys in person next year, so let’s meet up. Go to SellersSummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for eCommerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

54:02
Now we talk about how I these tools on my blog and if you are interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifequaterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

433: How A Partnership Nightmare Destroyed A $10M Blog With Jeff Rose

433: Partnerships Gone Wrong And How Content Creation Has Evolved With Jeff Rose

Today I have my good friend Jeff Rose back on the show after 7 years and a lot has changed since we last spoke. His partners have changed, his strategies have changed and the content business has changed.

Jeff runs the popular blog GoodFinancialCents.com, a popular YouTube Channel called Wealth Hacker that has 380K subscribers and a portfolio of other websites in the finance space.

In this episode, we have a candid discussion about his failed partnerships and what it takes to make money with content today.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to be successful in content creation
  • Why Jeff’s partnerships failed and how to prevent this from happening to you
  • The best content medium to make money today

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Critter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. The day I my good friend and mastermind buddy, Jeff Rose, back on the show after seven years and a lot has changed. His partners have changed, the content game has changed, and we’re going to discuss how to be successful in content creation today. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. It is the conference that I hold every year

00:29
that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And you all probably know me well enough by now to know that my event has zero fluff. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business and not high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, and we all, and by all, we mean that everyone eats together and everyone parties together every single night. I love smaller events and tickets always sell out far in advance.

00:57
Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over $250k or $1 million per year, we also offer a special mastermind experience where we break up into small groups, lock ourselves in a room, cater in food, and help each other with our businesses. The Sello Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. I also want to thank Postscope for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. This is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing.

01:25
SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source in my ecommerce store and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript which is my text message provider. Now why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in ecommerce and ecommerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash steve and try it for free.

01:55
That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-R-I-P-T-I-O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:27
Welcome to the My Wife, Quit or Drop podcast. Today I’m really happy to have my buddy Jeff Rose back on the show. He was actually last on the podcast in episode 25. And he was actually one of my coveted first guests that I had when I actually launched my entire podcast. I think this was back in 2014, I want to say. He owns the popular blog, Good Financial Sense. He has a popular YouTube channel called Wealth Hacker that has 380,000 subscribers.

02:54
And he’s got all sorts of other projects going on that I can’t really keep track of. so Jeff is a good friend. He’s actually my mastermind group and we’re going to talk about how his businesses have evolved over the years. We’re going to talk about partnerships, uh, some of the successes and failures and learning lessons, Steve learning lessons, learning lessons, learning lessons, what it takes to make money with content today. So how’s it going, Jeff? Glad to have you back. man. Episode guess 25. I feel so special.

03:24
Yeah, first year. I mean, I didn’t have you back on since I don’t know if that says anything, but I think you asked me several times. I’m like, that’s what it was. That’s why I didn’t have you back. So it’s been holy crap. Seven years that long like the obviously I didn’t ruin your podcast. So that’s good. I feel I don’t feel guilty about that. So you’re doing something right. Awesome. So are you still running good financial sense?

03:52
Yeah. So good financial sense is my personal finance blog that I started back in 2008. Lord. the grandfather of blogging. OG, right? OG. Yeah. And for those that I’m sure I mentioned on that first podcast, but for those that don’t know the story, you really quickly that the blog was started as a marketing tool for my financial planning practice. was a practicing financial advisor for 16 years.

04:18
uh, went independent and like, man, get to market myself differently. So I didn’t know, I didn’t know what that meant. And then I discovered what a blog was. And this is before my space Facebook, all that fun stuff. And that’s what I did. And then, um, ended up meeting a fellow friend in this mastermind group you mentioned, uh, things Ryan Ganaugh, and he was actually the first online person that I talked in real life. And it was that conversation that we were both deployed to Iraq. He was in the air force. I was in the army national guard. So we had that common bond.

04:49
And he confided in me how much he was making from his websites. And it’s one of these stores I’ll never forget because I was driving. This is beforehand, free driving. And when he shared with me how much he was making, I about ran off the road because at that time I’d been blogging for about a year and had some success like getting some clients and stuff, but I didn’t even know. I didn’t know that making money from a website was a thing. And when he shared like how much he was making, I was then determined to figure it out.

05:16
And that led to my first Google assets check of like $152. And then it just grew from there. I didn’t know that Ryan, maybe I just wasn’t listening or paying attention back in episode 25. I didn’t know Ryan was the start of it all. Yeah, it was. And I mean, the funny thing, the cool thing about that whole story was like, this was going back to 2009.

05:38
And we talked on the phone and then we met at different conferences and at this point in time. So Ryan used to live, I think a suburbs of Chicago for a while. I used to live in the Southern part of Illinois. Well, now Ryan is actually my neighbor. He moved to Nashville area and literally lives down the road. Like I just walked by his house this morning when I took my puppies on a walk. that’s where so come full circle. It’s just kind of funny. That’s awesome. That’s awesome. Hey, you know, I was going to ask you, since you’re on like practically every medium possible, if you were to start lower again, what would you do?

06:08
blog, YouTube, podcast, TikTok? I would, I would definitely do YouTube. Um, and I guess I would do TikTok even though I’m not on TikTok, but I think you to any sort of video, I believe, um, let’s just think YouTube you’re allow, it allows you to showcase yourself as an expert. You know, if you can talk about it also look confident as you’re talking about it. But, I would also have a blog, some sort of,

06:36
content to drive people back to. see a lot of podcasters, YouTubers that are had success in those platforms. And then now we’re like, well, how do I keep people engaged? Um, but yeah, I think YouTube, just whenever I made, I think like three different stints on YouTube, like the initial, like, Oh, I’m going to start YouTube channel. And then I know what I was doing. And then three years later, I did it again and had some success. Then I tried it again and completely bombed. And the fourth attempt is when I had.

07:04
I felt like really good growth up until like the COVID stretch. But man, like once, once you kind of get in YouTube’s good graces, man, all of sudden people, it was funny because like I’ve been blogging for gosh, like 15 years and all of a sudden like people on YouTube are like just discovering me for the first time and they’re like, oh wow, like you’re an expert. I’m like, yeah, I know I’ve been doing this for over a decade, you know, but it’s just because just another platform that allows people to discover you. And if you hit the algorithm right, I mean, you can reach a lot of people pretty quick.

07:34
I’m always a fan of any Google property because I feel like you just write something once or produce something once and then you get traffic for life, right? Compared to like Facebook and Instagram and to a certain extent TikTok, guess, where you produce one thing and you got to, it goes away after like a day and then you got to produce something again. It’s more like a hamster.

07:55
All right, so I want to talk about the good stuff now. So let’s let’s let’s catch us up on good financial sense since the last time we had talked. I know that you’ve had a couple of partnerships over the years, and I thought it’d be just interesting for the listeners to understand what happened with your businesses and what lessons you learned in the process of having different partnerships over the years. Yeah. Lesson learned. Let’s catch up. Like what happened? Like so I actually don’t even know the story.

08:24
So why did you even bother taking on a partner? You were going great by yourself for the longest time. Yeah. So basically what happened was I, you know, had the financial planning practice. Uh, that was, mean, that thing was growing. It was great. Then I had good financial sense. Also had like a companion life insurance site and going back, I’m going to say like 2015, 14, 15, I tried hiring a few different contractors to help with the affiliate side of things. Um, yeah.

08:53
A lot of hits and misses. And at that point in time, I grew both sites making around 16,000, I think 16,500 was kind of like where I reached that peak. I ended up discovering or getting introduced to a guy, SEO guy who like looked at the sites. He’s like, dude, you should be making at least, at least six figures a month based off of your domain authority, uh, all these things. Right. And I remember him telling me this. like, yeah, right. I didn’t believe it.

09:21
And, uh, he believed it so much that he made this, uh, this offer that basically said, listen, you know, this 16 five will be our base. Anything over and above that, like if you want to work together, like we’ll split it, uh, 50 50 and, and I’ll put in all the work. Like, so it’s like, okay, I get to keep everything that I’m making right now and anything over that, you know, we’re going to split. Like it was really one of those deals that how could I say no? Cause I knew at that point in time I’d reached.

09:50
My capacity on how to grow to a further point. Cause I, I liked writing. love content creation SEO. I like it to an extent, but as far as like affiliate management, all that crap, like I just, that just sucks the life out of me. So we started working together and we didn’t have any official partnership at that time. It was just a handshake agreement. Oh, really? I didn’t know that. Okay. Yeah, that was so everything was like in good faith and.

10:19
After it took around six months and we went from 16, five, like the 25,000 and then the 30,000. And I recall it was probably about a year, about a year and a half. We finally hit that $100,000 a month. And it was pretty quick looking back. mean, it happened really quick and all of sudden, bam, we’re there. And I think together we’d, uh, I think we were making.

10:47
140, 150 a month was like our peak. And that’s awesome. Right. Like, and I’m at this point, I am literally doing nothing with the site. Like I would come up with ideas every once in a while. Uh, he had an agency, so he was handling the SEO. He was handling the content as far as like content ideas. I think I was still doing the podcast at the time. Um, maybe a little bit of video, but it really like, I wasn’t doing much of anything.

11:17
move on with the story. Can you kind of tell me what he was doing? Yeah, so a lot of it was kind of site reorganization. So like I had all this content and just kind of basically restructuring the site so that Google could easily crawl the site and make sense of what it was. So there was a lot like that was a huge undertaking. Appropriate backlinks, you know, internal linking was a big thing. And just like identifying like, hey, so we are trying to rank for

11:46
Let’s say we used to run for best life insurance companies as an example. So you’d kind of have like that parent mother post. And then from there you’d have review posts of all the different insurance companies. And just the way that those were written, how they were linked, that that’s what his team was doing. They’re also all SEO, these games, all SEO. And also they started reaching out to different affiliate partners and getting bumps. And like there was one time, I think Lending Club and that used to be a,

12:16
One of our top affiliates, you know, I was making, if I remember it was like $40. And then he worked out a deal where we ended up getting like up to 75 bucks or a hundred dollars. Wow. You know, and these are just like simple phone calls, right? Like phone calls that I wouldn’t have made just because I, I wasn’t in it in the weeds enough to know like, man, we’re driving a lot of conversion. Let’s ask for more. And we did. So like all of sudden, you know, we start getting bumps and increases like that.

12:41
Uh, he worked out deal. were getting life insurance leads and, he was finding buyers for these leads, uh, and then talking to other insurance affiliates, you know, getting a, let’s go this route. Let’s do this route. And just kept trying to find different ways to increase. Um, and also did a lot of on page optimization. So I remember there was one, one post that like, I think we made like $500 a month from this one article and just by

13:08
tweaking the way the layout, adding the affiliate at a certain spot. You know, we went from making $500 on that article to the next month. made like $5,000. Okay. So, mean, there was, so it was a lot, you know, and he was, he was in the weeds, you know, on the site and just like, would just text me, you know, random hours of the day, like, Hey, I found this. And, uh, it was like a lot of fun. You know, we had a lot of fun growing it. And, um, so all this like,

13:37
You know, it went from like, gosh, we’ll never get to a hundred thousand to not only did we get there now, now we’re like, where, can we grow this thing? You how can we scale this? And so that’s, that is where, uh, I wasn’t the fun, the fun ended, but that’s when, uh, that’s when the shift started to happen. Let me ask you a couple of questions before you go on. Uh, I know you had a bunch of courses along the way.

14:04
Was that split as well or is that not even counted in his revenue? So if there was one, one of the things that I didn’t enjoy about the way that we were working together was he was all about SEO, a hundred percent SEO affiliates. And like he didn’t want, he didn’t care about growing an email list. Um, he didn’t even care about courses that much. And so anything that was to potentially promote like a course or

14:32
grow that email list. Like he was, I mean, his point of view was like, man, SEO is working. Let’s not do anything to rock the boat. Okay. And, so that whole, yeah, messaging, I was like, man, I don’t want to break anything. Everything is working. So the only course at that time I was doing a course for financial advisors and that was nothing was even on the blog about that. So that was the one that I was doing on the side, but once again, it had really nothing to do with.

15:02
GFC. Okay. All right. So things are going great. You’re making $140,000 a month. That’s a lot of money. lot of money. And like I said, I had a financial planning practice. I was grossing between about $400,000 a year. So I mean, between the two, like things are very good in the Rose household. And at some point, we got contacted by another outfit that wanted to initially buy us out.

15:30
And like the offer was like 10 million. I was like, no, like I’m, I’m good. You know, like I had no, no reason to sell. I still loved what I did and what we were doing. And once we declined that offer, they ended up wanting to fly in and meet with us. And this point in time, I had moved to the Nashville area, was living in Illinois, moved to Nashville. And after, um, actually at that point meeting with them, they, we had a.

15:57
auto insurance page that we were ranking, not number one, but like two or three. And that article I believe was making us around $5,000 a month. Um, so not too bad. So this, this outfit that was interested in buying us out initially, completely strategic move, which I totally love, like, I love how they did this. They offered to lease that page from us. So just that one URL and they were willing to pay $15,000 a month.

16:26
Uh, basically had take any leads, any traffic from that one page. So they put all their ads, all that stuff on there. So whenever they came to meet with us, um, because when we say, Hey, we’re not interested in selling, then they were interested in possibly buying like a minority stake. They should, they shared with us like that page that they were leasing out, uh, for 15 grand. They actually made 45,000 from that page. Wow. Okay. So it’s like.

16:56
We’re making five, they’re paid as 15, but they were making 45,000. And that’s when it was just that idea of like, Oh, okay. We only know what we know. Um, is there some sort of proprietary, you know, knowledge experience, uh, that they have connections that could potentially row the site that much more. And.

17:24
So whenever we started just like kind of doing the math and just thinking about what it would take to scale to the next level, I didn’t really care about selling, you know, minority state to get a check, although that was enticing at the time, but it was also, it was looked at, man, this is a potential very like a strategic partnership. And so there was like a nice slide deck that said that we could go from like we were 150.

17:52
We would be up to like 400 a month within six months and then 1.2 mil within a year of us starting to work together. A month. A month. Correct. Yeah. 1.2 mil a month. Crazy. We’ll have that slide deck. I don’t want to ruin the ending or anything, but the 1.2 mil a month never happened. Wait, you saved that to the end. People are going to stop listening right My My bad.

18:17
I promise you there’s other good stuff worth hanging onto for the, you’re interested in partnerships and whatnot to do. But, um, but I will say that. So yes. So slide deck, see these numbers, knowing that the page that they’re leasing from us is making nine, nine times more than what we’re making. That’s like, yeah. Um, let’s, let’s, let’s talk, you know, let’s talk about, you know, working together in some capacity and,

18:46
That’s when we started to do that. But in order, in order for them, and they only, they, they wanted to have obviously some skin in the game. So they wanted to buy a minority stake and there was a percentage that they were interested in. But at this point in time, re rewinding, we’re just as a reminder, I don’t have a formal partnership with my current partner. Everything is a handshake agreement. Um, so that at that point I have to make.

19:14
Uh, some very important decisions on how to handle this and what the choice I ended up making was I ended up giving my partner, uh, 45 % equity. And looking back, I don’t regret that. I still don’t. I feel like I grew it to where it was, uh, together we grew it to 150 a month and I felt like that he earned it. Right. But the, but the agreement also was.

19:44
I’m going to give you this, give you the equity, like then it’s on you to continue to do SEO. So it wasn’t like, Hey, you’re going to get this as like all the sweat equity you put into it. That’s part of it. But also, you know, you have to continue to maintain that ongoing until we ended up selling. So that was the other part of it. that on paper at that point or no? That was.

20:13
gosh, was that on paper? don’t By the way, real quick, I have to know. So this person that you worked with and you gave 45 % to, before you guys started working together, were you guys good friends? Like, did you know that you could trust this guy or was it some kind of random guy that you’d met? How we initially met was through another online contact of mine. And initially when he contacted me, he reached out to me because at that time he had three kids, he was working his butt off, like constantly stressed, and he reached out this-

20:42
mutual acquaintance of ours and say, man, like, I’m just stressed. Like, you know, just need some help. He’s like, Oh, you need to talk to Jeff Rose. Cause all I know is like, Jeff is a family guy and he’s always taking these free days. Um, you know, always taking time off and like, just need to talk to him. So initially when he reached out, it was kind of like this mentoring coaching thing. And then when I told him about the website, that’s when he SEO guy goes on Semrush or HREV and starts looking at it. And then it’s just like, Oh, wow. Yeah. So.

21:12
But over that time, like we didn’t like spend family time together, but like we talked often, you know, he came to Illinois, he drove to visit me a few times. Like I went to his place and Anderson met with his, his team. like we had a lot of interaction. Uh, over that five year period. Yeah. I mean, there was so many opportunities that looking back, like, I mean, he, yeah, I had no reason not to trust him. Got it. Okay.

21:40
So, so far, everything’s still going great. It sounds like, then you give him is, is, yeah, is going great. And, um, we go pretty quickly, 150 to 200, 200 to 400, uh, a month and everything is just awesome. And then I’ll call him the OG partner. That’s like the easiest way, not the, new, the new outfit, but the OG partner. He, and I’m like, we’re paying, you know, distribution into the business, all that good stuff. And then he starts asking me.

22:10
to contribute over and above what I was already committed to doing. And I’m thinking, man, we’re making a lot of money. Yeah. Like I’m, I’m okay reinvesting back into the business. Um, you know, I ran it by my wife and there was something about it that she didn’t feel comfortable with. Uh, man, for any men listening to this, like listen to your wives, like they, they do have some discernment. Yeah. They might not understand like basic business principles.

22:39
But man, like they get character and there was just something about it that she didn’t feel comfortable with. So she encouraged me to dig, push, um, and just remember like, this is your, this is your site. You know, like you gave him equity of your site. Um, you can ask some questions. So the question that I asked was where

23:06
What are we investing our money into right now? Or where are we spending our money right now? That was the question. And the response that I got was, it doesn’t matter. We’re making money. In a roundabout way, I don’t have time to share everything that’s going on.

23:27
If you’re looking to start an online store, you’re probably deciding which e-commerce platform to go with. And the problem is that there’s hundreds of choices out there and they all start to blend together after a while. So I want to save you time today and tell you about BigCommerce, which is one of the platforms that I recommend. And here’s why. BigCommerce does not nickel and dime you with apps like other platforms. Once you sign up, you get a fully featured shopping cart with the features you need built right in. If you want to run a WordPress blog and an online store on the same exact domain for search engine optimization,

23:57
BigCommerce has a nice WordPress integration that allows you to do exactly that to maximize your SEO. And then finally, you have the right to use whatever payment processes that you want without paying any transaction fees, unlike other shopping carts out there. Now for geeks like myself, BigCommerce offers a powerful API which allows you to scale your e-commerce store to seven, eight, and even nine figures and beyond. In fact, BigCommerce runs huge stores like Sony, Casio, and Ben & Jerry’s. So if you’re interested in looking for an e-commerce platform,

24:25
go to mywifequitterjob.com slash BC and check it out for free for 30 days. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash BC. Now back to the show.

24:38
So you didn’t know what your expenses were at this point? Like you were really hands off. I had no clue. Like I knew that he was growing his team. I knew that we had, uh, he had new hires like his, when we started working together, it was him, another partner and two employees. So there’s four of them at this point. If I’m trying remember exactly, there was probably around 10 to 15 people at his agency.

25:08
But the checks are keeping coming into your account, right? Oh my gosh. Yeah. Like that. I still can, all the checks would come through me first and then I would then pay out, you know, distributions on, top of that. So I was, I had controlled the checkbook. Like I said, we went from around 16, five to one 50. Now we’re like three to 400 a month. Okay. It’s, know, like it was hard to not question anything. Um, so like,

25:38
I was making so much that I’m like, obviously I don’t need all that money. So yeah, reinvesting back into the site. at this, around this time too, I still have the text message just saved. You know, he really, he was very ambitious that we were looking at a hundred, a hundred million dollar exit. Like that was the number that he felt that we could get. And there was like some other sites that sold, you know, that you could definitely, it wasn’t unrealistic, you know, to think that.

26:05
So when he’s asking me to reinvest, like I almost felt like in a weird way, I felt guilty by saying no, right? Because all this work that he’s doing. But then I didn’t say no. Initially, I just said, Hey, well, I would just like to know where are we spending our money? You know, is it on SEO? Is it on content? Like what’s the strategy? You know, if we’re going to grow this thing to a hundred million exit, like how do we know where to invest our money? Like what’s working, you know, like

26:35
I felt like very simple questions, you know, that a partner could ask his other partner of a business that I gave the equity to, but I got, I got the run around, you know, and then he finally, um, he finally gave me a spreadsheet of like the employees, their salaries. And then my wife started doing a little bit of digging and it was like,

27:02
He’s even on the actual salaries is like, just went on glass door to find like what the, the range of what a graphic designer makes. And it was just like, it was, he didn’t know that was a thing, man. Like he, he didn’t know how much he was, how much his team, how much he was spending on the site. Uh, also during this time he took on other sites in the space, which he did ask my permission on a few of them.

27:31
And say, Hey, are you okay if I’m working with so-and-so? And I’m like, yeah, I am. Like they’re a good friend. and like we were interesting, right? Like personal finance bloggers, like if we’re in this, like this mastermind, many of us have sites, they’re all competing against each other. But yet like we’ve all been willing to share like what’s working. So like that, wasn’t, uh, extraordinary for him to ask that. And for me to say, yeah, I would love, you know, if he’s ranking number one on number two, great. If I’m one, he’s too great. Like we’re all happy with that.

28:00
But then like, then there was another site that he took on that he didn’t tell me until after the fact. Um, and that was another red flag. But then when it came down to his unwillingness to share how much he was spending, um, I’ll never forget this man. Like I had, it was the first of a few very hard conversations I had to have with him. And basically letting him know that I would not be.

28:30
I would not be reinvesting anymore back into the site other than the amount that I agreed to. And I’m sure my heart rate was like a 160 having this conversation. And so I let him know, and that was like, I’m going to say in the fall of whatever year that was. Before you get the punchline, I just need to know some numbers here. So reinvest, you were making 400K a month. Were you talking about reinvesting most of that or just a small portion of that? Yeah. So like I,

28:58
I don’t remember exactly how much, but he was asking me to like throw in an extra like 25 to 50 K a month. Okay. So you were still making 150 K a month even after all that. Okay. Still plenty of money by, by any means. Okay. Yeah. Oh, absolutely. And like, and it wasn’t that I couldn’t afford it. Like I was, I was more than willing to do it, but I was never presented with here is where that w here’s what that money is going to do. Right.

29:27
Got it. was no, there was zero strategy. Like there was zero transparency. It was a, I remember it was a, if I know if I’m going to invest X and I’m going to get X in return, does it really matter what I’m investing into? Like that it was like, yeah, it does. Cause I want to know, like I want to know what, where we’re spending our money. And if it works, it works. If not, then like, mean,

29:56
You’re not an independent contractor. You’re not a consultant. Like you’re a partner. This is what partners do. Yeah. So once again, things are great and

30:10
After I informed him that I would not be contributing any more than I’d already agreed to within three months, three to four months of that, he informed me that he wanted out.

30:26
And that’s when I was like, what? What, what do you mean you want out? Like I just gave you equity. You just got a big fat check for the equity. We’re making the most money we’ve ever made. Like you’re still making more money, even after selling the equity and getting a smaller payout. you’re, you’re still making more than you ever had. I have texts from you like a few months ago saying we’re going to exit for a hundred million. And you want to get out now? Like it.

30:54
It just, something just felt completely off. then, and I kept asking him, kept asking him, and I never actually didn’t get a straight answer. don’t think technically I’ve never got a straight answer. Um, and it, it, it, it sucked. And at that point I was just, I was, I was angry. I was hurt. But at that point I didn’t want to let him out because going back, so these new partners.

31:23
I didn’t really know them that well. Um, I just met them. Like I was more concerned about them, screwing me over then than him. So whenever it’s like, just, you’re the one that, you know, he helped kind of facilitate like them coming in and like he had at that point had a better relationship with them. Like I don’t only met them a few times. So it’s like, kind like he set us up and then he’s, he’s out and everything just felt so off to us.

31:50
So finally I got on a call with the new partner and talked to CEO and that, definitely helped. Um, but initially it was like, I wasn’t going to let him out. And that was because once again, I didn’t give you equity for the work you did up until then it was that, and that you’re going to continue to perform until this thing, until we sell. So it’s like, you’re getting, you just got your money. Now you’re out. Like, no, like you still got to do the SEO. Like that’s why, and then that, that part was in.

32:19
the contract. So that that was written in that he will continue to perform SEO services until a liquidation event. So I think I maybe answered you wrongly earlier, but that was written into the contract. What does it mean to be out? Like he wanted you to buy him out? He be buy him out. Anybody buy him out. He’s going to sell anybody. He just wanted out. Right. Are you going to tell us why? I honestly like I still don’t.

32:49
I still don’t know. Really? Okay. Wow. All I, all I know is, that when I decided that I was not going to pay him any more than I agreed to, he then lost another friend of mine, lost his business, like the contract that he was paying. Um, and all of a sudden that’s when it was like a house of cards. So I just, I can only speculate. I know that he was getting into real estate.

33:18
pretty heavily, like the building that he was in, it was like a coworking space that they had renovated. And I believe that he just overextended himself. So he was asking, this is my theory. He was asking money from me not to reinvest back into business. It was to make payments on all these different investments properties that he was in. whenever he lost that from me, it lost his other person.

33:48
He began to lose, basically lost his business. Like it went, it unraveled really quick. So what, uh, so what happened then? How did you deal with this? Um, it sucked, man, because like we had this relationship where, mean, we would text, we would call. Um, and then we ended up having a face to face where he flew in, we met Nashville, the CEO of the new partner flew in. And like, I had this complete vision of like,

34:17
I’m just asking you to do SEO, like what you enjoy doing, what you love doing. I’ll, we’ll handle the affiliate side. I’ll handle content direction. Like I had it all mapped out. Like here’s our strategy. And the response still was, I don’t get it. I don’t get it. Like what’s not to get? Like you’re doing SEO. Like that’s what you’ve been doing for the last five years. Like that’s all you have to do. Like, and I could just, he wasn’t, it wasn’t the same guy.

34:44
You know, it just felt like I was talking to a complete stranger and my wife was there too. And she’s like, Oh man, I don’t know. I don’t know what’s going on. And even he had a, partner that also was. He was in the site too. Like they had worked together for a while. He was an older guy and then talking to him and he even shared, he’s like, honestly, he’s like, I don’t know what’s going on. Um, there’s obviously something, but I, I, I don’t know. Um, so at that point, the reality of, okay.

35:14
Do we really want him in because he’s, he’s not there and something’s going on. Uh, so it went from like not letting him out to, okay, now we’ll let you out. Uh, so we began this process and at this point in time, we all we’re dealing with attorneys. Like we’re not even talking anymore. And this went on for almost nine months, went from like January up until like August. And remember his whole tune at this point was like, he wants out, he wants out, doesn’t want to do anymore.

35:43
And then we have all the paperwork drawn up. All he has to do is sign. And then it becomes like, Oh no, I changed my mind. I want back in. I’m ready to grow this thing. Like, what do you mean? Like for the last nine months after paying, after telling us that you don’t want any, don’t want this at all. You want out, no interest. I’ve already paid an attorney a lot of money to have all this drawn up. Not to mention like all the calls and everything to get this set up. And, uh, like it doesn’t work that way, man.

36:13
Like doesn’t work. Like you want it out, like you’re out. And so then from like August up until January of the following year was when he finally signed everything. And the unfortunate outcome of all that is for that 13 months or so of us, like trying to keep them in, trying to get them out. the, the site wasn’t, didn’t have the same attention to detail like that. He was once giving.

36:42
Um, so we revenue after hitting a high in, uh, yeah, after hitting a high, I remember after hitting a high, like I’m almost like, it was just over $400,000 within three months. I don’t know this is the same year, but I know like COVID also had a, had a, had a bit of a play as well factor. We ended up having like the lowest month that we’d had in like the previous three years. So imagine like the emotional roller coaster of hitting a record high.

37:11
All-time high, three months, 90 days later, having the worst month in the last three years. Like would have lost it. Yeah, I almost did. I mean, it was almost this, what the, what just happened? Um, and I know what happened. It was like, it just wasn’t being cared for. Um, so that was, that was it, you know, and, um, he is, he was, he got bought out because he waited.

37:41
because he balked at that first time, uh, the amount that he ended up getting was a lot less than what he would have got because revenues continue to trend downward. Um, like I still don’t know what the play was. I don’t know what he was trying to do then. It completely backfired and, um, yeah. And last I’ve heard, um, I finally did hear from him and want to be sensitive. Like, let me just say this, man. Like I went through a phase where I, I mean, all the roller coasters, right? Like.

38:11
What I went from what the, know what, who are you? What are you doing? Uh, then I blamed him. I had so much resentment towards him and anger towards him. And then finally, just like having to truly forgive him, um, knowing that there’s something going on that he didn’t feel comfortable sharing. Uh, obviously he was, uh, not in a, in a good emotional spot. And I had to get to a point where I had to forgive him.

38:40
And I did, you know, I prayed for him and his family and he had three kids. And, um, and that just to get to peace, you know, for me, um, because I was like, I blame myself a lot. Like I blame myself for allowing it to happen. Um, but like, also had to forgive myself. Like looking back, like I didn’t have any reason to question five year track record. Yeah. All time, you know, hitting these record highs, no inkling like

39:09
meeting like his team and like his sister worked with him and, uh, he just had a lot of similar relationships with people that I knew that trusted him as well. I mean, it was one of those, like we were all shocked. Um, so he literally went from having this agency with like over 25 employees who completely losing the entire agency. Um, and just recently I learned that he is divorced. Uh, he lost his family, uh, lost everything.

39:38
Uh, and so getting out, like, just looked back and I thought, man, if I would have like forced him to stay in, like it could have brought me down too. So getting him out when we did, uh, truly was a blessing, but it took me a long while to get to that. See now that I heard the whole story, which I’d never heard before, uh, I don’t know how, what I would have done differently. I mean, it seems like, what did you learn from?

40:07
from all of this actually? Yeah, man, that’s a great question. I you would have done it all over again, right? I mean, everything was great. You went from 16.5 to 400K. Yeah. I guess if I would have done it differently, you know, like going back to, I went through this coaching program called Strategic Coach and I will say if there’s anything, I kind of had this persona of, look at me. You know, I am,

40:35
Outsourcing, I’m delegating, I’m operating my unique ability, passive income. Uh, but looking back, I could have been more involved with the team. Um, I could have at least had like monthly calls, weekly calls, uh, just to understand more, like, what are we doing? Um, so that I could ask just better questions, like, cause right now in the process of building out my own team, like, I don’t want to do all these things, right. But I want to have a.

41:05
decent enough understanding in the event that something’s not getting done the way that it should, that I feel confident. But like, I was so far removed that anytime that I would ask any question, like I almost feel like I didn’t have a voice to ask a question because I was like, oh no, we’re doing this. We got this. Like, don’t worry, blah, blah, blah. know, SEO, I know SEO obviously look at my track record. So I, and it was great.

41:34
Like when I, when I’m literally sitting back collecting checks, doing nothing, that, was the case. Um, but I definitely wish that I would have been a little bit more involved, just, um, have a better understanding. It’s probably the only thing that I would have changed. But, uh, because like I had, like had at one time, gosh, I think there was probably at least like five or six different people, maybe more that were working on the site. And, um, you know, just to have that, like to them, it was, I’ll say his side, but like it was my side, but he was the one that was like,

42:03
the voice, you know, that the point of contact. So we didn’t have a lot of contact. So I think. Yeah, I just would like to have been more involved in the process. You know, what’s funny about this about your story is. I actually get terrified. When I don’t know where the money is coming from. Like collecting checks would actually make me lose sleep at night for doing nothing. And maybe it’s just like because I’m paranoid.

42:29
But at this point you weren’t controlling your site, right? Which means he had full login and admin access to your site, right? Absolutely. Yeah. Yeah. And maybe just to give another, another piece of the, the, of the puzzle is, and like, I’ve shared this with you, our, youngest son, um, who has some behavioral things that we’ve been working through during this period, like, uh, moving to Nashville, like that was one of the reasons we moved. was other reasons, but one of the other reasons we moved was because

42:59
We needed to find him help that we were not getting in Illinois. We went through three different therapists, moved to Nashville, found somebody nine months going nowhere. And it, he needed help. Like our family was on the brink of destruction. So I also use that time of like, you know, looking back, him doing what he did allowed me that time to find the help that my son needed, um, which we ended up during this whole stretch we did.

43:28
You we ended up finding therapists for him and like, he’s made huge strides. So like, that’s the other part that I sometimes forget when I get angry at myself. It like, Oh yeah. Like it wasn’t like you were in this perfect spot. Like you were in this utopia. Everything was great. Like on the business side. Yeah. But man, like at home, like there was a lot of struggle getting him help. Um, which we did. And, you know, so I look back and like, gosh, like I could be angry at him, but also like,

43:57
during that stress that allowed me to be present with my son and my wife and my kids to get help my family needed. So anyway, that’s another piece that sometimes I forget and looking back like, gosh, like I’m so glad that I had that time. mean, I don’t know if I would have done anything differently. So let me ask you this for everyone who’s listening out there, there’s actually another partnership, which I presume was that new one that that didn’t go as well as you would have liked either. mean, it was that the same situation.

44:27
Cause it’s working. It’s almost like are all partnerships like destined to change at some point? Yeah. You know, it’s like, I’ve really tried to like compare this like to marriage, right? Cause like, know, you get married, no kids, you know, it’s like the honeymoon phase, like you’re having sex like every other day, you know, you’re, you’re going out to eat all the time. Uh, and then you have a kid and everything changes and you have another kid and maybe another kid.

44:55
And you know, your marriage, like it changes, you know, like the things that you do for fun, your interests, like all that changes. Um, so the thing that I’m with a partnership is like things evolve, things change. And, know, we had, I feel like I had everything for the most part in order in the contract, but I think one thing I would, I would.

45:19
takeaway is, you know, each year at least maybe every other year is like reviewing that contract and just asking those hard questions. Like what if, you know, what if something happens hard to do that when things are good. Yeah. But, that’s, you know, looking back, that’s if there’s anything that I would change with that. Um, but I think the biggest lesson that I’m learning now, because with the new partner, we’ve been together almost three years now, actually over three years now. And then I’m in the process of actually

45:49
buying them out. So all of this whole partnership thing of having partners, uh, now is actually, I’m taking it all back over to become the sole owner again. And, and I’m sure you’ve heard this time and time again, you know, no one, no one is ever going to love your baby as much as you do. And that’s basically what I have learned. Like initially I felt like that first partner did. Yeah. I feel like he did. And then all of sudden it’s like, you’re

46:18
You had a good looking kid, but like, want more, I want more kids like this one. So I’m going go out and find others. And now he, so he wanted that. So he didn’t have that same attraction, you know, that I did like for my baby. So now, and that’s, that’s what I’ve experienced with the current partner. It’s just, um, they don’t have the same love also too. They have other things that they have in their business that are growing exponentially and working out very well. So I get it. Like that’s where I would spend my time if I were them. So I can’t be angry for that.

46:47
Was it going back to like GFC is my thing. You know, I launched it back in 08. I still own it. I’m so passionate about it. And I get to reinvest my time and energy back into it. Um, and try to impact as many people as I can. Like that was the marketing tool was, was there, but also behind that was like this deep desire, um, having a financial background where my, my dad died, you he passed away, had a heart attack. Uh, when he died, he had a negative net worth.

47:15
Like he actually owed more than he was worth. And just like, when I think about that, like, gosh, like that’s what a sad way to go, you know, just knowing. Cause like I, I always tell people like he had a heart attack, but man, like if his death, his true cause of death was the stress that he had from all his credit card debt and having to manage trying to take a cash advance on this card to make the minimum payment on this one. mean, every single month he was stressed out about that. And.

47:44
I didn’t want that. I want to prevent other people from encountering that. want my kids to have to go through that. So it’s like going back to just the mission of wanting to help people. And if that means that, cause right now, mean, full transparencies. So the site is making about 50, about 50,000 a month right now. It’s a lot. Yeah. I mean, it’s like, I will, it’s, I say that and like, there’s this, like, I’m grateful for that, but there’s still that little.

48:13
hard means to think, yeah, but you remember when you’re making 400,000, remember when you’re making 150? Yeah. Yeah. I can, yeah, I can see that. the truth is, that, uh, you know, and like, still, I sold my punch plan practice. So I’m still getting like paid off from that each month. Like, you know, I have YouTube, I had like, that’s just one piece of it. It’s the bigger, the biggest piece, but it’s still a piece. I still do brand deals. So mean, like it’s, I, it’s, it’s one of those. Yeah. Like I’m grateful. It’s like,

48:42
Even though the revenues drop, like our lifestyle hasn’t changed. just stopped buying a Jordan one sneakers. like, I’m just not buying as many as I used to. Um, but as far as like family vacations, eating out, you know, we’re still living the exact same life that we were a couple of years ago, you know, and that hasn’t changed. You know, my wife doesn’t work. I’m not looking at getting my securities license to start.

49:10
you know, financial planning again, like everything is great. But obviously I have to, I do have to do some work now, so it’s not sitting back and doing nothing. But let me ask you this, since we’re on this topic, how much is enough for you? mean, anyone can live on $50,000 a month, especially in Nashville. It’s not like you’re in the Bay area California or anything like that. Real estate prices, man. Like, you know, they got, they

49:39
No, I mean, that’s that that is truly something. So this whole thing, and I mean, if you want to get really transparent, like I went through a I don’t know why it didn’t happen until recently, but I went through a stage of anxiety and depression. And these are words that are have never been in my vocabulary. Right. Because I just I just got shit done.

50:08
And, you know, military background, you just get shit done. And I think it was a culminate when, when I started to realize that the new partnership two and a half years into it, isn’t working out the way that I hope. And not that it was being mismanaged or I was being taken advantage of, wasn’t anything like that. just, it just wasn’t working out. It all of a sudden, like everything just started coming back of like the first partnership, the OG partner. And I got to the point where like, just.

50:37
I didn’t know what to do. Like I didn’t know the, the outcome because looking even up until recently, like I still haven’t been hands on, you know, with the site as far as like SEO and just, you know, some of the basics. So I, uh, had to do a lot of work, uh, working with the therapist and just getting through it. And what I was able to identify was I had so much fear.

51:05
that I was not allowing myself to feel. Um, which makes sense, right? Military background, like, know, I’m deployed to Iraq, you know, when, we ever got shot at or had like a roadside bomb go off, like you joke about it. Like it’s like, Oh, if you get shot at like, at least it wasn’t RPG, you know, like a rocket launcher, you just got a sniper like shoot at you. No big deal. Um, so here I am. Like I wasn’t able to process.

51:32
being afraid like, oh, I’m afraid that I might lose this business. I’m afraid that this partnership is going to work out. And have to hire my own team, which I’ve never done before, like this scale. So I was able to finally identify what that was. Like that was such a huge, huge release. And, and now in all that process as well, like to answer your question, like how much is enough to be honest, like what I’m making now is enough. Like it’s more than enough. And even if I,

52:02
If even that got cut in half, it would still be enough. I probably would have to really kind of budget a little bit maybe. think I don’t think so. Well, Mandy, he does like to shop. know, I mean, and we have four kids. That’s true. That’s true. Going to college. But no, I mean, honestly, like it would be more than enough. But there’s still like that part of me that it’s just that that excitement. feel like some some entrepreneurs are motivated by at least it’s that can I do it? You know, can we grow?

52:32
Sure. But also can I grow it without forgetting what the core mission is to help people? Because if I’m growing it just to grow it and actually something to kind of tie this all in, didn’t, my partner, the OG partner never told this to me. I learned this from one of his, uh, soon to be former employees and he, this is what he told them. He told him that he, his target, he was chasing, he wanted a $50 million net.

53:03
He never told me that. Um, that’s what he told him. And like, looking back, I’m like, I mean, I had asked this question and was like, why? You know, it is going back to like the a hundred million dollar exit. Like I got so attached to that number. Like, Oh, I want to get back there. I was like doing everything I could try to get back there and it just wasn’t working. And I finally realized like, what am I doing? Like, why, why do I need a hundred million dollar exit? Why do I need $400,000 a month? Like for what?

53:33
What is that going to do? Like I could buy every single Jordan one sneaker in the world, uh, even build another house, the store mall, but like, that’s not going to give me that fulfillment, the happiness. Like, so really just learning gratitude, contentment and just getting there. So it’s been like, look back, man, like I’m, it was a hard journey, but I, I’ve become such a better person for it. Uh, there’s a lot of growing spiritually, emotionally through this entire process and I’m

54:02
grateful that I get to work on my side again and truly impact hundreds, hundreds of thousands maybe. Hey, that’s like 50 times more than I’m impacting here. But yeah, it’s like, truly is a blessing to be where I’m at today. Yeah. I mean, I can’t wait for you to get all your channels back up at full strength again, because you’re like made for video. I said that earlier, but Jeff, dude, thanks for being so transparent on the show today. Really appreciate having you as a friend over the years.

54:31
And just for sharing everything, mean, this was quite a journey that you’ve been on. And I’m almost positive that everyone who’s listening here will be able to take something out of it.

54:44
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now Jeff’s story is a cautionary tale when it comes to partnerships and I sincerely hope that you enjoyed how candid Jeff was about his story. More information about this episode go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 433. And once again I want to thank Postscript which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants. With a few clicks of a button you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash dv.

55:14
That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-R-I-P-T.I-O slash Steve. Now I also want to hang out with you in person next year in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. So grab a ticket to Seller Summit and let’s meet up. Go to Sellersummit.com and pick up your ticket. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to MyWifeQuarterDob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and it’s sending the course right away.

55:44
Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

432: The Curse That All Successful Entrepreneurs Have With Mike Jackness

432: The Curse That All Successful Entrepreneurs Have With Mike Jackness

Today I have my friend Mike Jackness back on the show to talk about a sensitive topic that is rarely discussed.

Can successful entrepreneurs live a balanced life? Do you have to make sacrifices in order to make money in business?

In this episode, we discuss the brutal truth about success and the curse that all entrepreneurs have. Enjoy!

What You’ll Learn

  • The brutal truth about success in business
  • The secret weapon for entrepreneurs to live a balanced life
  • The curse that all of the successful entrepreneurs have

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today I have my friend Mike Jackness back on the show for like the fifth or sixth time. And most of you know who he is already, but in this episode, we recorded this before Mike and I spoke at the Helium 10 event sale in Skull in Las Vegas. And the topic in a nutshell is can successful people live balanced lives? Or do you need to go all in in order to be successful?

00:27
Now Mike and I are polar opposites in terms of personality here, so it’s an interesting debate. But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce, and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce, and you can segment your audience just like email.

00:54
It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for my e-commerce store, and I depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores, and here’s why it’s so powerful.

01:21
Klaviyo can track every single customer who’s shopping in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcasts that I released with my partner Tony

01:51
And unlike this one, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience Podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table, and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now on to the show.

02:16
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I got Mike Jackness. We’re hanging out at his home in Vegas, prepping our talk for Sellin’ Scale, the Helium 10 event. And I thought we’d give you guys a little preview about what we’re talking about, even though this episode is going to take place after we actually give the actual talk. since most of you guys cannot attend the conference, I thought we’d give you a little preview. And what we’re talking about, the title of the talk is The Brutal Truth About Success in Business. And can you have it all, basically?

02:46
So let’s give an intro, Mike. Who are you, Mike? You’ve been on the episode, you’ve been on the show like multiple times, but just in case people don’t know who you are. My name is Mike Jackness. I would consider you to be a friend, but you might not think the same. We’ve hung out quite a bit between e-commerce field events and Selvish Summit and just other things in e-commerce. And yeah, I’ve always enjoyed you and your family and look forward to hanging out whenever you come to Vegas or pass cross.

03:17
When I was first talking to the organizer of this conference, I was discussing just, I’m kind of sick of talking about the same old thing. When you go speak at these conferences, you and I speak at a lot of events and it’s kind of the same stuff where you’re you’re talking about building a listing for Amazon or inventory logistics or PPC advertising. the thing that I was talking to her about, she’s like, what would you go see at these events and what is it that intrigued you? I’m like, look, honestly,

03:47
You don’t have to sound egotistical in any way because I don’t feel like I know everything by any stretch of the imagination, but allow the same basic to intermediate stuff as covered. And when you’re running a business for seven years in this space, it’s hard to find the real gold nuggets that are going to really make a difference. And I was like, why don’t we talk about something that is outside all the basics, the things that people never talk about, the actual struggles that entrepreneurs go through because there’s a lot of, think,

04:15
the population that thinks of being an entrepreneur is glamorous and it comes with all these benefits. And it does in a lot of ways. I certainly wouldn’t have it any other way, but there are a lot of struggles that come along with being an entrepreneur as well. And we start talking about that. And I don’t know exactly how the conversation led to it, but the Ford-Burner theory came up. when she, excuse me, when she agreed to do that topic, I thought to ask you to come to do it with me, because you’re the one that actually introduced me to it in the first place. And it’s…

04:45
been instrumental in kind of changing the trajectory of my life. So it’s funny about this is she asked me to talk initially and I thought I was gonna do a singular talk and then you emailed me and say, hey, you wanna do this talk? And I was like, I don’t wanna do two talks. And so we’ll see how interesting it is actually. We haven’t actually gone on stage yet. I think it’s gonna be difficult. It’s what I hope will happen if it changes even just like one person’s life or their perception of something or helps somebody.

05:14
in any way, then I think it’ll be worth it versus trying to cater to the whole room. Like I typically do want to talk, you stress a lot about, again, trying to make sure the tactics or the material is beneficial to everybody. You everyone that will be in that room will be coming to it with a different perspective and a different part of their journey in life. some people approach entrepreneurship way different. You and I are actually quite different, which is interesting. We’re like opposite. Yeah. Yeah. And so I think that

05:43
Having that kind co-talk with the two different perspectives is good. But there’s some particular struggles with being an entrepreneur. It’s a lonely island at the top. Everyone comes to you to answer every question, but you don’t have that same resource. And one of the things that’s been helpful for me is I’ve worked on meeting people like you and being a mastermind, making sure that I am surrounded by those people.

06:13
first getting started, you’re not gonna have any of that. It’s impossible. You’re just trying to figure out how to keep the lights on and keep the wheels on the bus. And so it’s taken me many years to develop those friendships. And then even when you know people, it’s years and years before you really feel comfortable confiding in them and talking about the things that really matter. I think there’s other things that kinda come along with it as well. I think that, we talked about this a bit, it’s gonna be in our talk, that society kinda

06:44
helps shine a light on this problem or magnify the problem even more because if you’re working hard, you’re deemed to be successful. If you’re an entrepreneur, you’re making money. Those things come with this badge of success. But it can be just as toxic as other bad diseases that we have in society from alcoholism to drug addiction to gambling or other things that normally people would never group.

07:10
entrepreneurs are working hard in that same group. I think, least from my perspective, the thing that’s been hard for me to learn is that it can be equally as toxic. Yeah. So the public knows Mike as seven figure entrepreneur, host of the Econ Group podcast. You’ve had successful exits in the past. I thought I’d just ask you about some of the stuff that we’ve discussed together in private that we don’t really share publicly. I’ll share my story after you share yours, but

07:39
And for the people that don’t know you that well, like you are like an all or nothing type of guy. am. am. Like when you do something, it’s pedal to the metal and you don’t do anything else. And I sometimes look at you and I’m like, man, like I could not do that. It looks miserable actually. Well, it is. And that’s the problem, you know, but I think, um, you know, you’re because it’s an addictive type of personality or thing that comes along with it. You know, it kind of builds on itself and makes you want to do more of it. It’s kind of the environment that I grew up in.

08:09
And when we talked about the Fort Burner theory, like I always kind of knew that it was hurting my life in other ways, but I didn’t really fully understand it or have the aha moment. We were having a conversation one day. was… Maybe we should define what the Fort Burner theory is. Yeah, let’s do that. So you want to do No, go for it. for it. Well, I’ll set up what the hell it kind of came to be then. So mean, you and me and Scott Volker and Greg Mercer were doing a five minute pitch and we…

08:37
we’re getting ready to do the finale and we were just kind of sitting around drinking a couple of beers, talking about life and you brought up the four burner theory and just kind of, know, non-strollingly casually we’re talking about this thing of like the ideas that there’s four burners in life. You have your work burner, which is kind of the first one we always talk about since it’s an entrepreneurial podcast. You have your health, you have your family and your friends. And those are kind of the four burners in life. Obviously there’s other like anecdotal things that happen, but like these are the four main.

09:05
And it’s really a solid thing. you think about it, it’s hard to even come up with a fifth burner or other thing if you think about it. Like almost everything falls in those four categories. And the theory basically is that it has to equal 100%. So the burners, whatever total, has to equal 100%. And entrepreneurs tend to start to crank up that work burner, which means you crank up the work burner 10 degrees. You have to take 10 degrees off of the other ones in some capacity.

09:34
everybody will start to degrade one of the burners first. Everyone’s different, right? So for me, it’s health. It’s always health is the first one because it affects me and only me. And I tend to think about other people before myself and will continue to fuel the friends or family burner and degrade my health first. That makes me sound terrible because I degrade the friends, which means that I think about myself first before my friends.

10:02
I mean, I don’t know that that makes you terrible in any way. mean, in a lot of ways, you know, just talking to other people. mean, think that thinking about yourself first is important. You know, you can think about yourself to a point where you’re yourself first to where it’s selfish and you’re just a bad person. But I’ve known you for a long time. That’s the furthest way that I would define you as. Right. I mean, think that thinking about yourself is important. And oftentimes one doesn’t think about themselves enough or put themselves first, especially

10:31
like a busy mother or something like that where like you’re constantly thinking about your kids first and They come last I see this a lot, know It’s it amazes me like just to see what parents especially moms in particular can can do you know? where they come up with this bandwidth to do all this stuff And so at some point it’s important to think about yourself You got to think about your health and you got to think about your well-being because if you don’t then you know at some point You’re just not going to be here and you’re not doing any of those people that you care about a favor

11:01
if you’re sick or dead. I think it’s important to talk about the second part of that theory, which is in order to be successful in any discipline, you got to turn off at least one burner. And if you want to be super successful, you turn off two. And if you want to be like Elon Musk, you turn off three, basically. I mean, there is some credibility to this, no doubt. This is something I’ve thought a lot about certainly since we’ve discussed this theory and just in general, because there was a time in my life

11:31
where I I come from background, like I know I’m not gonna be the smartest person in the room. I didn’t go to college. I barely even really made it of high school. It was very much like I’m going to win because I’m going to work harder than you. It was kind of my theory, right? It’s just like I’m gonna be more intense, I’m gonna work harder. And again, because I think society kind of looks at that as success. And certainly that was the household that I grew up in, entrepreneur type household.

11:59
that was kind of ingrained. so I was able to be quote unquote more successful, at least my day job and all the things that I did, than people that were way smarter than me. And so I think that there is something to that. Like I do think, if you’re in an early stage of a startup or you’re doing certain types of businesses, you have to devote that kind of energy into it to be successful. I think it’s hard to imagine some of the things that I’ve done, some of the things that became ultimately very successful.

12:29
becoming successful in any other way. But you have to also be aware that you can’t fly that close to the sun and work that hard for unlimited amounts of time. At some point it catches up with you. You can only ignore your health for so long before you’re sick or you’re fat or you’re out of shape or whatever. You can only ignore your family for so long before your wife wants a divorce or your kids don’t even know who you are anymore. You can only ignore your friends so long

12:59
and tell them you’re not going to come over for dinner or go to a game or a concert for so long before they stop calling you. I mean, at some point this stuff adds up. And any short amount of time for a month or two, you’ll barely notice the bump on the road. Your friends will still call you. Your family will still love you. But you do this for a decade and eventually there’s going to be repercussions. And so there are repercussions in Eli’s life. I he has a reputation of…

13:28
you not being around, you know, and yeah, you know, first kids are doing work while the kids are there. So, you know, I enjoy driving his cars and I probably will get his internet at some point and probably his solar panels. And I appreciate the contributions that he’s made to the world. But at some point, you know, I think that there’s there’s repercussions to that. Oh, absolutely. And here’s the thing, at least that I got caught up in is you hear all these people in the media like killing it.

13:58
And there’s this perception that if you do something well and fast, then you’re like amazing. And I thought I’d just use my own example here with the CNBC thing. I know a lot of you guys listening saw my CNBC special. And what’s funny about that is we filmed that special right after one of the most stressful points in our business. It was 2020. Our revenue wasn’t even that good because we sell wedding stuff. No one was getting married.

14:27
hotels and airlines are our second actual biggest customer. No one was flying, no one was staying in hotels. And then CNBC wanted us to do the special and they wanted to use the 2020 numbers because it was 2021. And we’re like, that’s like our worst year ever. Not to mention our most stressful year. Like Jen and I were like, oh my God, know, we lost like 60 % of our business overnight. It was in March, March 23rd or something crazy like that. And what was also funny about filming that was there’s this one scene.

14:56
where we’re all sitting around the breakfast table and then like my kids have waffles and like, and then we call them down. They kind of marched down all happy and have breakfast. I mean, that was like totally staged. I mean, you could tell it was staged, but this is really staged because in the mornings, like I’m yelling at them, like get, get up, get down, make your own breakfast and then get out of there, get ready. And I’m just constantly yelling at them until they get out the door. But anyways, my point is, that.

15:21
A lot of these stories that you hear online about like even entrepreneurs killing it, whatever, there’s always another story. There’s this other story of someone who was in my mastermind group hit like $10 million by scaling. And then if you read the article, it was amazing, but they suffered so much profit in order to hit that point. And he was like, it wasn’t reflecting the article, but when we were talking about in the mastermind, he was like, that was the most stressful period. I will never do that again. We ended up only making like $90,000 out of that.

15:49
But we hit that number because I wanted to hit the $10 million mark, right? And it’s all ego. Yeah. mean, my partner, Dave, that I do the podcast with has this saying of revenue is vanity and profit is sanity. Pretty similar thought process. I mean, it’s hard to run a business. It’s hard to make money. It’s hard to have a very profitable business. It’s hard to do it. It’s even more difficult in the field that we’ve chosen.

16:17
as time goes by because there’s more and more people getting into it. There is margin erosion from every angle. This is just a typical life cycle. I’ve seen this story before. I’m in my mid-40s. I’ve been an entrepreneur for 20 years. I’ve been in multiple businesses and in different niches and things. And I’ve seen this life cycle play out. And it’s something that I’m pretty hyper aware of. The first time around, you don’t realize that, again, because I just didn’t really

16:46
kind of go to college and think about or read about these market cycles and understand me. I know what’s there, but like it just wasn’t really as obvious to me as- You don’t learn that stuff in college, by the way. I figured you learned something there. I don’t know. You don’t learn anything in college, except you make a lot of friends. I do think I learned how to bridge the becoming an adult, which I think is also important. But yeah, anyway, I I think that it’s, and I don’t want to-

17:14
sound ridiculous, but it’s actually easy to put up numbers in the space that we’re in. You can just lose money and overspend on ads. can pull any lever you want and start, you can be a seven figure seller, can be an eight figure seller. What’s hard is being a six figure profit business or seven figure profit business, this is where the real challenge and nuance in running a business comes in. And it’s difficult because things are moving all over the place at all times.

17:43
You’re running your business kind of where the puck is, like the whole Green Gwiche thing and like not where the puck necessarily is going, because you don’t know what the unknowns are of where the puck is going. But like you talk about COVID, like how do you anticipate something like that? You can’t just plan for sales being lower. You have to have the proper amount of inventory based on the previous facts that you had. You have to do it based on what shipping rates were at that time and what Amazon’s fees are at that time or what your 3PL’s fees were or what your cost of goods were or what the terrorists were at that time, all these different things.

18:13
A lot of things in e-commerce have a three, six, or even 12-month kind of lag because you’re buying inventory and making decisions way far in advance. And a lot of time, the decisions that you made under a really solid basis of facts at the time turn out to be improper decisions by time the inventory is actually sold. And so there’s just a lot of challenges that kind of creep into that. I think it’s important to not chase these revenue numbers just to say, hey, I’m a seven-figure seller or eight-figure seller.

18:42
It’s easy for me to say that now. I feel like a bit of a hypocrite because I certainly went through those same thought processes. that too, actually. I think it’s easier to get sucked into. It’s interesting because a lot of the communities that we aspire to be a part of, something like you have a class in the community, we have one ourselves. The way that we met each other was through a mutual community e-commerce field. These all have these target numbers you have to hit to be a part of, right? Like e-commerce field is a seven figure seller thing.

19:12
You want to hit it to be in these communities and then feel like you belong and not like that you’re an imposter syndrome business or whatever. There’s just a lot of moving parts of this. I it’s kind of is away from the Fort Burner theory conversation, but important nonetheless. And so the thing that I’ve really thought about a lot lately is doing things for me and living the life that I want to live and not just looking to hit the ego strings that are

19:41
I’ve never really been a big ego type person, it’s never been a part of my thing, but it’s also very difficult, almost impossible in society to completely avoid. Because you’re still around people, you’re still around peers and you still want to feel like you belong there, even if you aren’t necessarily bragging about your numbers, you still want to feel like you belong in the room. And it’s difficult to deal with Being in a mastermind group is especially challenging, especially if you’re in one where everyone’s just killing it all around you, And you’re like, hey, why am not?

20:09
Why am I not achieving those same numbers? And then you start going a little nuts. What’s happened to me? I mean, it is difficult.

20:23
If you’re looking to start an online store, you’re probably deciding which e-commerce platform to go with. And the problem is that there’s hundreds of choices out there and they all start to blend together after a while. So I want to save you time today and tell you about BigCommerce, which is one of the platforms that I recommend. And here’s why. BigCommerce does not nickel and dime you with apps like other platforms. Once you sign up, you get a fully featured shopping cart with the features you need built right in. If you want to run a WordPress blog and an online store on the same exact domain for search engine optimization,

20:53
BigCommerce has a nice WordPress integration that allows you to do exactly that to maximize your SEO. And then finally, you have the right to use whatever payment processes that you want without paying any transaction fees, unlike other shopping carts out there. Now for geeks like myself, BigCommerce offers a powerful API which allows you to scale your e-commerce store to seven, eight, and even nine figures and beyond. In fact, BigCommerce runs huge stores like Sony, Casio, and Ben & Jerry’s. So if you’re interested in looking for an e-commerce platform,

21:21
go to mywifequitterjob.com slash BC and check it out for free for 30 days. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash BC. Now back to the show.

21:34
Luckily, I learned some of these lessons earlier on. I certainly in my past life, doing some of affiliate marketing stuff where people are making tons of money, there’s always someone that’s going to make more than you, right? And I’ve been fortunate enough to be around people that have introduced me to things to read that have really helped with this. One was a study that’s really fascinating about, you know, there’s a certain point where all you worry about is money, right? Like if you’re not making enough money, like all you’re worried about is money. You’re just trying to pay your…

22:02
electric bill, your gas bill, your car payment, your mortgage payment, medical bills, put food on the table, whatever it is. But once you’re above that certain number, in different areas it’s a different number, but somewhere between $80,000 and let’s just say $150,000, depending on geographically where you are in the United States or other parts of the world, every dollar past that has a very quick diminishing return in terms of happiness. Because now you’re no longer worried about money, you’re worried about

22:30
like keeping up with the Joneses type stuff, right? mean, like, and it just becomes, it can become very toxic. And so, and no matter what, no matter who, unless you’re Elon Musk, there’s literally one person in the world that is the richest person. Everybody else is like, but he lives like a pauper. He does. And actually a lot of these guys do like, I mean, Warren Buffett’s similar. Yeah.

22:53
I think Elon, I’ve read some stuff recently where he like saw a stuff and he’s like living in like a tiny house or something. is, that’s correct. Yeah, I read that really interesting. Like actually at the SpaceX facility, because he like basically lives on property. And so, I mean, the thing that I’ve really come to realize is that, you know, we’ve just become minimalist. And so like we’ve downsized our home, we’ve downsized, like when I travel, I travel with just the backpack. My wife and I traveled in a…

23:20
in a van around the country for a couple of years. I find that actually by having less things, I’m just happier. But I think it’s difficult to read a lot of the stuff in a book. think you have to experience a lot of these things yourself. when I first, I grew up relatively poor. I don’t want to make it ridiculous. I there’s people that had it way worse than I did, but utilities got turned off.

23:49
several times as a kid, know, my parents are always struggling to kind of deal with things. It was always like right on the edge. And there were times where things were better because they mean they were entrepreneurs as well. So there was like good years and bad years. But we didn’t take lavish vacations or have things, right? It was just kind of, we had just enough. And so like, I think it’s human nature when you first run into money to want to go spend it and go do these things that you think are going to be the things that are going to make the difference and making you happy.

24:19
But the reality is it doesn’t. I you can go on a $2,000 vacation and have just as much joy and happiness as a $20,000 vacation. Or you can just go camping. Or you can just go camping, which I also have done quite a bit of, and that’s free. But again, I think you have to experience these different things. mean, again, what ends up happening is like, the difference between the $2,000 and $20,000 vacation is not 10 times better.

24:48
1.6 times better or whatever. There’s diminishing returns on the dollars you get on your return for what you’re spending. And so, you know, we manage to spend a lot less money by like, I don’t wear any jewelry. I don’t have any, I have an Apple watch, which rarely gets used. I have a wedding ring and that’s like basically it. My wife and I share one car. You know, we don’t have a lot of expensive things laying around and we don’t have multiple homes and all the things that get people in trouble.

25:18
And again, you’re just showing off. You don’t need seven cars in the driveway. You don’t need 10 vacation homes. I found that, because we actually did buy some rental properties at one point, which we’ve gotten rid of, because I’ve tried to shed stuff. It’s just way easier and more convenient to just go Airbnb when you want to go on vacation. I mean, here’s always been my philosophy in life. I avoid lifestyle creep wherever possible. Like, I don’t fly first class, even though I could.

25:45
Actually, I didn’t tell you this, my wife actually booked me on First Class back from FinCon. Just experience it, just experience it. It actually was nothing, it was domestic First Class, it was nothing. In fact, it was definitely not worth the points. But anyway, my point is like, I lose sleep at night when I think that in a catastrophe, how am I gonna make ends meet and that sort of thing. So every less dollar that I spend actually makes me sleep better at 100%. Yeah, everyone has like their little thing, it’s funny you mentioned First Class.

26:13
haven’t flown and coached on a flight that’s more than three hours in a long time. But one of the things that we get as e-commerce entrepreneurs is like buckets of airline miles. miles, that’s great. Yeah. So we just flew to Europe in first class for three of us and lay flat awesome seats. I don’t know, there’s interesting things in life that bring me outsized joy. And that actually is one of them. Of flying? Flying in first class. really is just like a disproportional.

26:42
I would never pay for it with cash, but with the points, it’s a disproportional enjoyment for me. There’s two components of it. Number one, I don’t sit still very well. know that’s just familiar to me. It’s very difficult. I have a legitimately very difficult time sitting just on an airplane crunched in in a coach seat. It’s just a physical thing. It’s very, very difficult for me.

27:09
And as you said, like the domestic first class, like I don’t want to downplay it because it’s better. I’d rather be in that seat than in a coach seat and feeling more cramped. But the next level up, like the experience stuff, I love. Like there’s been some things that I bought with points. My favorite one is Singapore Airlines. They have these like suites on the plane where like you have your own And it’s amazing.

27:31
And so like that thing, that type of thing for me, like that’s an experience more than just… Well, as long as it’s not the norm. It’s not the norm. It’s like I’m using miles and it’s certainly not the norm. Like, I mean, it’s, I try to make it the norm when I fly to Asia once a year, but like I’m not paying $30,000 or whatever the hell that seat is in cash. I just have the points, right? I mean, and you could argue that those are worth money too. And, you know, could fly in business or in premium economy and, and, have more points for future, you know, but…

28:00
The thing that I’ve realized, about your limos is they become actually worth less money over time. They’re slowly making them worth less. And again, for me, I look forward to the flight than the actual being at the I’m not downplaying first guy. For me, that was just the first example that came to my head. But I’ll give you another example. All of our friends right now are remodeling their house and their kitchens. Jen’s like, hey, we should remodel actually. You don’t even cook. Right?

28:26
And then I talked to my kids, hey, are you happy with the house? Oh, hey, we’re really happy with the house. Like we had memories in this house and whatever. So anyway, I just try not, like even my equipment actually isn’t that great for everything that I do. I just tend not to upgrade things. It’s just, I don’t want to get used to luxury. Cause then that elevates the amount of money I have to spend every single I, again, just feel fortunate to have learned some of these lessons earlier in life. I mean, in the affiliate industry that I was in,

28:56
If people were making hundreds of thousands of dollars a month, in some cases a million dollars a month. And I have this story this one time where this guy drove a Ferrari or a Lamborghini into a pool, like just to show that they could like, it was like Brewster’s millions. Like it was like literally living in the, I don’t know if you’ve ever seen this movie. I did, yeah, yeah. He’s gotta spend. He’s gotta spend the money. was like literally like that’s how these guys work. Like everything that we did. And some of it was neat just to be around, cause like I got to go to some.

29:23
events or parties like I got a trip to the Super Bowl one year on them and you’re just being around it. It’s like it’s kind of neat just seeing like how people party at that level and just being a fly on the wall almost but also like disgusting to me in so many ways because it’s just like it’s just gross excessiveness. know, it’s like it just at some point, you know, I remember like walking out of the I mean, I was really drunk this this one particular night at the Super Bowl party shocking. Yeah, I know shocking.

29:51
And I’m like, I gotta go, buddy. he’s like, we have a, I forgot the number, but it was like some six figure minimum spend we have to make at this bar. And it was like 20 of us. I’m like, this blew my mind. I’m like, what? like, yeah, it’s like each bottle of champagne’s like, you know, five, $6,000. come in with like sparklers and stuff and J.Lo’s there. And I was just like, what is happening right now? And like, this is like how, again, people wanna be seen there. And you know, this was before social media at the time and I have it once. But like, it’s a very slippery slope to like.

30:21
you’re around these people, you wanna show off to them, and the excess never ends. There is literally no upper limit to it. You’ll never be happy. And so at some point if you can just be happy with what you got and live a life way below your means, you’ll probably be happier. I think the secret to that is making new friends.

30:47
who are the same level as you. Because I always do stuff that my friends do. If I hang out with people who eat like crap, I eat like crap. If I’m hanging around someone motivated like you, every time you tell me what you’re working on, I’m like, oh crap, I gotta go back and do this now too. Because it’s motivating. It’s who you hang out with. There’s a saying about the sum of the 10 people, closest people you hang out with or whatever that is. And I do think that there’s a lot to that. I have some friends who are lazy that make me kind of lazy when I’m hanging out with them and some that are

31:17
But then there’s days where I’m like, you thinking about that lazy friend, know, quote unquote lazy friend who isn’t working as many hours or whatever. He’s just way happier. You know, it’s just you see the, a wide variety of it. And so I don’t know, like I think that, you know, there’s like anything in life, there isn’t any one exact right answer or any, and there’s a different, you know, set of things for different circumstances in your life and things going on and, know, whatever. But in general, I’m…

31:45
much happier with less and trying to like not show off. It’s why I just like stop posting on social media. You know, don’t, people don’t need to see and know about everything that I’m doing. Every meal that I’m eating, every vacation I go on, every thing I go do. Cause like the tenants, when you do that, like then you want to do more of it. Cause like there’s a dopamine hit when you get likes or comments or whatever. Right. And so like just trying to avoid the things that do that. There’s also a really good book that I read called the psychology of money that talks about a lot of the stuff in there that I really wish that somebody would hand to me.

32:15
10 years earlier, when I read the book, a mutual friend actually gave me the book and I was reading through it just thinking, man, these are all the things I learned the hard way. But a lot of people never learn a lot of these lessons, which is, again, because it’s in your day-to-day life, the tendency is to want to, especially someone competitive like me, to one up somebody and show off. But I think the reason, ultimately, even though we are very different, we talked about in business, you and I are very similar in that neither one of us is a show off type of person.

32:44
We’re never bragging about how much money we’ve made or trying to go do the most ridiculous thing. We’re just happy hanging out and doing stuff or whatever. I think that that’s probably the thing that we actually have in common that makes us friends. Can we circle back to the four burners? Why did you find that conversation so profound? I’ve always wanted to know. Yeah, I think that I was struggling in a lot of things in my life at that moment. I wasn’t super healthy.

33:12
My relationship with my wife wasn’t as strong as I’d like it to be. I was really stressed out and just never, again, just couldn’t quite put my finger on it. It’s just one of these things you go through life and go, every day you wake up and you just kind of do the same thing. It’s like you’re the hamster on the wheel. Just living life the way that you, the only way that you know how. And certainly had lived that way for a long time. But again, knew that there were some, some extrinsic issues that were happening.

33:42
And when you mentioned it, I was just like, I was about to use the F-bomb there. was like, heck, you’re right. And this is obvious, like that I have cranked this work burner to an extreme and it’s affected these other three areas. And I need to consciously go do something about this. And I did. mean, there was some pretty, you can’t make massive changes like overnight.

34:09
that are things that you’ve laid your life out in this manner that’s taken years to get to. You can’t just snap your fingers and the next day have everything be different. But when I went home, I was like, this is what I need to do over the next six, 12, 18, 24 months to make some big changes. And I did. And happier that I’ve been in a very long time because of lot of this. I I still work. Business is still very important to me. I do find stress in work, but I also find time to make sure that

34:39
We go on vacations, I spend time with my wife, that I am taking better care of myself, that I spend time with my friends and have a more rounded life. And I found that my business actually benefits more than anything from those set of circumstances than just working longer. Because like, yeah, you can be sitting at the computer, quote unquote, working. It doesn’t mean you’re super productive. Right. That’s true. Fourteen hours a day.

35:09
I set up systems and things to make my time leverage way better and make every hour that I work as productive as it can be. And I found through that that I need fewer hours total. Okay, now you got me curious. What are these systems? Well, mean, just hiring the right people, putting in SOPs.

35:33
I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at SellersSummit.com. Now, what is the Seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every single year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business.

36:02
entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods, and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the seller summit will be small and intimate. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets always sell out fast, and in fact, we sell out every single year many months in advance. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over $250,000 or $1 million per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers.

36:30
Now the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. For more information, go to sellersummit.com. Once again, that’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com, or just Google it. Now back to the show.

36:47
I think it’s things like hiring the right people, having systems. I do everything that I can on a daily basis to only be working on things that only I can work on. That’s probably the biggest thing. I’ve really tried… You can’t do this for everything, but I’ve tried to stop doing… As a friend, I’m not answering customer support emails. That’s probably a good thing. It is a good thing. That’s another whole story. You probably know the background to some of these.

37:16
That’s just a for instance, right? And so, you know, I try to hire people, put them in place, let them have the autonomy to just do the job. You know, there’s a lot of things in your business, the task has to get done. It might literally have a thousand different ways to get to the same outcome. Only one of those is the way that you would have done it. The other 999 are just as acceptable. Let them just go do one of those other ways. Or maybe they’ll only do it.

37:45
80 or 90 % as good as you. It’s still better than you trying to do everything. But here’s the thing, there’s a lot of things that people will do that’ll be 150 % better than you or 200 % better than you because their expertise is better. They might be a better graphic designer, a better accountant, or a better number cruncher or whatever it might be. And so you can put people in place that actually will do a better job than you in a lot of aspects of your business. You just gotta learn to let go. And so a lot of it was learning to let go and letting people just do their thing.

38:16
And so it’s helped quite a bit. And we just were recording this on the eve basically of me coming back from a three week trip where I barely touched my work. I never charged my laptop. I brought my laptop with me. I was gonna not bring it just as a point of not bringing it. At the last second I brought it because my CPA was like, need you to sign these tax forms while you’re gone. He couldn’t get them done before we left because there were…

38:46
business we own mutually. were some hiccups. He’s like, you’re going to have to sign these while you’re gone. And so I brought the laptop actually mostly just for that. But I was like, you know what? I’m not going to charge this damn thing. I’m going to only have one charge. And I came back and it was still like 50 something percent. I barely touched the laptop. I had a 150 minute internet package on the cruise, a 10 day cruise, and that was it. The last cruise we went on, I had unlimited minutes.

39:16
you’re working like in every, you know, between like every opportunity between meals or on sea days or whatever, I just let it go. You know, I just mean, again, it’s not that it’s not important to me. It’s important to me to make sure that I recharge my battery so it’s actually, you know, it’s healthier for the business. So those are things that I’ve done since that conversation to, you know, it’s been four years. Has it been that long now? Yeah, I guess it has. Three, four years.

39:44
You always forget that I I think things are wildly different in my life since that conversation. And again, it didn’t happen overnight, but I came back, I’m like, know what, first of we got to sell at least one thing, get something off our plate. And now I’m really going to take it to the extreme. I’ve been thinking even more about it. Over and above the four burner theory, just some of the other things that you’ll read about, like the one thing or essentialism or just getting involved in too much crap is…

40:12
know, a site is another problem besides just working too much as being involved in too many things. You do a bunch of things okay, never doing anything as good as it can be. I know you got a pretty big team. Like for me, it’s always been a struggle because I don’t actually want a team. I find that humans in the long run tend to be unreliable. And so I resort to computers, which is why I like to code all these little things. There’s a lot to be said for doing that as well, right? mean, like any…

40:41
Anything that makes it more efficient, hell of a people about doing that. I’ve been forced into hiring people because of just the scope. Like I said, I got too many things. Yeah, you got a lot of things. That’s When I came back after that conversation, like how am I going to solve this problem? There’s no piece of software that was going to solve the situation that I was in. Yeah.

41:04
Yeah, it’s funny because you got all these things going on. I’ve always only had like a couple things, although it’s kind of gotten a little bit out of control lately because we were just talking about this. Yeah. And so I got to cut back. I tend not to have shiny object syndrome, but whenever I take something on, I plan on sticking with it for at least three to five years and I make sure there’s room in my schedule for that. But I also like to look at my calendar and say, oh, I got nothing for the next couple of days. So it’s been a struggle in that respect.

41:34
There’s other things that I’ve learned about where like just having nothing in your calendar is super healthy. know, just deep, deep work is a great book about this where you’re just having time to sit down with a notebook with nobody around, quiet time, scheduled planning time. Like that’s the thing that like, these are the things that I’m going to work on moving forward. You know, this is now separate from the four burner theory, but just other things where you know, life hack type stuff where, you know, I really come to realize like,

42:02
my life and the business kind of runs me, I don’t run it because there’s so much going on. And so like, I’m just going from meeting to meeting to meeting. And even though, again, I’m not over cranking the work burner, and I feel like I’m working efficiently, like I’ve never really had the time to think and do the things I think that have made me the most successful in the past. like usually, the things that I’ve had a couple of really, what I would consider to be very successful businesses, and those all were born in a moment.

42:32
or in moments of having lots of time to think about it. You’re sitting down, you’re tinkering with an idea, doing lots of research, playing out what you wanna do. It’s just you in a room kind of tinker and then you kind of realize you have something. And I haven’t had time to do any of that type of work or thinking for years, like literally years. It’s just because again, there’s just so much going on and I’m going to work every day and…

43:00
checking the boxes and removing the needle and we’re progressing and things are going well, but I think that we could have outsized returns if I can reduce the number of things and have more time to think about how to innovate more and how to really hit the next big success. I never read that book that you’re talking about, but those are my Fridays essentially. I actually don’t do anything except think and just have lunch with my wife. It’s actually my favorite day of the week.

43:31
I’ve been doing that becoming that for us as well. We’ve been, and I have been talking about kind of like having a three-day weekend moving forward. I’m going to try, we tried a little bit before we went on this trip and I didn’t block off the next few Fridays. I’ve been gone for a while. I just feel like I need to catch up. But the way that my schedule works, Monday through Thursday are my busiest days because of our Filipino team. Like that’s where we have most of our employees. Right. And so my Friday is their Saturday.

44:01
And so there’s really nothing that really scheduled. And a lot of the other means that gets stuck on my Friday or just like a random podcast recording or this time or the other. And so I think what I’m gonna do intentionally starting mid delayed October again through the rest of the year is just block off Friday. It doesn’t mean that I won’t work or do anything. just, you know, the opportunity to go out and have lunch or like we went and got like foot massages one day and got dumplings and just kind of like, know, but like.

44:29
In those moments, I’m thinking about things that actually, on the surface, again, this is where society is kind of weird. It’s like, you’re being lazy, took the day off or whatever. But actually, it might be the most productive thing for you. It might be the best thing for you and your business. Again, one of the hard lessons for me to really realize is that there’s a saying, busy is the new stoop, but think that was a Warren Buffett quote as well, which is- Oh, is that right? Okay.

44:58
I like that quote. Or maybe that’s Bill Gates. It’s someone at that level. you’re just sitting there being busy. It’s like the new stupid. you’re just sitting there. Are you really, again, are you really being productive? It’s impossible. The answer is no. There’s no human being that can be 100 % productive in front of a computer for 12, 14, 16 hours a day. Like you might be sitting there and being busy and, you know.

45:24
And so these are just the other things that’ll be fun to do a follow-up, maybe the next talk of two years from now. We’ll some of these things and see how these progress. But the four burner theory really helped because again, now I feel like we’re more focused on our health. We’ve been eating better. COVID really kind of screwed up some of the exercise. I was playing a lot of tennis before COVID. You and I both were playing a lot. And that screwed some of that up. certainly spent more time with my wife, spent more time going on vacation.

45:53
having a proper vacation, spending more time with friends. I feel like we have a very well-rounded life now. I turn off the computer at six or seven o’clock at night, and that’s it. And it’s a little bit later because of time change with the Philippines. So I tend to start a little bit later in the morning and work till six or seven because that’s there five or six o’clock at night, sorry, seven to 10 o’clock in the morning, so I apologize. But then, you know, I…

46:22
turn off my computer, turn off my phone for the most part, and then we’re out at friends doing things, at dinner doing things, and not just sitting at home working more at night. Like having a second, I used to joke back in the days when we owned Color, we had like two shifts. We would like work all darn day at the office, come home and eat dinner. We didn’t really go out and do much of anything, but friends or anything, because we were working so much, have dinner and then like start with the China team and the Philippines team and work a second job.

46:50
basically at night in the same business. like, again, it led to burnout and a lot of other things. And so it’s it’s not sustainable. know, it just, and maybe again, if you’re just starting and you know, or you are like, there’s lot of people listening to podcasts and maybe are looking for a side hustle right now. You know, they’re working a full-time job. They’re looking to be like your wife and eventually quit the job. Yeah. For those periods of time, you might have to really crank up the work burner and sacrifice those other things in the short term because you still have a full-time job commitment and you’re trying to start a business that’s going to…

47:18
eventually supplement your income and allow you to leave that, if you’re in that situation, yeah, you’re probably going have to go through that for a while. But I think the danger is to continue that for a long period of time or not being on the same page as the other people in your life about it. Because oftentimes it might be something that’s a goal or a desire for you and you don’t think about all the repercussions of the people, how it’s going to affect everyone around you. My wife is certainly not the entrepreneur that I am.

47:46
You know, like she works in the business and does a great job and we have a great relationship. But like, I can’t project and make her want to work 12, 16 hours a day for money or for a business, right? I mean, so you gotta make sure that, you know, everyone around you understands the repercussions as well. And if you got kids, they’re certainly never gonna understand it. Yeah, definitely. I mean, that’s been my biggest problem. I have an ego and I have all these successful friends. Whenever I talk to them, I want to do more.

48:16
And then I just got to remember like, don’t even, like I’m so cheap that I don’t even spend like half the money that I make. So I just have to sit back and remember why I did all this stuff in the first place. And then usually my wife helps me dial it down. But you’re right for a while, my ambitions, I was placing on Jen and she was miserable. Right. So. And your wife, you your spouse or whatever will, you know, I think that’s a part of, you’re in love with somebody and you care for them.

48:44
And so there’s a lot of things that you do in marriage or in a long-term relationship that you may not want to do, right? I mean, it’s just to make the other person happy. And you can do some of these things some of the time. Like you might go see a movie that you don’t like or go to a concert or something or whatever, endure short amounts of things. like a business is like another level. if the other person really isn’t fully committed and that’s something that’s more your ambition and your goal.

49:15
they can really hurt your relationship, which certainly was something that took me a long time to kind of figure out. Yeah, so I just want to end this episode just by saying, like, if you go into business, just make sure going into it that you know what you want to get out of it. And anything more is just gravy, but you should just stick to your core and not let things get out of hand. It’s going to be hard to do that, I think, at a practical level.

49:41
But if you just keep in mind what your original goal was, it makes things a hell of a lot easier. Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now I’m trying to track down the replay of our sell and scale talk, if it even exists, but I hope you found our conversation useful. For more information about this episode, go to mywebquaterjob.com slash episode 432. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot.

50:11
So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog,

50:41
And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free 16 mini course. Just type in your email and ascended the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

431: The Dark Side Of Entrepreneurship And How To Build A Business You Love With Jadah Sellner

431: The Dark Side Of Entrepreneurship And How To Build A Business You Love With Jadah Sellner

Today I have my friend Jadah Sellner back on the podcast. The last time I had Jadah on the show, she and I discussed how she created Simple Green Smoothies with her partner Jen Hansard.

But since then, Jadah has exited that company and is now on a mission to help others build sustainable small businesses without burning out. In this episode, you’ll learn how to build a business you love.

What You’ll Learn

  • The dark side of entrepreneurship
  • How to create a business that suit your life
  • How to apply Jadah’s love method to business

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Critter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have my friend Jada Selner on the show. And in this episode, we’re going to talk about the dark side of entrepreneurship, how to know when to move on and how to create a business that suits your life. But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for my e-commerce store and it depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue.

00:28
Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who is shopping in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers to pay on what they bought, piece of cake and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent.

00:53
Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript which is my text message provider.

01:23
Now why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in ecommerce stores, and ecommerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

01:50
And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a run entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:19
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m really happy to have my friend Jada Sellner back on the show. Jada was last on episode 90, back in 2015, when we talked about her business, Simple Green Smoothies, which was a crazy popular site teaching people how to eat healthier. But she’s since sold that business in 2016, I believe, for a seven figure sum and is now an accomplished author, mentor, speaker, podcaster, and business coach. And she’s spoken on large stages like TED and the World Domination Summit.

02:49
and her business was even featured in Oprah Magazine. in our last interview, we actually didn’t talk too much about Jada’s early entrepreneurial career because we had her partner on, but she’s had it rough trying to juggle business, young children while being in debt at the same time. But she was resilient, overcame it all, and now she’s on a mission to help others build sustainable small businesses without burning out using her love method, which I believe we’ll probably be talking

03:16
this interview. So welcome back to the show, Jada. How are doing today? I’m happy to be here, Steve. And I love that we just realized we both live in the San Francisco Bay area, which is amazing. You’re about probably 50 minutes away. Hey, Jada, catch us up from the first interview. I am very curious why you decided to sell Simple Green Smoothies because it was wildly successful. Yeah. So I think that’s a really great question. And there’s something that I’ve been defining as

03:44
entrepreneurial golden handcuffs. You know, we have the golden handcuffs within our nine to five, but then also we can create that within our own businesses. And something for me, when we had our first big launch in 2013, we had $86,000 in 10 days, life-changing. My husband quit his job during that time. And it was very pivotal moment, but I have always considered myself a walking billboard for good.

04:13
So the same thing with green smoothies, I started drinking green smoothies, feeling really like a proud mama, getting my kid to drink spinach and kale. I knew that I had to tell everyone about it. And then once I got to that place of reaching the masses, you we were able to serve over a million people and getting them to fall in love with kale and spinach. We were building also a profitable business and I wanted to tell everyone about that. Like being a walking billboard for good, I got more excited about talking about

04:42
behind the scenes of business growth and how do you build a business doing something that you love while also being able to raise a family at the same time, which is not always easy, kind of balancing those as well as with your health. And so that year when we had that big launch, I already had my eyes set on wanting to help other entrepreneurs. So, I think when we get certain levels of success, we wanna help other people behind us.

05:11
And so I became very torn because I was doing a lot of speaking. I was on a lot of podcasts, interviews, and I just wanted to help more and more people in sharing the behind the scenes strategies of how we were able to build from a place of love. But I was straddling between one foot in the simple green smoothies world, one foot in the business world. And I remember in that year writing a future vision, which is this is, I have actually had these questions inside my upcoming book.

05:37
but being able to answer these questions about what do I really want for my company, for my personal life, my relationships, the contribution I wanna make in the world. And I wrote that in 2013 and then I just put it away, like put it where I couldn’t see it. But as I was getting ready to sell my half of the company and I wasn’t sure, cause everyone was like, what are you doing? You’re crazy. Don’t do this. And I was like, but my heart was just calling me in a new direction where my passion was.

06:06
It didn’t feel like a lot of work. And I pulled that out at the beginning of 2016 and I actually read it to my business partner, Jen Hansard. And I think in that moment, she really got it. And I remembered of like, right, it had nothing to do with growing simple green smoothies. was about helping women entrepreneurs build world-changing businesses with their kids by their side. And so I was kind of dabbling with coaching on the side. And that’s when I knew when I read that of, Oh,

06:36
this is where I’m being called to go next. And it didn’t make sense on paper, but for me, it made sense inside my heart. My husband was like, what are you doing? Well, know, my friend who helped me actually start an Instagram account with Simple Green Smoothies like, no, don’t do it. And I remember asking my friend and business mentor, Jonathan Fields, the host of Good Life Project. I was like, am I crazy for leaving? And he was like, you’re

07:05
asking the wrong question. And the question is, can magic strike twice? And the answer is yes. And in that moment, I got chills and I was like, this is about me. This isn’t about the company. It isn’t about, you know, we had a traditionally published book. We had another second book deal on the table that I co-wrote that book proposal. So I felt like I was shopping for a house with my soon to be ex-husband. Like, okay, we’re going to buy this house and I’m not going to live in it.

07:34
And I knew it, like I knew when I was writing that book proposal that I didn’t want to write a book about the thing that I didn’t want to be known for anymore. So it was definitely a lot of identity crisis and how do I do both? And my heart was just really calling me in another direction. And it was really challenging and hard to make that leap and that exit for sure. I’m just kind of curious, did the business have anything to do with your relationship with your ex-husband during that period?

08:04
Did it, oh wait, not my ex-husband. Wait. I’m like. thought you said ex-husband, sorry. I was using an analogy of like shopping as if I was going to be, you know, like if I, I’m not, we’ve been married for 17 years. Got it, okay. I love you baby. All right, so here’s one thing that I found interesting about what you just told me. In 2013, you wrote down your intentions for the business. I think that’s rare. Like how did you know to do that?

08:32
and actually put it down on paper for later. Yeah. So I participated in a two day mastermind actually with Jonathan Fields and he shared these prompts and questions with us to write it down. And I remember even in my mastermind hot seat, I’m like, I want to write about how to help mom entrepreneurs. But I was also like, I need to grow simple green smoothies business and take this, you everyone’s like, you’re sitting on a golden egg. They just put all of your attention here. So I think that that’s something that’s very helpful is being

09:01
part of structured experiences where you can step away from your day-to-day responsibilities and actually think about what it is you really want. Because oftentimes as business owners, we get so caught in the weeds of the day-to-day that we’re just laser focused what’s right in front of us. And that’s what I think is so powerful about having coaches or mentors or people in our lives to help us kind of look at the bigger picture. And I always say, you you can’t read the label from inside the jar.

09:29
So it was one of those moments of just carving out dedicated time to do that. Of course you can do this on your own, but if you’re like me, I’m a bit of a button seat learner, where sometimes I have to pay to like show up to do the deeper work that is not so strategic or so growth oriented or, you know, making more money. So that stuff that we think is a little bit more.

09:52
intentional, a little bit, maybe it feels a little in the clouds, a little woo. You’re like, this is not going to help me grow my business, but having clarity about what you want in your life and in your business is one of the most important things that you can do, especially that you’re growing and building on a strong foundation of like, this is actually what I want to do instead of building a business on something you feel I have to do or I should do. And that was where I was torn in my own business of like,

10:19
I should do this. This is the smart thing to do, but it’s not always like the most loving thing to do for yourself and your own evolution in life. That’s actually similar to my story. When the business started taking off, I just wanted to grow, grow and grow it, but it caused a lot of stress. And then one day my wife came to me and said, Hey, we don’t even spend this money that we’re making. Why are we stressing out trying to make more of it when everything is all good? And then things changed after that. I did not have the foresight to jot down everything on a piece of paper.

10:49
Yeah, well, I’m curious about that for you. What was your answer to that of having that stress when she asked you that question? Well, for some reason, I remember this one year we were about to hit seven figures. It was so close, but it would be a stretch. So we like strained ourselves sending out emails and whatnot. We didn’t even have the capacity to handle that volume of orders. So we ended up just staying up late night, you know, packing orders and doing all this stuff. And we hit the goal.

11:19
And then the next year, we’re like, okay, what’s our new goal? And it just didn’t make any sense. And it was really all for ego. think. Right? In the Yes. This is exactly what I talk about in my book. is that right? Okay. Which is that we are constantly moving the goalpost. And we, know, one of the reasons why we build such meaningful businesses is we’re showing up to serve our community. And then all of a sudden we start focusing on the metrics of, okay,

11:48
six figures, that’ll be enough. And then my wife can quit her job, my husband can quit his job and then we’ll be happy. And then we just keep adding more and kind of letting that carrot stick dangle. And that’s kind of part of the hustle culture where we’re going, going, we’re pushing, we’re compromising our health, our relationships at the cost of reaching this metric, this goal. And for me, what I’ve learned is to extend the timeline. It’s like, yes, we’ll do that, but burnout is not an option. So what do we need to do?

12:18
oh, we want to make seven figures by this year, but based on our capacity, based on our health and our relationships, we actually need to slow down. And that’s something I’m like, give yourself permission to be a slow cooker and not a pressure cooker. You you get the same results. It just takes eight hours instead of an hour. And so I think that piece is really important for us to look at how we’re kind of looking at metrics and our goals and what’s the cost or the expense for that.

12:45
not just from a numbers perspective, but from our well-being too. I actually don’t set monetary goals at all anymore. That’s awesome. Everything is just, if I do something this way, eventually it’ll happen. I know it will. I have confidence. Just kind of like my YouTube channel. It just recently hit 100K and I knew even in the early going when it wasn’t getting any viewers, I knew if I just consistently put stuff out without any pressure, it would eventually happen. Yeah. would happen after two and a half years. That’s amazing. Did you have an original?

13:14
100k goal for YouTube at one point because I want the plaque again. It’s ego. But what was the timeline that you gave yourself originally? Well, see, I don’t start anything these days unless I’m going to follow through with it for at least three to five years. Yeah, I love that. And I, I’ve adopted that same mentality of like the three to five years. It’s with the future vision. It’s always three years in the future because they say you, you overestimate

13:42
what you underestimate what you can accomplish in three years, but you overestimate what you can accomplish in a year. So we’re trying to put three years, three plus years of work into one year. And it’s, you can do it, but there’s a cost to that versus extending that timeline. And for me, I’m like, don’t put a timeline on your dreams. We can just do that at a pace that works for us and that is sustainable. So I’m curious with Simple Green Smoothies, when you sold it, was that life changing money where you didn’t have to work anymore?

14:11
No, no, it wasn’t life changing money. And I can’t just do two contracts and things I can’t share. I’m curious what your mentality was, right? Yeah, yeah, it was definitely a good sum of money that allowed me to kind of reposition and realign and build my business, my next business up. The thing is, I already had my personal brand was already like a multiple six figure business. So I was kind of building that. Okay, on the side.

14:38
as I was building Simple Green Smoothies, I still showed up for my responsibilities, but I talk about heart projects and cash projects where your cast project for me, that was Simple Green Smoothies at the time. And I would use the money that I was getting from there to reinvest into this, at that time, my side project, my heart project. And I would, every Monday from two to 4 p.m., this is when I’ll work on this business. And every quarter, I would just test different things.

15:04
to see what do I actually wanna do on the other side of leaving this company? What am I actually excited about? What do people wanna learn from me? And so that, so that definitely gave us a great cushion to rebuild, but I was already making money from my, at that time it was just a heart project, but now it is my cash project and also a heart project at the same time. I love that. We have similar stories. So my day job was actually my cash project.

15:30
Yeah, yeah. Everything else was was the passion project. Yeah, that’s cool. So what are you up to right now? So how does jada Selnar.com? How do you generate money? Yeah, so all of for me, I do coaching and retreats and masterminds. And I always say I coach mostly women and a few good men behind the scenes are really aligned with building a business in a sustainable way and thinking about how does their whole life

15:57
integrate with their business growth, too. So we’re talking about our wellbeing, our mental health, our relationships with our kids and with our partners and those pieces. But everything I do comes into those categories of I do one-on-one coaching, I do group coaching, I lead retreats to step away from your day to day. And then also masterminds, which I know I’m sure you know about masterminds.

16:22
And I remember having my first mastermind partner before even Simple Green Smoothies was a business. It’s like one of those things that I think is so important and one of the most affordable ways that you can actually grow into the next level of what you’re building and creating. So I’ve been teaching this class for 11 years now. And one thing that I’ve just come to learn is that business is all mental for a lot of beginners. So I’m just curious about your love method and

16:51
how you teach like the mindset stuff. Yeah, so I completely agree with a lot of the things that get in the way are ourselves and how we’re thinking about growing and a big thing for women especially is navigating how to take care of their family as well as their business growth and redefining their ambition. I have one client who says that she’s a blogger or a mom first and a blogger second, even though she has a highly profitable blog and so

17:19
kind of looking at that mindset from that perspective and inside the love method. So it’s L-O-V-E. So there’s four categories in there. L is for lead, which is about leading from the inside out, getting clear on what it is that you want to create and build and building from that place. So taking care of yourself, your loved ones, your community, your customers, your clients and that. Then there’s optimize. And this is about really leveraging your time and your energy and your capacity and really thinking about,

17:49
based on the amount of hours I have in a day, what can I actually accomplish? And also what are the energizing things that I can be doing? And what are the more draining things I can get off my plate and being able to have that support in place. And then V is visualize. And that’s about bringing what it is you want into fruition. How do we bring our visions, our dreams, our ideas into implementation, into actually action and building a quarterly plan and being able to take visionary action from that place.

18:17
And then E is expand. And this is about next level growth. And the next level growth is coming from the inside out. For us, I think when we are ambitious people, we always want to grow, but it doesn’t always have to be tangible growth. It can also be from the inside as well. And so that’s kind of how I organize the love method for us to really think about team leadership, as well as optimizing our time and energy and how do we deepen and build a strong foundation so we don’t.

18:46
burnout in the process. So I know there’s probably a lot of people listening who are kind of on the sidelines. They want to start something and I’m just curious how you deal with like the the people who have that definitely have the talent and the drive to do so but they’re a little bit afraid to get started. They’re worried about burning out of being too much work and that sort of thing. How do you start with these people? Yeah, I think if we go back to having the support, so there’s a chapter in my book called Gather Your Support Squad, which includes masterminds,

19:16
with peers, but also mentors and coaches. So, and a mentor can be something that’s affordable and accessible. It could be a podcast like this podcast that you’re listening to right now. It can be a book that you’re reading. And then also there’s one extra layer of support that I think a lot of people don’t talk about in entrepreneurship, but is actually having life coaches or a therapist. So a lot of our blocks, we think that it’s strategy, like I need the right strategy. I need the blueprint. I need the step-by-step.

19:45
but it’s actually usually emotional blocks. When we’re procrastinating or we’re avoiding something, it’s usually actually an emotional block in what you’re talking about, the mindset to get through. And so instead of thinking, I don’t have the right strategy, it’s like, oh, what emotion am I feeling? Am I afraid? Am I overwhelmed? Or really getting clear on what is the emotion that has not been fully processed or witnessed or heard or seen? And soon as we name it,

20:14
Like I’m scared. And then what are you scared of? All right. Then we kind of get into that. And then we let fear sit in the passenger seat, but not in the driver’s seat of us taking action on things. In all my programs, I always have a life coach who has that emotional capacity to really get through those blocks. Cause I just, as many people as I’ve coached and guided, it’s usually emotional stuff. It’s childhood trauma that could be holding us back or we’re repeating patterns.

20:41
whether you’re not growing or maybe you’re growing too fast, that chase for the ego that’s like, I’ve got to do more, I’ve got to prove more, I’m not doing enough. A lot of that stuff can actually stem from our relationship with our parents from growing up. And so I think it’s just something that we don’t acknowledge enough and we can bypass that. And I think we’re getting a little bit more hip and aware that we have emotions that need to be processed and not suppressed.

21:10
If you’re looking to start an online store, you’re probably deciding which e-commerce platform to go with. And the problem is that there’s hundreds of choices out there and they all start to blend together after a while. So I want to save you time today and tell you about BigCommerce, which is one of the platforms that I recommend. And here’s why. BigCommerce does not nickel and dime you with apps like other platforms. Once you sign up, you get a fully featured shopping cart with the features you need built right in. If you want to run a WordPress blog and an online store on the same exact domain for search engine optimization,

21:40
BigCommerce has a nice WordPress integration that allows you to do exactly that to maximize your SEO. And then finally, you have the right to use whatever payment process that you want without paying any transaction fees, unlike other shopping carts out there. Now for geeks like myself, BigCommerce offers a powerful API which allows you to scale your e-commerce store to seven, eight, and even nine figures and beyond. In fact, BigCommerce runs huge stores like Sony, Casio, and Ben & Jerry’s. So if you’re interested in looking for an e-commerce platform,

22:08
go to mywifequitterjob.com slash BC and check it out for free for 30 days. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash BC. Now back to the show.

22:20
funny you should be teaching this to guys guys have a lot of problems with this more so than women in my opinion right right well you know it’s yeah but I’ve practiced with my husband and I’m like you need your own part like I can’t I’m curious what has been your trauma and I’ll share mine after this yeah what did you have to get over

22:43
Yeah. So, and I think it’s not a getting over, right? That we still face it. We just know how to be in relationship with it more or more aware of our triggers. Something that I call my inner mean girl. My friend Amy Ehlers has like reform your inner mean girl. And I call her patronizing Polly. And she’s the one that’s like, you’re not doing it right. So there’s this, this, that constant trauma for me is I’m, doing it wrong, but I don’t want to get it wrong. And that can paralyze me from taking action or

23:12
get caught in the perfectionism spiral because I want to do it right. We were just talking about our books before we started recording and the perfectionism of wanting to get it right, do it right, really slowed me down in the process because I’m doubting my decisions. I’m overthinking. I’m like this one or that one. And really either answer would be right. But in my head, I’m thinking that I’m not doing it right. I’m not doing it good enough. And so

23:41
Those are the things that I have to be aware of. And I named that with my life coach and I cry. She’ll like, when’s the last time you had a good cry? And I’m like, okay, I’m to go watch This Is Us or The Notebook or because sometimes the emotions don’t even have to come up specific to that thing. But we need to move those emotions through through our body. So for me, it’s like, you’re not doing it right. Is the that’s the thing that’s constantly going through my head that I have to be aware of and be like, wait a minute.

24:11
this is like, this is good enough. Like, let’s get this, this, can ship it, we can let it go and release it. My problems were always my peer group. So a lot of my friends here and I was in this entrepreneurship program with VCs and they were all off building like, you know, a hundred million dollar companies. And here I was like selling handkerchiefs and doing this stuff that none of my peers were doing. And I always felt inferior to them. Right. Because we’d go to these yearly retreats.

24:38
And everyone would be sharing, my company just sold for $400 million and whatnot. And he, Hey, Steve, what are you up to? Oh, you know, I’m just selling stuff online. Selling handkerchiefs. Oh, great. It’s nice. So I had to get over that. And then there’s all these things with my upbringing too, you know, with, with Asian parents, know, always saying that you’re not, you know, you can do better. can do better. Lots of trauma there, John. What, what did you do?

25:05
Or is does it still sit with you with your peers? Do you feel like you still face that or how have you gotten over that? I actually just don’t hang out with them as much. hang out with my own time. Right? Yeah. What you said mastermind groups and everything so important. Yeah, it’s just like having parallel playmates that are on a similar journey. I also want to say because sometimes in masterminds, there can be people I have friends who have eight figure businesses and I’m like,

25:31
do you care how much money people make that you’re in a mat? And they’re like, no, it’s interesting that we create these stories for ourselves that we don’t belong. And that’s another one for me, belonging, like feeling safe. And I think it’s important for us to figure out where our value is. So even if it’s not necessarily monetary that we have gifts and ways of adding value or, I grew my YouTube channel to 100K, you might be working with someone who may be.

25:59
making more money, but they’ve never grown a YouTube channel and they’re at 100 subscribers. You can add value in that way. So paying attention of how you can be of service, not just to the community and the customers that you serve, but also to your peers and being able to add value. That’s something for me, how I’ve always been able to get into rooms. I’ve hung out with Justin Timberlake. I’ve hung out with different, but like being able to figure out.

26:24
I belong here too, and here’s what I have to offer so that we’re not always in this place of taking, like how can I get something from this person, but also how can I add value and be of service and figuring out those ways to be helpful to other people. Yeah, yeah. I mean, I will say that for me, at least I’m vindicated with my mom. She’s been like shocked the entire time. I’m like, yeah, see people are watching me. Yeah, yeah.

26:51
I am curious, I know you’ve spoken on a lot of stages, Ted and WDS. I’m just kind of curious why you decided to become a speaker also and how did you even get those gigs in the first place? Yeah, I think that’s a really great question. And I studied theater, I went to performing arts high school in Las Vegas. And then I took some college theater classes. I don’t have a college degree. That was one of my things of not feeling worthy or valuable, but I have since gotten over that.

27:19
So I love performing and I would do spoken word poetry slams and those type of things. So I love performing on stages. So I remember WDS was in front of 3000 people and it was actually my very first keynote. Like I had done panels or Q and A’s or things like that. And it actually links back to my mentor, Jonathan Fields. And I went to his two day event. So I got to meet one of my mentors from afar in person.

27:47
And I was adding value and I said, if you ever need anyone to talk about how to build a community online, because we had grown, you know, simple green smoothies to over 400,000 followers on Instagram. had 355,000 email subscribers. I was like, I can share about community building. And I just kind of threw my hat in the ring and that was it. And then several weeks, months later, he invited me to speak at his event, but it wasn’t like a keynote. was kind of more of a, a panel Q and a, but he saw me and he saw me share my story. And from there.

28:18
few months later, he said, Hey, would you like to actually before that, I remember kind of planting the seed of I would love to speak at WDS. And I was like, I need to go there first and see what it’s all about. You know, I’ve never been. So I kind of just planted that seed setting that intent and not really knowing how it was going to happen. And then Jonathan Fields, a few months later, sent me an email and said, Hey, would you like to speak at WDS?

28:44
Chris Gilbo, I’m friends with him. I can make the introduction. And I was like, H E double hockey sticks. Yes, yes, yes. I had never gone to the event. And so that was my first time speaking there. But what I want to share is I put my hat in the ring and just said, here’s how I can be of value. I would do it for free. I’m not asking you to pay me for a speaking fee. I showed up. I did really well in front of Jonathan. And then he introduced me to someone else. And then once I met WDS, there are other people who host events than Dan.

29:11
Darren Rouse from Pro Blogger paid for me to speak in Australia, like full expenses paid. And so that’s kind of where it happened is that word of mouth when you deliver and show up and do something really well, then people start to invite you. that’s really, but for me, was like putting my hat in the ring. And I call this 10 seconds of bravery because obviously we’re not always feeling that confident, but I was just like, okay, let me just send this email really quick and see what happens.

29:39
And that would be my invitation for listeners and viewers to really think about what is that bold ask that you want to put out there? And can you just have your 10 seconds of bravery to just go up to that person in the room and say, hi, my name is, and I would love to help you with this or give them a compliment or send that email. And sometimes you need a friend standing behind your shoulder to like, okay, the email’s written, but I haven’t hit send. And you just need someone standing behind you to hit send. that’s where.

30:07
the momentum starts to happen is actually putting yourself out there and asking for the thing that you want. I’ve also submitted myself for things, think, South by Southwest, no one ever responded, I submitted, or someone did respond, but they’re like, hey, you didn’t get this thing, but I do this thing over here on CreativeLive and invited me to be on that. So sometimes putting yourself out there is also just putting yourself in the right room or in front of the right people. And it’s not always about getting that thing that’s right in front of you. It might be something that’s

30:37
on the side. that’s, does that answer your question around that? It does. Yes. I was actually at your first WDS. I didn’t realize that was your first keynote. Yeah. That was amazing. Thank you. I want to talk about your book. So first of all, why write a book? I was asking myself that question early on, like, and I’m curious what your reasons were. Okay. And I definitely want to know your reason too. So for me, I knew that I wanted to write

31:06
a book about being able to do what you love. This was a message that I got when I was young, my father who’s since passed away, he would say, do work you love and marry someone who does work that they love. And I feel like I followed those two things really well. And actually at WDS in 2014, Chris Gilbo’s literary agent came up to me, introduced me to editors and was like, your keynote is a book. And I was like, oh my gosh. And then what I realized is

31:35
we need to write Simple Green Smoothies book first. So I actually paused it, put it on the shelf and knew that I needed to write the book for Simple Green Smoothies first. So we kind of went down this path and it wasn’t until maybe 2018 where I reached out to the same lit agent, Dave Fugate and said, hey, I’m ready to write that book. I’m out of Simple Green Smoothies. I’m ready to really write about the entrepreneurial journey and

31:58
it still took me a million years to get the book proposal. So I didn’t have a book proposal until the end of 2020. We needed the pandemic. It took me a year and a half to get the book proposal. How long did take you? I mean, 2018 was when I was supposed to work on it, but I didn’t really start working on it until 2020. but I was working with a coach in 2019, like, help me. But I didn’t know what I really wanted to say. didn’t.

32:25
I didn’t want to write a book again about the thing that I didn’t want to be known for or the thing that people are expecting from me, like building your email list on challenges. You know, there’s just something that I was like, I need to write what’s on my soul because I’m going to be with this book for a very long time. And so I actually wrote an SFDA, can I, or, you know, stinky first draft is what my daughter calls it. I had to get all my words out just to see what was there. And once I did that, I think I wrote 30,

32:53
thousand words in three days for this like online writing retreat. had an outline and I just followed that. And I was part of this retreat where we were just writing, writing all day. And I was like, wow, okay, now I know I’m capable of, but that helped me see that I have something to say. It gave me the confidence to see that. And then I was able to build the book proposal from there, but I still struggled. Like I was trying to work with all these different people. So it’s, it’s a long arduous process. And I think the book proposal is actually harder than writing the book.

33:22
because you need to know what the book is. I agree. I agree. You’re like, but I haven’t. I don’t know. I don’t know. And the chapters, I don’t know how many TOC variations I had, but I, once I got through the book proposal process, then it felt like I was riding the bike down the hill with a few tiny hill uphills. It wasn’t as bad as the book proposal, but that was, that was the hardest, hardest part. So, but my big why for writing a book is, you know, I’m black, Chinese and white.

33:52
And the books that I was reading coming up were written by mostly Ivy League college educated single white men. And I was just like, I am not that I am a woman. I am a mother. I am a wife. I’m a woman of color. And so I just, I really wanted to see myself in those books and I didn’t. And Toni Morrison says, like, if you don’t see the book that you want to read, then you need to write it. Um, and that’s not the exact quote, but in those terms. And so.

34:20
For me, this is a book about proof of possibility for women who don’t have college degrees, for people who are people of color, just marginalized communities to be able to see themselves. I was like, okay, I can build business. I can build it differently and build it my way. So I just wanted to speak against the hustle culture of there. That’s not the only way to build a business. It is a way and it’s a fast track.

34:45
you know, there’s a lot of success, but we can do it in a more sustainable way that works for our lives too. So we’re not ignoring our families, ignoring our health in the process. Amazing. Actually, our books are very parallel, actually. I’m sure they’re going to be completely different. I actually haven’t really announced mine yet, but I will tell you why I’m writing mine. One thing that I wanted to do and I’ve always wanted to do is take my kids to the bookstore and have them see my book on the shelf. know that sounds weird or not weird, but

35:13
kind of selfish, but I just I just want them to show, hey, I can put a book on the shelf because both my kids, they love books, all they do is read all day. Yeah. And then the second part of it was I wanted to write a book because it’s kind of in the same sentiment, anti household culture and part of the story that I told you earlier in this interview, people start businesses and grow them for like the wrong reasons. Right. And

35:36
No one really talks about family and that sort of thing. Especially guys, actually. Yeah, totally. Yeah. Oh, I love that. And it’s interesting that you say that it feels selfish to have your kids go into bookstore. Because to me, I’m like, that’s not selfish. That feels like legacy. That feels like proof of possibility to your kids to be a walking role model for them. And my daughter just held the ARC copy, which is like the early printed copy. It’s not the hardcover, but I’m just

36:04
She loves books as well, like super bookworm. She’s 15 now and she wants to be an author in a different space. She’s a way better writer than I am. I’m like, I want to be even I grew up. She’s, mean, because she storytelling and character development. we geek out when we watch shows of like watching characters evolve and she’s, she watches video essays about just storytelling and it’s just really cool. But to me, I’m like,

36:30
I’m not just proof of possibility for all those people out there of being able to write a book or to build a business, but I’m proof of possibility inside my own home. Like there’s nothing closer than you being in the home and your kids being able to see like, wow, if my dad can do it, if my mom can do it, I can do it too. So I think that’s very beautiful. And I think it’s okay to be selfish in the way that it’s okay to want what you want.

36:57
as well as being of service to other people. And I think that’s the walk that you’re walking in the world is, hey, wanna, this is something I wanna do for me. And we are all deserving of that. And I wanna be able to help people at the same time. So I think both can coexist. Like, why do I wanna write this book for me? And why is it going to help other people too?

37:17
I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at Sellersummit.com. Now, what is the Seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every single year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business

37:45
entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods, and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the seller summit will be small and intimate. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets always sell out fast, and in fact, we sell out every single year many months in advance. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over $250,000 or $1 million per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers.

38:14
Now the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. For more information, go to sellersummit.com. Once again, that’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com, or just Google it. Now back to the show.

38:30
Now by the time this episode comes out, your book should be out. But what is the title? She builds. Okay. And it’s the anti hustle guide to grow your business and nourish your life. And really, what for women she builds differently. She builds with love. Interesting. I whenever like there’s a book title that targets a certain gender, I’m always very curious. So what about she builds with what that does it apply to men as well? yeah, or some? Yeah, so I think that’s a great question. And

38:59
It’s interesting because men, I’ve coached men behind the scenes and they do all the exercises that I include in this book. So any man could definitely read this book and get a lot from the tools and strategies that I share. I titled it She Builds because I wanted to center women’s stories. So often as women who’ve been

39:22
you know, identify as female or socialize as female. We’ve all had to read all these books about men’s stories. And it’s like, hey, guys, it’s your turn. You can read stories about how women navigate this and being allies and supportive of what women, not just from a logistical perspective, but also from a psychological perspective of all the open tabs that we are holding in our lives, even though things have shifted so much, you know, that men are able to be caretakers at home as well.

39:50
but we still have some of that discomfort of the 1950s housewife. it’s so a woman could be growing a seven figure business and also still responsible for volunteering and contributing cookies at some type of event at school. Or for me, I’m still even having to be emotionally available for my daughter. She’s in high school now and those things where it’s like, I’ve got to take my energy away from my business to be present as she’s navigating those different things that are happening in school too.

40:20
So men could definitely benefit. highly invite them to, there’s so many great strategies in here and also to just be able to see women being centered in business stories as well. But I was definitely torn like, ooh, is this too specific? But I love working with women. I love leading retreats. And it’s just for me, those are the people that I feel most excited to serve.

40:42
I really get them. I get what we have to go through and what we’re juggling. And so it just it comes with a lot of ease for me. So I know I may be excluding people with that title, but it is anyone could read it, whatever gender identity you have. But I really wanted to center women in this story. You know, it’s funny, because my blog is named My Wife Quit Her Job, actually most of my audience is actually women over the age of 35. And what’s funny is

41:08
I always find their stories of adversity more interesting than a guy’s. Ooh, tell me why. Tell me why. It’s because, and this is a little bit of stereotype, I guess, but women, like they have to worry about the family that that’s first in addition to juggling all these other things. Like I know in like my household, my wife takes care of, you know, like the lesson plans for my kids, making sure like she, she volunteers at the school and that sort of thing.

41:34
I focus more on like the business and making money and that sort of thing. But I’m always present for my kids because I’m always at home. Yeah. And it just seems a lot more difficult to juggle the emotional aspects of parenting with the business. and again, I’m stereotyping here, but guys, like if we’re just focused on just bringing in money, which has been a traditional role of a guy.

41:58
in a lot of respects, that’s easier, right? Because it’s more of like a focus on one thing as opposed to dealing with like the emotional aspect. it’s emotional, psychological, logistical, it’s all the things, but then adding in that we’re also bringing in the money too, as well. And there’s a lot of, I hope more books will be written about this. I don’t go so deep into it in mind, but there’s a shift in that when the woman becomes the primary breadwinner and also still holding on to

42:25
the family, know, my husband has been, runs his own business, a music program now, but he’s also been very 50 50 at home with supporting our daughter pick up drop offs from school and just navigating the shift in revenue contribution to that’s a whole, it’s just, it’s a lot for guys to deal with that too. Like, Oh what’s happening here? Like I need to be responsible and contribute. And he thought he wanted to be a full time stay at home dad. And then realized

42:54
no, I need to do something outside the home too. And that’s, think is happening a lot for a lot of entrepreneurial families of how do we contribute, be of service outside the world and then also still be a contributor at home too and being able to balance that between two partners if that’s your layout of your family dynamic. Yeah, I mean, it’s also hard if like the spouse makes more than you also as a guy also, right? These are all things that I guess need books written about.

43:22
Yeah, no, really. I mean, those are the conversations that come up in couples therapy and all the things of navigating that, you know. So Jada, where can we find this book? And when does it come out? Yes. So November 15th, 2022, which I’m super excited. And you can go to she builds.com to to get the book and anything else around my coaching, my masterminds, my retreats at Jada Selner.

43:48
and there’ll be lots of like free goodies and resources that people can also access if they’re not quite ready to buy the book. But I highly recommend that you just have that little companion, book your own, you know, retreat for your business, for your life and being able to prioritize that time to think about the big picture of what you’re wanting to build and create next. What is your heart calling you to next? Awesome, Jada. I’m so glad that you came back on the show and really excited.

44:14
for this book Thank you. Thank you for having me. It was so much fun. I’m sure we’ll have another edition that’s just about our book babies getting out into the world. Yes, that would be a great episode because I know a lot of people out there have been asking me about writing books and I honestly I just tell them I know nothing because I’m just going through it right now for the first time. Yeah, yeah. Super exciting. Thanks, Steve. All right. Thanks a lot.

44:36
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Najata’s book, She Builds, should be in stores today, so go check it out on Amazon. It’s a great read for those who want to build a business that they love. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 431. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash dv.

45:06
That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T.I-O slash D-U. I also want to thank Clevio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifecoupterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifecoupterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now we’ll talk about how you use these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store,

45:36
Head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free 16 mini course. Just type in your email and it’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

430: How To Make Money In a Downturn When No One Is Hiring With Charlie Hoehn

430: How To Make Money In a Downturn When No One Is Hiring With Charlie Hoehn

Today I have my friend Charlie Hoehn on the show. Charlie is a best-selling author who has worked with many entrepreneurs such as Tim Ferriss, Ramit Sethi, Seth Godin and Tucker Max. 

His book “Recession Proof Grad” was one of my favorites and his bestselling book “Play For A Living” was referred to by Tony Robbins as the cure to all stress. 

Having Charlie on the show is timely because we are going into a recession.  We discuss ways to navigate a downturn and how make money doing what we enjoy.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to make money during a recession
  • How to “play” for a living
  • What it takes to write a best selling book

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. today I have my friend Charlie Hohn on the show and Charlie is a bestselling author who has worked directly with Tim Ferriss, Tucker Max, Seth Dodin and Ramit Sethi. And his book, Play for a Living was referred to by Tony Robbins as the cure to your stress. And personally, he’s actually taught me a lot about internet marketing over the years. And talking to Charlie today is timely because we’re going into a recession.

00:29
and things are about to get really bad. And in this interview, we talk about navigating a downturn, how to play for a living and writing books and a whole lot more. But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger.

00:55
Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash dev. That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash dev. I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for my e-commerce store and it depends on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider.

01:23
Well, Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for ecommerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say want to send out an email to every owner who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special auto response sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife.

01:53
That’s KLAVIO.com slash my wife. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcasts that are at least my partner, Tony. And unlike this one where it interviews successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcasts on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:24
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast. Today I’m happy to have Charlie Hoen on the show. Now, Charlie is an amazing guy who graduated from college probably during one of the worst job markets ever back in 2008. But instead of like randomly sending out resumes and waiting, he actually took control of his life. He is the bestselling author of Play for a Living and Play it Away, which is a book actually that Tony Robbins referred to as the cure to your stress. And I personally fell in love with Charlie’s work.

02:54
with his first book, was called Recession Proof Grad, which he talked about on the Tim Ferriss Show. And over the years, he’s worked with Tim Ferriss, he helped launch the Four Hour Body. He’s worked with Tucker Max, Seth Godin, Ramit Sethi, and countless other high profile clients to help with book marketing and events. Now I got a quick story to tell here. Way back in 2009, Charlie was actually responsible for getting me started on email marketing.

03:22
At the time he was working for Rumeet, I think it was to launch his course, Earn 1K. And I remember I wrote a blog post reviewing the course and I think I made like 10 sales or so at 500 bucks a piece. And then Charlie comes up to me and says, hey, would you mind sending this out to your email list? And I was like, what’s an email list? And then he took the time to explain the benefits of email. And today email actually generates, I would say 80 to 90 % of all the revenue for my blog. So Charlie, thanks for the tip and welcome to the show, man. How you doing?

03:52
I had no idea I was responsible for your success. Exactly. I mean, you can put me in the collection with Seth Godin, Tucker Max, and all those other guys now. Did I’m so happy for you. That’s awesome. Yeah, I don’t know if you was it was it earn 1k I don’t even remember exactly the details. Yeah, I think I think it was earn $1,000 on the side was the was the program. Yeah. Yeah. And you were running it for him, right? Or something like that promotion? No, I was I was helping him a bit.

04:21
When Rameet and I started working together, he was putting together the marketing strategy for his book, I Will Teach You to Be Rich. And I just had some ideas on other things that he could do, namely video. And so my skill set was in video. I was like, know video is super cumbersome. Why don’t I do that for you? I’ll do it for free for a while. And then let’s talk about doing other work together.

04:49
And so that went well, then the book launch went really well. And then, you know, I was involved with, I think, just a little bit of the creation of earn 1k and helping that kind of get its legs. Yeah, I mean, it was very impactful for me, actually. I mean, I started email, I never looked back after that point. Yeah, yeah, that’s great. So I’m curious, with how long did it take you to get to the 80 to 90 % of your revenue coming through your email list?

05:18
I would say it took a year after we had spoken. Yeah. Cause that was one year in or one and half years in on the blog and I hit six figures in my blog in three years and that was largely due to email. So probably over a year, year and half, would say. And you were selling courses and no, actually at that point I was, it was all affiliate revenue. Nice. Through email. Yeah. And then later the courses came. That’s amazing. Dude. I heard

05:46
a the other day of a guy who created a YouTube channel has he had an average of three to 400 views per video less than 10,000 subscribers and was doing over a million dollars a year in affiliate sales. is nuts. must be a really high priced affiliate.

06:07
program or something. It is so like the products are kind of like the biometrics, you know, health optimization stuff. So like $10,000 infrared saunas and cold plunges and that sort of thing. But I was just amazed. I think affiliate sales, it tends to be something that we I guess a lot of people don’t think about as a viable business path. Sometimes. Yeah, absolutely. I mean,

06:36
You know, Charlie, I know you’re probably most well known for your books on the power of play and how to find work that makes an impact. But I kind of wanted to start this interview out with your experiences over a decade ago when you kind of wrote Recession Proof Grad. And mainly because I know some of the listeners here, they feel stuck. Maybe they’re waiting for like the opportunity to come by and they want to make a change. And I remember when you graduated with no offers in a horrible market, I remember reading that you started landing all these high profile clients.

07:04
Tim Ferriss, Tucker Max from EAT. And I thought that was nuts. How did you get those? Yeah, yeah. So like you said, I spent three months applying to over a hundred jobs. I got two responses, which were, one was from a staging company. So like doing physical manual labor, which I have no problem with, but I was not looking for that type of work. And then

07:32
Uh, well, guess I technically was, but I got that as a response. Uh, was desperate, Steve. And, uh, two was a pyramid scheme. And so I hit a point where I just thought, no one’s responding to me anyway. No one’s giving me work that I want to do anyway. Why am I waiting? And so I just started pretending I had my dream job or I was in the process of obtaining it.

08:02
And just having the mindset shift and I was very clear. Like I was like, want to, I want to work with Tim Ferriss because the four hour work week had come out around that time. I thought it was a groundbreaking book, very brilliant. And he was just such a unique thinker. So I set my target as that. And then I just told the story to myself that everything that happened was in progress toward that. So.

08:31
I think that’s kind of a unique thing is from the beginning, a lot of people when they’re looking for opportunities or like they’re open to everything. And this is a mistake entrepreneurs make, right? It’s like, Oh, my product’s for the masses. And it’s like, no, it’s not. It’s for one specific person. And it probably should be for you at the beginning. Right? So it’s, it was being crystal clear on the target that I wanted to work with. And then.

08:59
The other unique thing that I was doing was an audit of their online presence, their marketing, their video, everything that they were doing and kind of assessing it like a doctor who’s searching for problems, right? Or symptoms, or I was looking for areas of opportunity for them and things that they could improve upon. And I would just kind of note those things and then think about how can I use my gifts

09:29
my skills to create gifts for them. And so a couple of examples of that are like, I saw on Tim Ferriss’s blog in the comments that somebody was asking for the audio version of a video that he’d posted. And then I saw a few more people asked for that. So I created it. And not only that, I, I put it in an uploaded player and gave him the embed code and like, you know,

09:59
put an image of his blog post and said, here’s where you need to embed this. And so I would send that to him, no expectations in just was like, what you do. I see your readers are asking for this. This might help, take care basically. And so I released the expectation as well simultaneously. So I call that method the tag method, target audit gift.

10:29
And it starts with that mindset shift of, I’m not gonna wait for somebody to give me the green light and assign me work and tell me what to do. We’ve all been conditioned to do that for at least 15 years of our lives in school. We need to break out of that. And the easiest way to do it is simply to say, I’m gonna pretend I have my dream job. I’m gonna try a bunch of stuff. I’m gonna work for free for a bit.

10:58
And the worst thing that can happen is I walk away with some portfolio pieces that I can show others and say, I did this work. Right. And so if you want to do something cool, go do something cool. And so, um, I have had, I’ve taught this method to a bunch of people over the years. A recent example of somebody that worked for is a guy named Michael Lim. He came to me, he was a consultant who just felt really stifled in his company. He hated his job.

11:28
and he wanted to work with creatives. We were able to land him a job with MrBeast, has a 50 million subscriber YouTube channel. And we did it by effectively doing this. He created a really powerful gift that showcased his skillset and made MrBeast want to hire him immediately. And he ended up getting a six figure job running the philanthropy channel for MrBeast. Another guy,

11:57
was, and if you don’t want to work for creatives, let’s say you want to work for a company. I worked with a student named Steven, who was an engineering student who he told me his dream company was SpaceX. And I think this was like five or six years ago. And so we did this process together of let’s do an audit of their website, everything they’re they’re working on and come up with a gift. And he was like really challenged by the idea of doing a gift because

12:25
I’m just an engineering student. I don’t have any experience. I can’t work with these guys. And at the time they had just learned how to land a rocket, right? Like right then they had just learned how to land a rocket. And it was like this mind blowing thing. And we came up with the idea of, if you tried to build a model of that? Like what if you just tried it? You’re not gonna succeed probably, right? Respectfully, it’s really difficult to do what they did.

12:54
But what if you did? What if you just shared what you learned in trying to be like SpaceX and being motivated? He hadn’t even graduated yet and SpaceX called him back for numerous interviews. He didn’t end up getting hired by them because they were like, yeah, you are too experienced. But they were like, we were so interested in talking to you because of the project that you did. We wanted to learn more about you. And he ended up getting a dream job working with a very similar

13:22
I don’t even know like aerospace type right? Yeah. Uh huh. But yeah, I mean, like I’ve just seen this work over and over and over again. And that’s really the principle. I think a lot of people misconstrue in the in recession proof graduate in the book, they think, oh, I’ll just do, I’ll email people and tell them they have problems with their website. And, I’ll just like, all blasted out.

13:50
to a bunch of people and see if they want to work with me. And it’s like, no, you didn’t pick a clear target. A, you’re, you’re, if you tell them they have problems, which you cannot fix, you’re just a jerk. It’s not, it’s not a kind thing to do, but I’ve seen gifts work at the highest level. I’ve seen, I told a story on, uh, you can find it on my Instagram reels of, uh, a guy that Steve jobs hired on the spot.

14:19
because he used this method, he went in for a job at Apple and he bombed the interview. He like walked out with his head hanging, HR and like didn’t like him. And he happens to see Steve Jobs in the hall and he runs up to Steve and he’s like, Hey, do you mind if I show you something real quick? And Steve’s like, sure. He pulls out his laptop and he shows the

14:46
magnifying glass effect. You know, when you hover over applications on a desktop and it blows up the app, he showed that to Steve Jobs and he was like, I think you guys should do this. And Steve Jobs said, my God, and hired him right there on the spot. And so it’s like, we all have these capabilities where we could come to somebody with a gift, but we’re, need a paycheck first and we need to go through the interview process first and the resumes and all this BS. If you’re creative, if you’re skilled, like

15:16
use this tactic, it works. It’s funny. So my daughter, I’m trying to instill all of these things. And it’s a problem because I’m Asian and we believe in going to school and going the traditional route. after creating content and entrepreneurship, you know, we’ve encouraged our kids to start their own businesses. It’s the same principle, right? You do what you want to do. And worst case scenario, if it fails, at least you gained all this experience putting together this business.

15:43
This is why I like content also, because if someone happens to see your content and they like what you’ve put out, they’ll come to you and not the other way around. It’s, it’s similar to your philosophy. I agree a thousand percent. I have tried both outbound sales and just creating content. And when I looked at the numbers, I realized it makes no sense for me to do outbound because people come to me after resonating with something I’ve

16:12
created and piecing together in their head, oh, this could be a guy who could be helpful in this regard. And I think one of the biggest insights I had in therapy was to be the sun. The sun does not try to save people. doesn’t try to like interrupt them and like get in their face and like try and help them. What it really does is just like gives abundantly and it gives life.

16:38
to everything around it. And I think if you can come from that place of abundance rather than fear and scarcity and I got to get mine and all this stuff, if you can, with the right people and you do it consistently, good things happen. And whether that’s through content, whether that’s through direct outreach and giving gifts that way, good things happen. And I know for you, once you landed Tim Ferriss, I’m sure all the opportunities were much easier to get after that, right?

17:07
Yeah, it just needs your first one. Yeah, yeah. So it gave me an air of credibility in which I did not have before him. Well, I had in some regard, right, because I’d worked with Seth Ramit Tucker. Oh, was that after Tim Ferriss wasn’t your first one? No. So I did a virtual internship at the very beginning of the summer after college after I graduated.

17:37
And what happened was I applied to be a real world intern with Seth Godin and got turned down. But he said there were so many great applications that, Hey, I’m going to open it up and you guys can do a virtual internship. go to the very first like get together on the virtual. It’s over 500 people. Wow. And I just thought I went to the next one and it was like 300. And I realized if I just stick with this all summer.

18:06
I’m gonna be one of maybe 10 people left possibly. And that’s what happened. And so I was one of, think like 15 resumes or whatever that Seth posted. He said, hey, these are good people. You should hire them. So I had that leg to stand on around the time that I started talking with him.

18:31
If you’re looking to start an online store, you’re probably deciding which e-commerce platform to go with. And the problem is that there’s hundreds of choices out there and they all start to blend together after a while. So I want to save you time today and tell you about BigCommerce, which is one of the platforms that I recommend. And here’s why. BigCommerce does not nickel and dime you with apps like other platforms. Once you sign up, you get a fully featured shopping cart with the features you need built right in. If you want to run a WordPress blog and an online store on the same exact domain for search engine optimization,

19:01
BigCommerce has a nice WordPress integration that allows you to do exactly that to maximize your SEO. And then finally, you have the right to use whatever payment processes that you want without paying any transaction fees, unlike other shopping carts out there. Now for geeks like myself, BigCommerce offers a powerful API which allows you to scale your e-commerce store to seven, eight, and even nine figures and beyond. In fact, BigCommerce runs huge stores like Sony, Casio, and Ben & Jerry’s. So if you’re interested in looking for an e-commerce platform,

19:29
go to mywifequitterjob.com slash BC and check it out for free for 30 days. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash BC. Now back to the show.

19:41
I’m having my kids read Recess and Proof of Grad by the way. And since then I know you’ve done a lot of other stuff. I know you had problems with anxiety in the past and I know a lot of the listeners out there, they might be stuck in doing something they don’t necessarily like and I can actually relate to this as an Asian. We’re conditioned in life to grow up to be engineers, lawyers, doctors. And I know most of us don’t like that. I like being an engineer but I have lot of friends that are lawyers that hate it.

20:07
I’m just curious, and I this is like the topic of your expertise, like how do you overcome this? How do you do stuff that you love so like work feels like play and not the other way around? Such a good question. So the place to start, I always say, is to look at your play history, which is what were the activities that you repeatedly and voluntarily turned to when you were growing up?

20:34
which your parents were not forcing you to do, teachers weren’t judging you or grading you, no one was paying you to do them. You were doing them because it was you seeking novelty. It was you discovering something about yourself. It was you being excited. It was you laughing and having fun with your friends. And so when I did this exercise, it came back, you I was feeling lost at one point in my career, right? And this exercise kind of re-

21:03
anchored me into where I needed to be. It was, I loved creating art growing up. I loved pulling pranks and practical jokes. I loved playing catch and home run derby. So baseball, I love doing sketches with my friends. So improv and I love building things with my hands in fixing things.

21:31
What emerged from that? The first thing that happened was I started just committing to incorporating play into my daily routine. So instead of doing coffee meetings, I started doing catch meetings. Instead of watching Netflix on the weekend, I would go play Home Run Derby for a bit. Or instead of like grinding it out on a treadmill, you know, I would go play a sport or play a Robie or Frisbee in the park.

21:59
And then I started doing improv comedy classes and that was a real breakthrough for me because that’s like the most aligned with me spiritually and who I am as, a person who plays, everybody plays different. So improv is hell for a lot of people. For me, it’s great. And so what happened from that was it re centered me into who I was. And so I was no longer being driven by external forms of pressure.

22:29
I was being pulled by intrinsic forms of motivation. And the strongest intrinsic form of motivation is play. Some people think it’s purpose. It’s having a strong mission. It’s not because you’re still requiring something that is not just you, your being to drive your behavior. It’s not growth opportunities. It’s definitely not salary. It’s not.

22:53
emotional pressure from parents or teachers. That’s one of the worst and most harmful forms of motivation. And I think it needs to stop. I think it hinders everybody’s self-development that we have these systems and social pressures that push people into being not who they are and play is who you are. And so, I mean, the worst form of motivation is inertia.

23:22
Right. Is, once I’ve been doing this for 10 years, I’m going to do it for the next 40. Like that’s the worst form. Um, and so the, the benefit of doing your play history and reincorporating true play for yourself is it centers you and it gets your energy in a much better place where instead of interacting with the world kind of mechanically and fearfully, and I’m just going to fit in and stuff, you.

23:49
of show up as your full self. You radiate this playfulness that gets reflected back to you. And what’s cool about that, I don’t know how spiritual you are or what your beliefs are, Steve, but I have noticed time and time again, it attracts similar people. It attracts opportunities that are aligned with you. It’s like

24:10
getting onto a frequency, know, Tesla, Nikola Tesla talked about thinking of the universe in terms of frequencies and it up levels your frequency in this way, where things start to click and make sense and things feel much more effortless and in flow and you’re, you’re just going and passing through time rather than like watching the clock, you know. So figuring out what you enjoy and play is one thing, but how do you combine that with just paying the bills? I think

24:39
A lot of people have problems believing that what they enjoy doing can actually make money. Yes. Yeah. So the realization I had when I was working on Play It Away was I kept seeing these people who were at some of the most successful, most innovative people in society who’d like shaped our culture and they all viewed work as this first.

25:07
but they all approach their work as a game. They viewed it as play and they were driven by it intrinsically. And so the question is, how do you make money doing it? And the answer is you keep playing the game until you’re so good in, in Cal Newports, whereas they’re so, you’re so good that they can’t ignore you. This has been everybody from Ray Dalio has explicitly said he, he did his career in investing this way to

25:36
uh, Brian Cranston to Oprah to, have a note from Bob Iger, the former CEO of Disney on my desk that talks about, I approached my work this way. Um, it’s a handwritten note after I sent him play for a living. And for me, it was just looking at, okay, what do I play at still that I love that I’m really good at and that people value and pay money for. And so it’s a little bit.

26:03
It can be a little bit tricky and kind of figuring out this dance, right? So, uh, the immediately obvious ones were people value video, people value editing, they value marketing. Everybody’s got a marketing problem, so to speak. And so I would kind of meet people where they are and assess, Hey, based on the problems that you have and the goals that you have, I think these tools can help you get there. I can do this.

26:32
Here’s how I fit into your equation. And so I was good at a number of things that were play for me, public speaking, editing, whether it’s video or writing, coaching. like, that’s frankly not a whole lot, but that has allowed me to insert myself into so many situations where I can get paid. And it’s just for me personally, it’s just been a matter of escalating.

27:01
the skill set in the price in the outputs. Is that funny? I’m working with a student in my course right now. And I actually just went through the same exercise with him because I’m I’m a believer in what you’re saying, right? You should do something that you enjoy. And most of the people that come to me and say, you I can’t make money doing this. They’ve never tried. Right. So I know when I was growing up, I enjoyed playing video games and

27:30
At the time there wasn’t an industry for it, but it became an industry. Now there’s professional video game players and people who just document stuff on YouTube and they make a ton of money. Or people just make millions just playing on Twitch, right? And people are just watching them play games. So the question is whether you’ve tried. And then this one student that I was talking about, he likes playing games and he likes basketball. So what I was trying to encourage him to do was to sell some sort of physical product based on a problem that he’s…

27:57
experienced every day playing basketball. Like what are his pain points? And then he came to the idea is like, Hey, I could sell this product and offer like shooting lessons or something like that. And I guess one of his big hangups was like, not the, I’m a good shooter, but I’m not like an NBA player. Like how do get over that? So what would be your answer to that? So for one, Scott Adams, I think has one of the best points on this, which is like,

28:26
you’re never going to be the best at one skill set. And it’s, the worst if you’re just trying to master this one thing, but your unique makeup of your skills can put you into the number one in the world in a category of your own. And so for this person, it’s like, yeah, he’s, he’s not going to be the best shooter, but could he be the best coach as well? Could he be entertaining in the process so that he could share

28:54
with others and impact them on like, like, God knows, I knew somebody who was running a basketball tutorial, YouTube channel that had like 3 million subscribers, you know? So I think that is the other part of the equation is you, you can, you look at the math, right? It’s like, do you want to impact millions or do you want to impact a few people who will pay you a ton of money and just go super deep with them?

29:24
and filling in those gaps so that you have somewhat of a pyramid or a funnel that operates well. I think that has been some of the best advice I’ve seen is like, if you wanted to do it around content, you have to be thinking in terms of how can I impact millions? But if you want to not impact millions, be thinking in terms of how can you create a luxury high-end experience for the right person?

29:54
who’s like overjoyed is happy to pay you six figures because those people absolutely exist. They do. And you don’t need, I think one of the things that I’ve tried that was very difficult for me was helping people with their dream jobs and coaching them because it was like, it was kind of this weird middle ground, right? Where they’re like, I’m in transition. I don’t have a lot of money to pay you, but can you help me figure this out?

30:23
Right. It was like, okay, I remember I made 50 grand over the course of three months, which is nothing to sneeze at. Right. But the amount of effort in convincing it took, was like, this doesn’t even feel good to like half the time. If these people are like reluctant to go into this, you know, I want to work with people who are like, let’s go. I super value this or, uh, just give it away for free and build an audience that way. And so that’s.

30:53
I have seen many, many others do those things and have it work well for them. think where people get caught is a, that story, right? Of like, I’m never going to be good enough. I’m like, there’s so many people better than me. And it’s like, yeah, if you compare them, I struggled with that for a while too. But if you compare them to just that one skill set, yeah, you will feel bad. So come up with your creative combo that.

31:21
only you can bring to the table. My philosophy has changed on this over the years because in reality, like everything’s kind of like a commodity these days, right? I feel like if you can get them to like you as a person, they’ll follow you and they’ll want to learn from you or whatever service you have just because they like you. I sure, have to be good at what you do, but like your personality is unique and that’s someone no one else something that no one else can take away from you. So this particular by I’m thinking of though, he just happens to be Asian.

31:50
And there aren’t that many Asian basketball coaches. So he could like own like the whole Asian demographic. A hundred percent. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. That’s a unique combo for sure. So I think for you, like you would combine the power of like the gift giving method plus content to transition over to something that you love. So so what you’re doing feels like play. Right. I think it’s you.

32:19
Not everybody’s a content creator, right? Okay. Nor, should they become one, but anybody can create a potent experience for an individual that they want to work with. Right? Like there’s nothing, there’s nothing stopping the average person from saying, you know what, I could help a business with this specific problem or an individual with this specific problem.

32:48
put together a two page PDF in Canva that lays out who you are, how you’re going to help them specifically, what you can bring to the table or save them or whatever. And just talk to enough people in conversations like we’re having over Zoom and say, what do you think of this? is this come up with an easy yes and put it in front of them. Charge five grants, see what happens, you know, like just get started.

33:17
And Noah, our friend Noah Kagan is great at this where he’s like, he’ll have an idea. He’s an ideas person. He’ll have an idea. And instead this is, this is the trap that a lot of people get in is they, go, Oh, I’m going to go like create it. I’m going to go create the software. Whereas Noah’s like, Hey, can you pay me upfront before I go out and make this thing? And if he can’t get enough people to pay him upfront, he doesn’t do it. Cause he’s like, it’s not going to get any easier to sell this.

33:46
So I might as well figure it out right now if they would buy it or not. so I think that, I think that is another easy way to test like what is going to be play for you and can you make it profitable? How do you make your play profitable is you, you come up in design the experience enough on like a one pager that you can put it in front of people and convince them and they give you the money and then you go create it.

34:17
Charlie, what do you tell the person who’s working like 60, 80 hour weeks as a lawyer who’s getting paid like $300,000 a year, but they hate every minute of it, what would you advise someone like that? For one, I feel you, you’re not alone. understand, even though I wasn’t a lawyer myself, I understand what that path is like. But the thing I would advise honestly,

34:45
is what I mentioned earlier, which is like take your play history and incorporate one thing in it that honors you and your drive for play. Because the danger of being on that path is the disconnect you have from yourself, your spirit, your soul, what you know deep down you need to do. And what happens over time

35:07
is your body’s continually chirping at you to make a change, right? Your mind is continually telling you something’s got to change. And if you don’t honor that with the slightest movement in the direction toward honoring yourself, it’s going to manifest as a disease, an injury, an illness. It will happen where something will fall apart and it’s either you’re unconscious or like something.

35:35
will wreak havoc to make sure that you stop what you’re doing. And so I would say start doing the thing that you know you need to do and do it at the smallest level. You don’t need to like burn the ships right away. I think that’s in fact dangerous and kind of crazy sometimes. Don’t burn the ship, start small. And for me, truly, the thing that started to shift for me was proposing to somebody to go

36:04
play catch in the park instead of getting coffee. It was that simple.

36:10
I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at Sellersummit.com. Now, what is the Seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every single year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business

36:39
entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods, and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the seller summit will be small and intimate. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets always sell out fast, and in fact, we sell out every single year many months in advance. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over $250,000 or $1 million per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers.

37:07
Now the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, from May 23rd to May 25th. For more information, go to sellersummit.com. Once again, that’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com, or just Google it. Now back to the show.

37:24
Interesting I know I’m just looking back on my history. I liked my job, but I I wanted to spend more time at home. So I started out Writing content actually and Then that started making money, but I did it at a pace where I knew I could maintain it forever So it wasn’t really that big a deal The only difference is I actually hated writing but I felt like you need some content actually when we were talking just now like everything involves Putting something down on paper, right and I consider that content

37:54
Because you have to be able to project your ideas onto someone. However way you do it, doesn’t matter, right? Whether it be writing, video, or whatever. I think you have to put stuff down somewhere, right? And then, you know, it took me three years, which is a long time, gradually over time, things just build. That’s what I like about this. If you don’t feel like it’s work, then it just builds over time. And before you know it, it’s kind of like kids growing up, you have something that you might want to, that you can transition to in the future.

38:23
Was that similar to your path? My path has been kind of all over the place. think I’ve, I’ve in, may sound like I’m painting it as a very purest thing, which I don’t want that to be the case, right? Because I, the reason I got myself into a state of burnout and anxiety was because I shifted from like, I started my career by, by play, right? I started off and then was able to land all these gigs that way. And then slowly, but surely it shifted into pressure.

38:53
economic pressure, emotional pressure that was both self-imposed and coming from other outside sources as well. was just like, took my eye off the prize or my heart off of the path or whatever. And so for me, I think when you’re describing for you, it took you three years, right?

39:20
What was your reward? What was your internal reward that you were getting? My internal reward was I was making as much as my job, which was the job was taking me away from being at home with my kids. And that allowed me to consider quitting that job or going lesser hours on that job to be at home. I just remember like I missed. One of my kids walking for the first time, I got to see it on video, but it’s not the same.

39:49
while I was at work, right? And I didn’t want that to happen again. So that was my goal and reward. Yeah. Yeah. I mean, you’re driven by relationships and family and rightfully so, right? I’m, very similar where I, you know, I wasn’t, I wasn’t going to take any job unless it allowed me the flexibility and freedom that, that I wanted. And so I think the, the components, I think in, in rain me in if I’m

40:19
going a little off track here, but I think the components of understanding, are you playing for a living or not are important, right? There tend to be three major components, which is freedom, mastery and connection. And freedom is the freedom from these intense economic and emotional pressures. It’s the freedom to do the work the way you want to do it, how you want to do it. And I think

40:47
part of the reason why the great resignation took place. Everybody tasted freedom for the first time and then they wanted to take it back and they were like, no. also having the freedom to escape and detach from the work when you need it and feeling fully supported to do so. And then mastery, you know, are you in a game that you enjoy mastering, that you would enjoy the process of leveling up indefinitely?

41:17
And then connection, does it give you meaningful connection with yourself where you feel the intrinsic reward and connection with the people that you’re serving or working with? Do your coworkers feel like playmates rather than backstabbing bureaucrats? Do your clients and customers, do they feel like they’re an extension of yourself and not people that you can’t stand?

41:42
You know, if you can kind of focus on those three areas and getting those aligned or at least examining what’s off here, you can get closer and closer there as well. And I think based on your experience, if you go down a path that doesn’t feel right, eventually it’ll manifest itself in symptoms. Right. mean, yours, I think, was was anxiety. Right. I know for me, like I always like my job, but there’s certain aspects I didn’t like about it. But like my

42:12
For me, it manifested in not being able to sleep as well. I think I attributed to that. So if something’s not right, it just means that you need to make a change. And the sooner that you make a change on the path, I always believe in little baby steps. As long as you’re making a little bit of progress every day, that’s fine. I wanna switch gears a little bit for selfish reasons, and we don’t have too much time left, but I know you’d help. let’s do it. Let’s talk about your book,

42:40
You’ve launched bestselling books for like, Tim Ferriss and a whole bunch of other people like, give me a framework for what makes a book work. Yeah, I’m gonna give you a few. So yours, yours is a knowledge share, right? It’s like a how to or is it more memoir? It’s both. Okay, but if you had to assign a percentage of or a weight, which part is not knowledge here?

43:09
Yeah, probably more how to 60 % how to 40 % philosophy. Cool. All right. So to start off, I have made a lot of resources, so I’m just going to list them right here for people up front. Okay. I’ll link to them. I created or produced, I should say, not created. wasn’t like the creator, but I produced scribe book school scribe book school.com teaches you for free.

43:39
how to write, publish, and market a book. We have had well over, think at this point it’s between 40 and 50,000 people who have gone through it. It works really well. It’s based on the process that Scribe came up with that they have used to publish over a thousand books with their authors. So that is a good resource. there’s…

44:06
The next resource I put together is called how to sell a million copies of your nonfiction book. And this distills, asked for a framework. I think the most important thing you can do in making a book, Steve, like, for one, write a really good book. And two, have an amazing title, right? But three is stack the deck in your favor by having the DNA

44:36
maximize marketing opportunities, right? So the book is the thing that markets itself. You’re not the one marketing the book. I think this is one of the myths that, or traps authors fall into is they think, oh, I’ve got to go out and market my book. And it’s like, no, that’s actually kind of a losing battle for you. And it’s going to slowly drive you insane because your metric that you’re going to be looking at is copies sold.

45:06
And that is a terrible metric because even if you sell 5,000 copies in the first year, which is a really respectable number, you’re going to feel bad. You’re still going to be like, why didn’t I get 10,000 or a hundred thousand or a million? And it’s like, okay, that’s a tiny, tiny, tiny percentage of books. It’s like one out of 500,000 books. It may be a little bit higher, but you know what I mean? It’s a very low chance.

45:36
I’ll give you kind of the framework I talk about in this, seven tests that reveal whether your book has the potential to sell a million copies. And more importantly, more importantly than selling a million copies is really, will this book resonate with people and will they talk about it? And so that’s test number one. Will people talk about your book? So does your message have an amazing story or an unconventional message?

46:03
that readers fall over themselves to share with friends? Will your reader elevate their status every time they talk about your book? Is it going to make them look cool or smart? Do non-readers get into passionate discussions about your book topic? This one doesn’t so much apply, but it is something, will celebrities and influencers probably endorse your book, et cetera? I’ve got a bunch of questions that are basically like, will people talk about your book?

46:30
Test number two is, is this the right book at the right time? Almost every book that sells millions of copies like strikes a cultural zeitgeist of some sort. And it usually comes in with a really remarkable story or an unconventional solution to a huge problem that a lot of people are frustrated with. Almost always challenges an assumption that we hold something that

46:59
It has secretly trapped us. It’s usually a dated concept. So that’s test number two. This is kind of like a high bar, right? I mean, this is this gets into the guts of just even before you even start writing. Right. Yes, yeah, it certainly can. It’s but which is not to say like during the editing phase, you can’t repackage or reword things to meet a lot of this stuff. I think

47:28
My buddy James Clear, he was the bestselling author overall on Amazon, on all of Amazon with Atomic Habits. He talks about like, he stacked the book so that the best content came first. Like he hit people with so much value and then it ramps down throughout the book. And I think authors often make the mistake of like either it ramping up or being an uneven thing.

47:57
where it’s like, well, first I got to get into the history of why this is a thing or the theory behind it. And it’s like, what if you just hit them with value immediately? What if they, they were like, holy shit, right out the gate, you want that reaction throughout, throughout the book, but especially upfront, you know? Um, and so I’ll just read through the other tests just on a high level real quick test three.

48:26
Does your book transform the reader? It has to transform them. It has to change them. Test four, will your book create a cult following? This is a little bit different. I did an analysis on David Goggins, can’t hurt me here. That’s like 10 minute video you can watch. Test number five, is buying and gifting your book a no-brainer? Is it an instant impulse purchase? And if it’s not, why?

48:54
Why can’t this be a Christmas gift? Why can’t it be a corporate gift? You might want to think about that. Test number six, are you the author or your book polarizing for the media? A local minority group ought to probably hate your book because otherwise you’re not saying anything that is worthy of attention, right? And so like,

49:21
people can be upset when marketers do this and they make these bold statements. Like I had a post go semi-viral on LinkedIn and my opening line was start with Y is bullshit. And I could have nuanced it and said, start with Y is kind of right, but it’s actually not where you start. But no one’s going to pay attention to that. Like you kind of have to hit people and cause an argument.

49:51
in order to get people to actually pay attention because you are competing with millions of books, millions of other things online websites. do you want them to pay attention or not? And test number seven, can your book get massive distribution? Yes, you can self publish and be on Amazon and everything, but is there a major platform that’s going to continually promote your book? Can you get into major retailers internationally?

50:21
Could this potentially be a movie, a training or certification program? So those are kind of the high level overviews from people who want to write a best-selling mega book, which is really hard. I didn’t include anything about the traditional publishing process, which is its own beast slash nightmare. But for you, Steve, if you wrote a book that we, what are, what is the like ultimate

50:50
thing that could come from your book? Like what is the thing that you would pop a bottle of champagne and be like, this was my dream scenario. What is it? You know what’s funny about this Charlie is I started working on this book because I just wanted to have it on the shelf and I could take my kids to the store and say, hey, look, your dad’s a Polish author. Ironically, I think that was my number one goal and that was my bucket list item. It’s a great goal. Okay, so the secondary goal is just to

51:19
project my message out to as many people as possible. Mainly because I don’t miss, I don’t want to say, like I want everyone to go to college still, but because everyone would get mad at me otherwise. But I think that in this day and age, based on my path, like you can find your own way now. Like I don’t think college is nearly as important as it used to be. And the reason why I say this is because where I come from, like it’s like an arms race here in the Bay area. Like everyone is just,

51:49
paying these consultants like $20,000 a year to help get their kids to a good college, for what reason? Right? So they become a lawyer that, I can’t think of any of my friends who enjoy being a lawyer. I mean like, know, the ones who work in corporate at least. And so you spend all this time doing that and then what, or you can live a much better lifestyle taking a path like what you took.

52:19
Right? Totally. Spend time with your family and whatnot. And so that’s the message I want to project. And of course, the third op, the third area is like, teach classes on this stuff, right? Lead gen. Now you asked me about like, I don’t even think about this in terms of numbers, but since I have a, a big five publisher publishing this, I, in my heart, I feel somewhat obligated to, to meet a certain sales threshold. I think that’s the only pressure that I have for making sales. Totally. Yeah.

52:49
So because you’re with a big five publisher, mean, that’s their business model, right? Right. is like we otherwise, you know, the, can I get the advanced back and all that stuff? So it is their model. Um, and so, yeah, it would be helpful to strategize and think about how can I make that back as efficiently as possible. Um, but I loved your first goal. Like that’s, that’s great.

53:19
Fantastic. think it’s the, the, the problem runs, the challenges run, uh, well, can’t even speak. Uh, the biggest challenge that authors will run into is when their fantasies are tied around these hitting these big numbers, getting on, you know, like these massive media things. And it’s like, you can’t control any of that. Right. You cannot.

53:48
control if your book sells a million copies. You don’t have control over it unless you buy 995,000 copies of your book. so your goals, I think, are very much grounded in will all be accomplished. I don’t know how big your advances you don’t have to say. That would be the only one that I would be like, all right, we would have to sit down and kind of strategize how to get Steve to this as quickly as possible so he can focus on other things or do or.

54:17
You don’t even have to really worry about it, honestly, but like, um, yeah, here’s my philosophy for everything that I do. Like, uh, I’m going to try my hardest to get on a bestseller list and whatever happens happens. So I’ll have a budget and I’m going to make sure that I do the work and come up with a plan and then just let it ride. And then that way, even if it doesn’t do well, I can at least justify to myself, Hey, I did everything that I could to make this work. And you know, I’m comfortable with that.

54:47
I think it’ll do well though. have some amount of confidence. And I was just thinking about the criteria that you just, you know, whipped out as we were talking. I think I meet a lot of it and maybe I can massage the book to meet like the rest of it. Yeah, quite possibly. So a few thoughts on that. Trying to hit the bestseller list to be listed as a bestseller is a bad goal. Trying to hit the bestseller list because you only get one opportunity to launch a book and why not go all out? That’s a good thing.

55:17
That’s a good mindset to have. So I think a big important thing that comes with doing this, Steve, that I heard you say is like, I’m pretty confident. I think it’ll do okay. I would encourage you to get to the point where you can get that statement as strong as possible of this book is awesome.

55:46
I know it’s going to be great. Even if I don’t hit bestseller, even if it doesn’t sell X number of copies by this amount of time, this is a book that I’m confident people will love and get a ton of value out of. And one of the simplest ways that you can do that is to do multiple rounds of beta readers, like have them apply, have them be people that are like either have some experience or, or they’re your perfect reader.

56:16
Right. And have them just tell you when they get bored and confused and when they roll their eyes and, you know, fix all that stuff until you get around where people are like, this was awesome. I highlighted on every single page or I went off and did this or whatever, until you can maximize the user experience.

56:40
you’re not going to be able to say that with confidence, right? And so you have to treat your book like software. You have to treat it as though you’re developing a video game or something that like you just handed the remote control to somebody who’d never seen this game before. How far did they make it into level one? Did they get bored? You know, did they get to the final boss? What percentage are getting to the final boss? You know, they’re like, what are, what is their experience and treat it like software?

57:09
And that can serve you really well. So these pool of people, are these your friends or is there a way to get just. I don’t recommend friends unless they are experienced authors, because that can mess you up emotionally. It’s it’s it’s same as like.

57:31
Mom, will you edit my book? Like, don’t ask your mom to edit your book, she’s gonna hurt your feelings. And like, she’s gonna tell you these weird things that are gonna mess up your headspace and make you doubt the journey. And so I’m not saying my mom did that. I’m saying I’ve seen that happen to other authors. I get it from my mom all day. She’s like, who’s gonna read your book? So I’m used to it. Yeah, so no, you you want people who are your ideal target reader or other authors who like

58:00
get how to structure books, what books need, like they’re experienced in writing good books. Everybody else is like, you definitely don’t want to hand your book to a lawyer who’s convinced they hate their job, but they’re going to stick in it and they don’t like hanging out with their family. don’t give your book to that person. Okay, got it. Yeah.

58:30
Okay, I think I have a couple people in mind. Yeah, yeah, it’s really that’s that’s the part where you know, you’re you’re forging the sword. It’s it’s you’re making something really strong. You know, what’s funny about what you said earlier, like, it’s not up to you to market the book. And the book just kind of takes off on its own. That kind of blew my mind, actually. Yeah, one of one of the I had an author I spoke with semi recently, he was like, dude,

58:58
He, cause he was on his fifth or sixth book and I was like, man, I’m so proud of you. That’s so awesome. And he’s like, you said something on launch day that changed how I approached my entire career as an author. Um, he was like, I was only going to write one book. And then you said a book is a seed treated accordingly, plant seeds and let them bear fruit. Like you don’t stand around the seed that you just planted being like, Oh, come on, come on, come on. Like what else can we do to get this thing to grow? It’s like.

59:29
No, you planted it. It’s in the world. Let it ride. Like if you marketed it pretty well, good to go. So I think if you can view your book as a seed that can bear fruit for other people for many, many years and long after you’re gone, then you’re you’re in a good headspace to make something great. I mean, that’s how I feel about my blog post. But like a book is like hundreds of times more

59:58
in depth than a blog post, right? Different journey. Yeah, different journey. Yeah. Well, sweet, Charlie, this has been amazing. I’m so happy to actually have you on this podcast after so many years. Me too. person who got me started with email marketing. I’ll give you credit for that. I’ll give you credit for everything I’ve ever done. Awesome.

01:00:24
Well, Steve, I’m so I don’t say this to the patronizing way at all. I’m so proud of you and how you’ve stuck through everything and grown it into something that you’re proud of. And I’m just super happy for you, man. So thank you for this is a nice little reunion. And thanks for having me on. And Charlie, I don’t know if you do these consulting services like we kind of started out this interview with just talking about how you get unstuck and how to incorporate more play. Do you?

01:00:52
provide consulting, like what are some of the services that you offer in this department? Yeah, thank you for asking. Yeah, so I have a business that I basically just help elevate company cultures who want to infuse play meaningfully into the work and not just throw a ping pong table in the corner, have a happy hour once a week and call it good. Like how do you do it so your people love showing up to work, they don’t burn out, they don’t get sick, they

01:01:21
get more sales, they’re more productive, all this stuff. And so I’ve done that for clients like Microsoft and of course I’ve worked at Scribe for many years. Scribe has been the number one company culture in America, number one in Austin, number two in Texas. And so play is, I see it as like the next iteration of people first culture. It’s gonna be, I think a lot is gonna go toward play first culture because

01:01:50
this generation coming up, they see the writings on the wall. They have opportunities to play for a living and so companies better keep up. So I offer workshops in doing that. can do, they’re like little sprints that help companies and the individuals examine their personal and professional lives and then come up with a plan on how to actually implement it into their routine, into their work, whether they’re at home or at the office. And I also do

01:02:19
I’m going to be speaking to 2,500 leaders, CEOs in Mexico in October. Nice. Yeah. So, um, yeah, it’s, uh, the reason I love speaking to leaders specifically is that like it all falls from them. Everybody models their behavior in the company. They take their cues. And so if the leaders show up playfully, which I’ve helped leaders do, and it’s completely transformed their relationships with everybody in their life.

01:02:49
coworkers, other execs, their kids, wife, you know, that’s, that’s what gets me most excited is because they can transform the entire organization by changing themselves. Absolutely. Do you want people to just go to charlie hone.com? Is that, is that where all this is? Okay. Yeah, that’s, that’s the best place to reach out. And, uh, yeah, I would love to hear from anybody. And by the way, if anyone’s, uh, anybody who listened to this episode, just to hear the feedback, uh, on it, it would be great.

01:03:19
I just want to say Charlie’s an amazing writer. And if you go on his site right now, he actually lists out like his best blog posts. And I believe you can still download a electronic version of your books, right? Yeah. If you sign up on charliehone.com, I give all my books away for free. didn’t do it. I just like being able to give them out. And so you can get them all there. And I can plug Recession Proof Grad. That book really resonated with me and

01:03:48
Even though I wasn’t a graduate at the time, it helped me plan out what I wanted to do in it. And especially for someone like me who went the traditional path, school, job, everything, it just makes you think about what the different possibilities are and how you can actually take control and action to make changes in your life and not just sit around waiting for something to happen. Thank you, man. Thanks a lot, Charlie.

01:04:17
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now I want all my kids to grow up just like Charlie. And if any of you out there are looking for an incredible book editor, Charlie is your man. More information about this episode, go to mywebquaterjob.com slash episode 430. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot.

01:04:43
So head on over to mywifecoderjob.com slash KLABIYO. Once again, that’s mywifecoderjob.com slash KLABIYO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform, a choice for e-commerce merchants. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big O in marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. Now I talk about how I these tools in my blog,

01:05:13
If you’re interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequaterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and they’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!